XT2NU3040AFF000XXX - ABB - Datasheet.Live

SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA

Molded case circuit breakers up to 250A

at 600V AC/DC for UL 489 and CSA

C22.2 standards - Simply XTraordinary

US Technical Catalog | December 2016

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA

Table of contents

Main characteristics

The ranges

Accessories

Characteristic curves and technical information

Approximate dimensions

Wiring diagrams

Ordering information

Glossary

11

5

3

7

2

6

4

8

2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

SACE Tmax XT.

Simply XTraordinary.

ABB SACE presents the result of a long and intense research and

development project: the SACE Tmax XT - ABB SACE’s newest

family of molded case circuit breakers.

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3

Today, a highly advanced range of circuit breakers has been

introduced, with unparalleled versatility of use and the ability to

solve all installation problems brilliantly.

You can find the new SACE Tmax XT in three-pole and four-

pole, fixed, plug-in and withdrawable versions. They are

fitted with the latest generation of thermal magnetic and

electronic trip units. They set a new technological standard and

provide the freedom to build installations with extraordinary

performances. An extraordinary demonstration of ABB SACE’s

innovation capability.

− Extraordinary electronics.

− Extraordinary coverage of all plant requirements.

− Extraordinary performance in compact dimensions.

− Extraordinary simplicity of installation and putting into service.

− Extraordinary range of accessories.

SACE Tmax XT. Simply XTraordinary.

4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

SACE Tmax XT.

Simply XTraordinary.

XTraordinary productivity through installation simplicity.

XTraordinary efficiency for simplified system design and inventory

reduction.

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5

Tmax XT molded case circuit breakers offers extraordinary

flexibility and completeness of range to simplify system designs

and reduce inventory and procurement costs.

With current ratings up to 250A and a voltage rating of 600V,

both alternating (AC) and direct (DC) current in the same

breaker. This combined with extended breaking capacities, up

to 200kA, gives SACE Tmax XT molded case circuit breakers

the ability to cover a full range of applications..

For the most cost effective solution, the Tmax XT1 and XT3

provide the ability to purchase only what you need without

paying for extra bells and whistles. They offer a thermal

magnetic trip unit up to 225A and breaking capacities up to

100kA.

Tmax XT2 and XT4 offer an extraordinary range of trip unit

flexibility with adjustable thermal magnetic trip units with an

adjustment range of 70%. They also offer a full line of electronic

trip units with multiple fault protection options and up to 40%

adjustability range.

Finally, to ensure your design will fit customer requirements

around the globe, the Tmax XT is globally certified UL/CSA/IEC

with a wide range of naval registrations and much more.

SACE Tmax XT. XTreme productivity and efficiency.

6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

SACE Tmax XT.

Simply XTraordinary.

Welcome extraordinary reliability through high-performing and

versatile range of electronic trip units.

Ekip: the newest generation electronic trip units which equip the

frames of SACE Tmax XT2 and SACE Tmax XT4 circuit breakers .

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7

Ekip trip units guarantee absolute tripping reliability and

precision. Apart from the continuous green LED, which indicates

correct operation of the protection trip unit, all the Ekip trip

units also have an LED to signal intervention of all the protection

functions.

To allow the Ekip units to communicate and exchange

information with the other devices, the Ekip Com module can

be inserted inside the circuit breaker, freeing space inside the

electric panel.

All the Ekip trip units can be fitted with a vast range of

dedicated accessories. The main accessories include:

– Ekip Display applied onto the front of the electronic trip unit

for simpler setting and for better reading of information

– Ekip LED Meter a device to be installed on the front of the

trip unit to simplify current readings

– Ekip TT new trip test unit

– Ekip T&P extraordinary testing and programming unit

Finally, for the first time an integrated energy metering function

is available on the 250A frame Ekip: isn’t all this simply

XTraordinary?

SACE Tmax XT. XTended technology.

11

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/1

Main characteristics

Main characteristics 1/2

Regulations and reference standards 1/5

Identification of the SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers 1/6

Nomenclature of the trip units 1/7

1

1/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Main characteristics

Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Frame size [A] 125 125 225 250

Rated 80% rated ■■ ■ ■

100% rated TM up to 100A up to 100A fixed version only up to 250A (3)

100% rated Ekip -■-up to 250A (3)

Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 2 (for N version) 3, 4

Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 500 500 600

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Interrupting ratings N S H N S H(1) L(1) V(1) X N S N S H(1) L(1) V(1) X

240 V (AC) [kA] 50 65 100 65 100 150 200 200 200 50 65 65 100 150 200 200 200

480 V (AC) [kA] 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 200 25 35 25 35 65 100 150 200

600Y/347 V (AC) [kA] 18 22 25 ––––––10 10 ––––––

600 V (AC) [kA] ––– 18 22 25 35 42 45 ––18 22 25 50 65 100/65 (4)

250 V (DC) 2 poles in series [kA] 35 42 50 35 50 65 75 85 85 25 35 35 42 50 85 100 –

500 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] ––– 35 50 65 75 85 85 25 35 ––––––

500 V (DC) 4 poles in series [kA] 35 50 50 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

600 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] – – – ––––––– – 35 50 65 75 85 –

Mechanical life [No. Operations] 25000 25000 25000 25000

[No. Hourly operations] 240 240 240 240

Dimensions - Fixed

(Width x Depth x Height)

3 poles [mm]/[in] [76,2 x 70 x 130] / [3 x 2.75 x 5.12] [90 x 82,5 x 130] / [3.54 x 3.25 x 5.12] [105 x 70 x 150] / [4.13 x 2.75 x 5.90] [105 x 82,5 x 160] - [4.13 x 3.25 x 6.3]

4 poles [mm]/[in] [101,6 x 70 x 130] / [4 x 2.75 x 5.12] [120 x 82,5 x 130] / [4.72 x 3.25 x 5.12] [140 x 70 x 150] / [5.51 x 2.75 x 5.90] [140 x 82,5 x 160] - [5.51 x 3.25 x 6.3]

Weight Fixed 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [1,1 - 2.43] / [1,4 - 3.07] [1,2 - 2.65] / [1,6 - 3.53] [1,7 - 3.37] / [2,1 - 4.63] [2,5 - 5.51] / [3,5 - 7.72]

Plug-in (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [2,21 - 4.87] / [2,82 - 6.22] [2,54 - 5.60] / [3,27 - 7.21] [3,24 - 7.14] / [4,1 - 9.04] [4,19 - 9.24] / [5,52 - 12.17]

Withdrawable (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] – [3,32 - 7.32] / [4,04 - 8.91] [5 - 11.02] / [6,76 - 14.90]

Total opening time CB with SOR [ms] 15 15 15 15

CB with UVR [ms] 15 15 15 15

Trip units for power distribution

TMF ■■ ■ ■

TMA ■ ■

Ekip LS/I ■ ■

Ekip LSI ■ ■

Ekip LSIG ■ ■

Ekip E-LSIG ■

(1) Current Limiting circuit breaker in 480V AC and 600V AC

(2) 2-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker with TMF; 4-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker from In=80 to In=250 with TMF

(3) With F, EF, ES, FCCuAl installation

(4) 100kA up to 150A, 65kA from 175A up to 250A

Motor protection (1) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Frame size [A] 125 125 225 250

Poles [No.] 3 3 3 3

Rated service voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 500 500 600

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Rating level H H S H

Trip units for motor protection

MA (MCP) ■■ ■ ■

Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) ■ ■

Ekip I ■ ■

(1) Available only as complete circuit breaker

Molded case disconnect switches (MCS) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Frame Size [A] 125 125 225 250

Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4

Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 4p series / 3p CB up to 250V DC 2p series 500 3p series 500 3p series 600 3p series

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Rating level N S H N H L V N S N S H L V

Magnetic Override [A] 1250 1250 2250 2500

11

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/3

Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Frame size [A] 125 125 225 250

Rated 80% rated ■■ ■ ■

100% rated TM up to 100A up to 100A fixed version only up to 250A (3)

100% rated Ekip -■-up to 250A (3)

Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 2 (for N version) 3, 4

Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 500 500 600

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Interrupting ratings N S H N S H(1) L(1) V(1) X N S N S H(1) L(1) V(1) X

240 V (AC) [kA] 50 65 100 65 100 150 200 200 200 50 65 65 100 150 200 200 200

480 V (AC) [kA] 25 35 65 25 35 65 100 150 200 25 35 25 35 65 100 150 200

600Y/347 V (AC) [kA] 18 22 25 ––––––10 10 ––––––

600 V (AC) [kA] ––– 18 22 25 35 42 45 ––18 22 25 50 65 100/65 (4)

250 V (DC) 2 poles in series [kA] 35 42 50 35 50 65 75 85 85 25 35 35 42 50 85 100 –

500 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] ––– 35 50 65 75 85 85 25 35 ––––––

500 V (DC) 4 poles in series [kA] 35 50 50 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

600 V (DC) 3 poles in series [kA] – – – ––––––– – 35 50 65 75 85 –

Mechanical life [No. Operations] 25000 25000 25000 25000

[No. Hourly operations] 240 240 240 240

Dimensions - Fixed

(Width x Depth x Height)

3 poles [mm]/[in] [76,2 x 70 x 130] / [3 x 2.75 x 5.12] [90 x 82,5 x 130] / [3.54 x 3.25 x 5.12] [105 x 70 x 150] / [4.13 x 2.75 x 5.90] [105 x 82,5 x 160] - [4.13 x 3.25 x 6.3]

4 poles [mm]/[in] [101,6 x 70 x 130] / [4 x 2.75 x 5.12] [120 x 82,5 x 130] / [4.72 x 3.25 x 5.12] [140 x 70 x 150] / [5.51 x 2.75 x 5.90] [140 x 82,5 x 160] - [5.51 x 3.25 x 6.3]

Weight Fixed 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [1,1 - 2.43] / [1,4 - 3.07] [1,2 - 2.65] / [1,6 - 3.53] [1,7 - 3.37] / [2,1 - 4.63] [2,5 - 5.51] / [3,5 - 7.72]

Plug-in (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] [2,21 - 4.87] / [2,82 - 6.22] [2,54 - 5.60] / [3,27 - 7.21] [3,24 - 7.14] / [4,1 - 9.04] [4,19 - 9.24] / [5,52 - 12.17]

Withdrawable (EF) 3/4 poles [kg]/[lbs] – [3,32 - 7.32] / [4,04 - 8.91] [5 - 11.02] / [6,76 - 14.90]

Total opening time CB with SOR [ms] 15 15 15 15

CB with UVR [ms] 15 15 15 15

Trip units for power distribution

TMF ■■ ■ ■

TMA ■ ■

Ekip LS/I ■ ■

Ekip LSI ■ ■

Ekip LSIG ■ ■

Ekip E-LSIG ■

(1) Current Limiting circuit breaker in 480V AC and 600V AC

(2) 2-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker with TMF; 4-poles version available only as complete circuit breaker from In=80 to In=250 with TMF

(3) With F, EF, ES, FCCuAl installation

(4) 100kA up to 150A, 65kA from 175A up to 250A

Motor protection (1) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Frame size [A] 125 125 225 250

Poles [No.] 3 3 3 3

Rated service voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 500 500 600

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Rating level H H S H

Trip units for motor protection

MA (MCP) ■■ ■ ■

Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) ■ ■

Ekip I ■ ■

(1) Available only as complete circuit breaker

Molded case disconnect switches (MCS) XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Frame Size [A] 125 125 225 250

Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4

Rated voltage (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 4p series / 3p CB up to 250V DC 2p series 500 3p series 500 3p series 600 3p series

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Rating level N S H N H L V N S N S H L V

Magnetic Override [A] 1250 1250 2250 2500

1

1/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC210A20F0001

Positive operation

Installation positions

Protection degrees

Test pushbutton

Main characteristics

The references in round brackets (Gx.x) refer to the Glossary in the final chapter of the technical catalog.

All circuit breakers in the SACE Tmax XT family are made with the following construction

characteristics:

■ double insulation(G1.5);

■ positive operation(G1.6);

■ isolation behavior(G1.7);

■ electromagnetic compatibility(G1.8);

■ tropicalization(G1.9);

■ impact and vibration resistance(G1.10);

■ power supply from the top towards the bottom or vice versa, except for over 480V on XT2 and

over 600V on XT4;

■ installation versatility. Circuit breaker can be mounted in a horizontal or vertical position or laid

flat without any derating of rated characteristics;

■ no nominal performance derating for use up to an altitude of 2000m/6561ft. Above

2000m/6561ft, atmospheric properties (air composition, dielectric strength, cooling power and

pressure) change, affecting the main parameters that define the circuit breaker. The

table below shows changes to the main performance parameters:

Altitude 2000m/

6561ft

3000m/

9842ft

4000m/

13123ft

5000m/

16404ft

Rated employ voltage, Ue [V AC] 600 528 468 408

Rated uninterrupted current %100 98 93 90

■ SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers can be used in ambient temperatures between -25°C/-13°F and

+70°C/158°F and stored in ambient temperatures between -40°C/-40°F and +70°C/158°F. For

temperatures outside these ranges, see the “Temperature performance” paragraph of the “Typical

curves and technical information” chapter;

■ different degrees of IP (International Protection)(G 1.11)(2);

Circuit-breaker

With

front

Without

front(1)

With front

for lever

-FLD-

With

rotary

handles

With extended

rotary handle and

accessory IP54

With high

terminal

covers HTC

With low

terminal

covers LTC

AIP40 IP20 IP40 IP40 IP54 IP40 IP40

BIP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP40 IP40

CNC NC NC NC NC IP40 IP30

(1) During the installation of electrical accessories

NC Not classiﬁable

(2) IEC only

Accessories

Motor operator

MOD, MOE

or MOE-E

Residual current

devices

Residual current

from switchboard

RCQ020

Automatic transfer

switch ATS021 and

ATS022

On Front IP30 IP40 IP41 IP40

■ all circuit breakers in the XT family have a pushbutton for performing the release test. The

circuit breaker must be closed, with no current, while the test is being performed.

11

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/5

Regulations and reference standards

Conformity with Standards

SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers and their accessories are constructed in conformity with:

■ Standard(G6.1):

– UL 489;

– CSA C22.2 No. 5;

– IEC 60947-2;

■ Directives(G6.2):

– EC “Low Voltage Directive” (LVD) N° 2006/95/EC (replacing 73/23/EEC and subsequent

amendments);

– EC “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive” (EMC) 2004/108/CE;

■ Naval Registers(G6.3) (ask ABB SACE for the versions available):

– ABS.

Certification of conformity with the product Standards is carried out in the ABB SACE test

laboratory (accredited by SINAL) in respect of the EN 45011 European Standard, by the Italian

certification body ACAE (Association for Certification of Electrical Apparatus), member of the

European LOVAG organization (Low Voltage Agreement Group) and by the Swedish certification

body SEMKO belonging to the International IECEE organization.

The SACE Tmax XT series has a hologram on the front, obtained using special anti-forgery

techniques. This ensures the quality and authenticity of the circuit breaker as a genuine ABB

SACE product.

Company Quality System

The ABB SACE Quality System conforms to the following Standards:

■ ISO 9001 International Standard;

■ EN ISO 9001 (equivalent) European Standards;

■ UNI EN ISO 9001 (equivalent) Italian Standards;

■ IRIS International Railway Industry Standard.

The ABB SACE Quality System attained its first certification with the RINA certification body in 1990

.

Environmental management system, social responsibility

and ethics

For ABB SACE, environmental protection is a top priority, as evidenced when ours was the

first industry in Italy’s electromechanical sector to have obtained the RINA’s Environmental

Management System certification in recognition of the company’s commitment in conformity with

the International ISO 14001 Standard.

In 1999, the Environmental Management System and the Occupational Health and Safety

Management System were integrated according to the OHSAS 18001 Standard. In 2005, the SA

8000 (Social Accountability 8000) Standard was integrated, committing itself to respect business

ethics and working conditions.

Our commitment to environmental protection is solidified through:

■ selection of materials, processes and packaging which mitigate the true environmental impact

of the product;

■ use of recyclable materials;

■ voluntary adherence to the RoHS directive(G6.4).

ISO 14001, 18001 and SA8000 recognitions together with ISO 9001 made it possible for ABB

SACE to obtain RINA BEST FOUR CERTIFICATION.

Naval Registers

Hologram

1

1/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Ue=690V AC

415

440

690

Uimp=8kV

Ui=800V

IEC60947-2

220 100

70

70

70

65

10

75

50

75

75

50

50

250

500

Ue (V) Icu (kA) Ics (%Icu)

f= 50-60 Hz

S/NXT1H 125

DC WIRING DIAGRAMS

2 POLES 250VDC 4 POLES 251

TO 500VDC

CAUTION: THE INSTALLATION OF

THE INSULATING BARRIER

BETWEEN THE C.B AND THE BACK

PLATE SHOULD BE PROVIDED

WHEN THE C.B IS MOUNTED ON A

FLAT NON-INSULATED METAL

SURFACE

CAUTION:

29X68X2.5 mm SPACING BARRIERS

PROVIDED WITH THE CIRCUIT

BREAKER MUST BE PLACED

BETWEEN UPPER AND LOWER

POLES OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER

AND BETWEEN ADJACENT CIRCUIT

BREAKERS OF THE SAME TYPE

13

1

10

6

3

41

5

9

7

8

2

14

13

44

12

15 16

11

10

Identification of the SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers

The specifications of each circuit breaker appear on the rating name plate on both the front and

side of the unit.

Front label

1 Name and performance level

2In: rated current

3Reference standard UL489/CSA22.2

4Serial number

5UL marking

6CSA marking

7Anti-forgery logo

8Symbol of isolation behavior

Side label

9Interrupting ratings

10 Rated service voltage

11 Rated insulation voltage

12 Rated impulse withstand voltage

13 CE marking

14 Test pushbutton

15 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity

16 Rated short-circuit duty breaking capacity

11

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 1/7

9Interrupting ratings

10 Rated service voltage

11 Rated insulation voltage

12 Rated impulse withstand voltage

13 CE marking

14 Test pushbutton

15 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity

16 Rated short-circuit duty breaking capacity

The tables below outline the logic behind the naming of each thermal magnetic and electronic

trip unit.

Magnetic trip units

Family name Protection

M: magnetic +A: with adjustable threshold

Thermal magnetic trip units

Family name Protection

TM: thermal magnetic +F: with fixed threshold

A: with adjustable thermal and magnetic threshold

Example:

■ MA: magnetic only trip unit, with adjustable protection threshold (MCP);

■ TMF: thermal magnetic trip unit, with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic protection threshold;

Electronic trip units

Family name Application Protection

Ekip +

….: Distribution

M: Motor protection

E: Energy measurements

+

I

LS/I

LSI

LSIG

LIU

Example:

■ Ekip LS/I: electronic trip unit for distribution networks protection, with “L” against overload

and either “S” protection function against delay short circuit or “I” protection function against

instantaneous short circuit;

■ Ekip M-LIU: electronic trip unit for motor protection, with LIU protection functions.

Residual current protection devices(1)

Family name Typology

RC +

Inst: instantaneous type ‘A’

Sel: selective type ‘A’

Sel 200: selective type ‘A’ reduced to 200mm

B Type: selective type ‘B’

(1) IEC only

Nomenclature of the trip units

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/1

The ranges

The ranges 2/2

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Main characteristics 2/3

Thermal magnetic trip units 2/4

Electronic trip units 2/6

Circuit breakers for

Main characteristics 2/13

Thermal magnetic trip units 2/14

Electronic trip units 2/15

Molded case switch disconnectors

Main characteristics 2/16

Current limiting

Electrical characteristics 2/17

Special applications

Communication system 2/18

2

2/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

The ranges

The SACE Tmax XT molded case circuit breaker family for

UL/CSA complies with different installation requirements.

Circuit breakers are available with trip units dedicated to

different applications, such as power distribution and motor

protection. Molded case switch disconnectors are also

available.

In = Rated uninterrupted current(G2.2) [A] XT1 125 XT2 125 XT3 225 XT4 250

Power distribution

Thermal magnetic trip units

TMF 15…125 15…70 60…225 25…250

TMA 80…125 80…250

Electronic trip units

Ekip LS/I 10…125 40…250

Ekip LSI 10…125 40…250

Ekip LSIG 10…125 40…250

Ekip E-LSIG 40…250

Motor protection

Magnetic trip units

MA (MCP) 3…125 3…125 100…200 25…250

Electronic trip units

Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) 25…100 40…150

Ekip I 10…125 40…250

Molded case switch disconnectors

Standard nnnn

Special applications

Communication n n

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/3

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Main characteristics

SACE Tmax XT molded case circuit breakers are the ideal

solution for all distribution levels, from the main low voltage

switchboard to panelboards throughout the installation. They

feature high specific let-through current peak and energy-

limiting characteristics that allow the circuits and equipment

on the load side to be sized optimally. SACE Tmax XT circuit

breakers with thermal magnetic and electronic trip units protect

against overloads, short-circuits, ground faults and indirect

contacts in low voltage distribution networks.

The SACE Tmax XT family of molded case circuit breakers can

be equipped with:

■ thermal magnetic trip units(G3.2), for direct and alternating

current network protection, using the physical properties of a

bimetal and an electromagnet to detect overloads and short-

circuits;

■ electronic trip units(G3.4), for alternating current network

protection. Releases with microprocessor technology obtain

protection functions that make the operations extremely

reliable and accurate. The power required for operating them

is supplied straight from the current sensors of the releases.

This ensures they trip even in single-phase conditions at the

minimum setting.

The electronic protection trip unit consists of:

– 3 or 4 current sensors (current transformers);

– a protection unit;

– an opening solenoid (built into the electronic trip unit).

Characteristics of SACE Tmax XT Ekip Electronic trip units

Operating temperature -25°C/-13°F...+70°C/+158°F

Relative humidity 98%

Self-supplied 0.2xIn (single phase)(1)

Auxiliary supply (where applicable) 24V DC ± 20%

Operating frequency 45…66Hz or 360…440Hz

Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 60947-2 Annex F

(1) For 10A: 0.4In

Characteristics of circuit breakers for power distribution

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Size(G2.1) [A] 125 125 225 250

Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 2(1), 3, 4,

Rated service voltage, Ue(G2.4) (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 500 500 600

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in,

Withdrawable

Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Breaking capacities N S H N S H(2) L(2) V(2) X N S N S H(2) L(2) V(2) X

Trip units Thermal magnetic Thermal magnetic,

Electronic

Thermal magnetic Thermal magnetic,

Electronic

TMF [In A] 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,

40, 45, 50, 60, 70,

80, 90, 100, 110,

125

15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50,

60, 70

60, 70, 80, 90,

100, 110, 125,

150, 175, 200,

225

25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80(3),

90(3), 100(3), 110(3), 125(3), 150(3),

175(3), 200(3), 225(3), 250(3)

TMA [In A] –80, 90, 100, 110, 125 –80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150,

175, 200, 225, 250

Ekip LS/I [In A] –10, 25, 60, 100, 125 –40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250

Ekip I [In A] –10, 25, 60, 100, 125 –40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250

Ekip LSI [In A] –10, 25, 60, 100, 125 –40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250

Ekip LSIG [In A] –10, 25, 60, 100, 125 –40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250

Ekip E-LSIG [In A] – – – 40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250

(1) XT4 2-pole version is available in the N breaking capacity only.

(2) XT2 and XT4 in the H, L and V breaking capacities are current limiting circuit breakers.

(3) Available in 3-pole and 2-poles (N) version only.

2

2/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

TMF

Main characteristics:

■ available for XT1 and XT3 in the three-pole and four-pole

versions;

■ protections:

− against overload (L): fixed I1 = In protection threshold,

with inverse long-time trip curve;

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Thermal magnetic trip units

XT1

TMF

I1 = 1xIn In [A] 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125

I115 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125

I3 = 10xIn In [A] 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125

I3500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1250

XT3

TMF

I1 = 1xIn In [A] 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225

I160 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225

I3 = 10xIn In [A] 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225

I3600 700 800 900 1000 1110 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250

Example with XT1 125A

− against instantaneous short-circuits (I): fixed 10xIn protection

threshold at 500A for In<50A and 10xIn for In≥50A, with

instantaneous trip curve;

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/5

XT2

TMF/TMA

In [A] 15(1) 20(1) 25(1) 30(1) 35(1) 40(1) 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125

I1 = 1xIn (TMF) I1 TMF 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 – – – – –

I1 = 0.7…1xIn (TMA) I1 TMA –––––––––56…80 63…90 70…100 77…110 87.5…125

In [A] 15(1) 20(1) 25(1) 30(1) 35(1) 40(1) 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125

I3 = 400A (TMF) I3 TMF 400 400 400 400 400 400 – – – – – – – –

I3 = 10xIn (TMF) I3 TMF ––––––500 600 700 – – – – –

I3 = 5…10xIn (TMA) I3 TMA –––––––––400…800 450…900 500…1000 550…1100 625…1250

(1)Available as complete circuit breaker only.

XT4

TMF/TMA

In [A] 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80(2) 90(2) 100(2) 110(2) 125(2)

I1 = 1xIn (TMF) I1 TMF 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125

I1 = 0.7…1xIn (TMA) I1 TMA –––––––56…80 63…90 70…100 77…110 87.5…125

In [A] 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80(2) 90(2) 100(2) 110(2) 125(2)

I3 = 400A (TMF) I3 TMF 400 400 400 400 – – – – – – – –

I3 = 10xIn (TMF) I3 TMF ––––500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1250

I3 = 5…10xIn (TMA) I3 TMA –––––––400…800 450…900 500…1000 550…1100 625…1250

(1)Available as loose trip unit only.

TMF/TMA

In [A] 150(1) 175(1) 200(1) 225(1) 250

I1 = 1xIn (TMF) I1 TMF 150 175 200 225 250

I1 = 0.7…1xIn (TMA) I1 TMA 105…150 122.5…175 140…200 157.5…225 175…250

In [A] 150(1) 175(1) 200(1) 225(1) 250

I3 = 10xIn (TMF) I3 TMF 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500

I3 = 5…10xIn (TMA) I3 TMA 750…1500 875…1750 1000…2000 1125…2250 1250…2500

(2)TMF version available in 3-pole and 2-pole (N) versions only.

TMF/TMA

Main characteristics:

■ available for XT2 and XT4 in the two-pole (XT4 N version

only) three-pole and four-pole versions, except where noted;

■ protections:

− against overload (L):

− fixed protection threshold I1=In;

− adjustable protection threshold from 0.7...1xIn, with

inverse long time trip curve;

Rotary dial for magnetic

protection setting

Rotary dial for thermal

protection setting

Example with XT4 250A

− against instantaneous short-circuit (I):

− fixed protection threshold at I1=400A for In<40A and

I1=10xIn for In≥40A;

− adjustable threshold between 5…10xIn;

■ the thermal and magnetic protection settings on the TMA

versions are made by turning the corresponding dials on the

front of the release.

2

2/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Ekip LS/I

Main characteristics:

■ available for XT2 and XT4 in the three-pole and four-pole

versions;

■ protections:

– against overload (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable protection

threshold, with adjustable time trip curve;

– against short-circuit with delay (S): 1...10xIn adjustable

protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve (as an

alternative to I protection);

– against instantaneous short-circuit (I): 1...10xIn adjustable

protection threshold, with instantaneous trip curve (as an

alternative to S protection);

– of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers:

- for In≥100A can be selected in the OFF or ON positions,

50%, 100% of the phases;

- for In<100A, neutral protection is fixed at 100% of the

phases and disabled by user;

■ manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on the

front of the trip unit, which allow the settings to be made

even when the trip unit is off;

■ LED:

– LED with steady green light indicating that the trip unit is

supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current

exceeds 0.2xIn;

– red LED for each protection:

- L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for

current exceeding 0.9xI1;

- L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current

exceeding set threshold;

- LS/I: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection

has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened,

connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out

which protection function tripped the trip unit;

– Ekip LS/I is equipped with a trip coil disconnection

detection device that detects whether the opening

solenoid has disconnected. Signaling is made by all the

red LEDs flashing simultaneously;

■ test connector on the front of the release:

– the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and

signaling about the latest trip;

– the Ekip T&P unit, allows the measurements to be read,

the trip test to be conducted and the protection functions

test to be carried out;

■ thermal memory which can be activated by Ekip T&P;

■ self-supply from 0.2xIn minimum current up.

Ekip LS/I

Protection function Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Thermal memory

Against overloads with long

inverse time delay trip and trip

characteristic according to an

inverse time curve (i2t=k)

Manual setting:

I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.04

Tolerance: trip between

1.05…1.3 I1

Manual setting:

t1= 12-36s at I=3xI1

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

–t = k/l2Yes

Against short-circuits with

independent time delay (t=k)

Manual setting:

I2= 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.5-

6.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn

Tolerance: ±10%

t2= 0.1-0.2s

Tolerance: ±15% Yes t = k –

Against short-circuits with

adjustable threshold and

instantaneous trip time

Manual setting:

I3= 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.5-

6.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn

Tolerance: ±10%

≤20ms Yes t = k –

(1) Tolerances in case of:

– self-powered trip unit at full power;

– 2- or 3-phase power supply.

In conditions other than those stated, the

following tolerances hold:

Protection Trip threshold Trip time

Lrelease between 1.05 and 1.3 x I1

±20%

S

±10% ±20%

I

±15% ≤60ms

L, S, I protection LED Test connector

Dip switch for LS/I

protection function setting

Power-on LED

Dip switch for the trip curve selection

Dip switch to choose

between S protection or

I protection functions.

Slot for lead seal

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Electronic trip units

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/7

Ekip LSI and Ekip LSIG

Main characteristics:

■

available for XT2 and XT4 in three-pole and four-pole

versions;

■

protections:

– against overloads (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable protection

threshold, with adjustable time trip curve;

– against short-circuits with delay (S): 1...10xIn adjustable

protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve (short

inverse time (t=k2) or independent time (t=k));

– against instantaneous short-circuits (I): 1...10xIn

adjustable protection threshold, with instantaneous trip

curve;

– against ground faults (G): 0.2...1xIn adjustable protection

threshold, with independent time trip curve;

– of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers:

- for In≥100A can be selected in OFF or ON, 50%, 100%

of phases;

- for In<100A neutral protection is fixed on 100% of

phases and disabled by user;

■

setting:

– manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on

the front of the trip unit, which allows the settings to be

made even when the trip unit is off;

– electronic setting, made both locally using the Ekip T&P or

Ekip Display accessory and via remote control, by means

of the Ekip Com unit;

■

LED:

– LED on with steady green light indicating that the trip unit

is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current

exceeds 0.2xIn;

– red LED for each protection:

- L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for

current exceeding 0.9xI1;

- L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current

exceeding set threshold;

- LSIG: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection

has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened,

connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to ﬁnd out

which protection function tripped the trip unit;

– the trip unit is equipped with a device that detects the

eventual opening solenoid disconnection thanks to the

simultaneous blinking of all the LED;

■

test connector on the front of the release:

– the Ekip TT trip test unit allows trip test, LED test and

signaling about the latest trip;

– the Ekip T&P unit allows measurements to be read, trip

test to be conducted, protection functions test to be

carried out, electronic setting of the trip unit’s protection

functions and communication parameters;

■

thermal memory which can be activated by Ekip T&P or Ekip

Display;

■

self-supply from a minimum current of 0.2xIn up;

■

the three-pole version can be accessorized with external

neutral;

■

with the addition of the Ekip Com in the circuit breaker, you

can:

– acquire and transmit a wide range of information via

remote control;

– command the circuit breaker to open and close by means

of the motor operator in the electronic version (MOE-E);

– know the state of the circuit breaker (open/closed/trip) via

remote control;

– set the configuration and program the unit, such as the

current thresholds and the protection function curves.

2

2/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Electronic trip units

Ekip LSI – Ekip LSIG

Protection function Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Thermal

memory

Against overloads with long

inverse time delay trip and trip

characteristic according to an

inverse time curve (i2t=k)

Manual setting:

I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.02

Tolerance: trip between

1.05…1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2)

Manual setting:

t1 = 3-12-36-60s

at I=3xI1

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

–t = k/l2Yes

Electronic setting:

I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.01

Tolerance: trip between

1.05…1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2)

Electronic setting:

t1 = 3...60s

at I=3xI1 step 0.5

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

–t = k/l2Yes

Against short-circuits with

inverse short (t=k/I2) or

independent (t=k) time delay

trip

Manual setting:

I2 = 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.5-

6.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn

Tolerance: ±10%

Manual setting:

t2= 0.05-0.10-0.20-0.40s

at10xIn

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

Yes t = k/l2–

Electronic setting:

I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1

Tolerance: ±10%

Electronic setting:

t2 = 0.05...0.40s

at10xIn step 0.01

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

Yes t = k/l2–

Manual setting:

I2 = 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.5-

6.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn

Tolerance: ±10%

Manual setting:

t2 = 0.05-0.1-0.2-0.4s

Tolerance: ±15% t2>100ms

±20% t2≤100ms

Yes t = k –

Electronic setting:

I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1

Tolerance: ±10%

Electronic setting:

t2 = 0.05...0.4s step 0.01

Tolerance: ±15% t2>100ms

±20% t2≤100ms

Yes t = k –

Against short-circuits with

adjustable threshold and

instantaneous trip time

Manual setting:

I3 = 1-1.5-2-2.5-3-3.5-4.5-5.5-

6.5-7-7.5-8-8.5-9-10xIn

Tolerance: ±10%

≤40ms Yes t = k –

Electronic setting:

I3 = 1...10xIn step 0.1

Tolerance: ±10%

≤40ms Yes t = k –

Against ground fault with

independent time delay

trip(2)

Manual setting:

I4 = 0.2-0.25-0.45-0.55-0.75- 0.8-

1xIn

Tolerance: ±10%

Manual setting:

t4 = 0.1-0.2-0.4-0.8s

Tolerance: ±15% Yes t = k –

Electronic setting:

I4 = 0.2...1xIn step 0.02

Tolerance: ±10%

Electronic setting:

t4 = 0.1...0.8s step 0.05

Tolerance: ±15%

Yes t = k –

L, S, I, G protection LED

Test connector

Dip switch for the S trip

curves selection

Power-on LED

Dip switch for LSIG

protection function setting

Dip switch for the trip curve selection

Selection for remote

or local setting

Selection for manual or

electronic setting

(1) Tolerances in case of:

– self-powered trip unit at full power;

– 2- or 3-phase power supply.

In conditions other than those stated, the

following tolerances hold:

Protection Trip threshold Trip time

Lrelease between 1.05 and 1.3 x I1

±20%

S

±10% ±20%

I

±15% ≤60ms

G

±15% ±20%

Slot for lead seal

(2) Protection G is inhibited for currents higher than 2 In.

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/9

Ekip E-LSIG

Main characteristics:

■ available for XT4 in three-pole and four-pole versions;

■ protections:

– against overloads (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable protection

threshold, with adjustable time trip curve;

– against short-circuits with delay (S): 1...10xIn adjustable

protection threshold, with adjustable time trip curve;

– against instantaneous short-circuits (I): 1...10xIn adjust-

able protection threshold, with instantaneous trip curve;

– of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers;

■ measurements:

– available from 0.2xIn in Vaux mode and starting from

0.5xIn in self supply mode; external current or voltage

transformers are not required. See table for ranges and

accuracy;

– Currents: three phases (L1, L2, L3), neutral (Ne) and ground

fault;

– Voltage: phase-phase, phase-neutral;

– Power: active, reactive and apparent;

– Power factor;

– Frequency and peak factor;

– Energy: active, reactive, apparent, counter;

■ setting:

– manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on

the front of the trip unit, which allow the settings to be

made even when the trip unit is off;

– electronic setting, made both locally using Ekip T&P or

Ekip Display accessory and via remote control, by means

of the dialog unit Ekip Com. The electronic settings have a

wider range and more regulation steps.

Use of electronic setting allows other functions to be

activated:

- function for protection against ground faults (G):

0.2..1xIn adjustable protection threshold, with a time

constant trip curve;

- over voltage protection 0.5…0.95 Un with a time

constant trip curve;

- under voltage protection 1.05…1.2 Un with a time

constant trip curve;

■ LED:

– LED on with steady green light indicating that the trip unit

is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current

exceeds 0.2xIn;

– red LED for each protection:

- L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for

current exceeding 0.9xI1;

- L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current

exceeding set threshold;

- fixed LED MAN/ELT shows the version of active

parameters;

- LSIG: LED with steady red light, shows that a protection

has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened,

connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out

which protection function tripped the trip unit;

– the trip unit is equipped with a device that detects the

opening solenoid disconnection. It is communicated by

the simultaneous blinking of all the LEDs;

■ test connector on the front of the release:

– the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and

signaling about the latest trip;

– the Ekip T&P unit allows measurements to be read, trip

test to be conducted, protection functions test to be

carried out, electronic setting of the trip unit’s protection

functions and communication parameters;

■ self-supply from a minimum current of 0.2xIn up;

measurements starting from 0.5xIn;

■ the three-pole version can be accessorized with external

neutral current transformer and external neutral voltage

connection kit;

■ with the addition of Ekip Com in the circuit breaker, you can:

– acquire and transmit a wide range of information via

remote control;

– command the circuit breaker to open and close by means

of the motor operator in the electronic version (MOE-E);

– know the circuit breaker's state (open/closed/trip) via

remote control;

– set the configuration and program the unit, such as the

current thresholds and the protection function curves.

2

2/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Electronic trip units

Test connector

Power-on LED

L, S, I protection LED LED for electronic/manual setting

Setting MAN/ELT

Ekip E-LSIG

Protection function Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Thermal

memory

Against overloads with long

inverse time delay trip and trip

characteristic according to an

inverse time curve (i2t=k)

Manual setting:

I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.04

Tolerance: trip between

1.05…1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2)

Manual setting:

t1 = 12-36s

at I=3xI1

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

–t = k/l2–

Electronic setting:

I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.01

Tolerance: trip between

1.05…1.3 I1 (IEC 60947-2)

Electronic setting:

t1 = 3...60s

at I=3xI1 step 0.5

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

–t = k/l2–

Against short-circuits with

inverse short (t=k/I2) or

independent (t=k) time delay

trip

Manual setting:

I2 = OFF 3-6-9

Tolerance: ±10%

Manual setting:

t2= 0.10-0.20s

at10xIn

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

Yes t = k –

Electronic setting:

I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1

Tolerance: ±10%

Electronic setting:

t2 = 0.05...0.4s

at10xIn step 0.01

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

Yes t = k/l2–

Electronic setting:

I2 = 1...10xIn step 0.1

Tolerance: ±10%

Electronic setting:

t2 = 0.05...0.4s step 0.01

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

Yes t = k –

Against short-circuits with

adjustable threshold and

instantaneous trip time

Manual setting:

I3 = OFF 1-3-4-7-9-10

Tolerance: ±10%

≤40ms Yes t = k –

Electronic setting:

I3 = 1...10xIn step 0.1

Tolerance: ±10%

≤40ms Yes t = k –

Against ground fault with

independent time delay trip(2)

Electronic setting:

I4 = 0.2...1xIn step 0.02

Tolerance: ±10%

Electronic setting:

t4 = 0.1...0.8s step 0.05s

Tolerance: ±15%

Yes t = k –

UV

Against undervoltage with

adjustable constant time

Electronic setting:

U8 = 0.5...0.95xUn step=0.01xUn

Tolerance: ±5%

Electronic setting:

t8 = 0.1...5s step 0.1s

Tolerance: min (±20% ±100ms)

Yes t = k –

OV Against overvoltage with

adjustable constant time

Electronic setting:

U9 = 1.05...1.2xUn step=0.01xUn

Tolerance: ±5%

Electronic setting:

t9 = 0.1...5s step 0.1s

Tolerance: min (±20% ±100ms)

Yes t = k –

(1) Tolerances in case of:

– self-powered trip unit at full power;

– 2- or 3-phase power supply.

In conditions other than those stated, the

following tolerances hold:

Protection Trip threshold Trip time

Lrelease between 1.05 and 1.3 x I1

±20%

S

±10% ±20%

I

±15% ≤60ms

G

±15% ±20%

(2) Protection G is inhibited for currents higher than 2 In.

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/11

Value Range Accuracy Specified measuring range

Current Phase current (I1, I2, I3, IN) 0…12 In Cl 1 0.2…1.2 In

Phase current minimum value

Phase current maximum value

Ground current (Ig) 0…4 In – –

Voltage Phase voltage runtime,

max and min

(V1N, V2N, V3N) (1)

5V...480V ±0.5% 30V...400V

Line voltage runtime,

max and min

(U12, U23, U31)

10V...828V ±0.5% 50V...690V

Power Active Phase power runtime,

max and min

(P1, P2, P3) (1)

-1440kW...1440kW Cl 2 -120kW...-1,5kW

1,5kW...120kW (3)

Total power runtime,

max and min

-4320kW...4320kW Cl2 -360kW...-4,5kW

4,5kW...360kW (3)

Reactive Phase power runtime,

max and min

(Q1, Q2, Q3) (1)

-1440kVar...1440kVar Cl 2 -120kVar...-1,5kVar

1,5kVar...120kVar (3)

Total power runtime,

max and min

-4320kVar...4320kVar Cl 2 -360kVar...-4,5kVar

4,5kVar...360kVar (3)

Apparent Phase power runtime,

max and min

(S1, S2, S3) (1)

InVA...1440kVA Cl 2 1,5kVA...120kVA

Total power runtime,

max and min

750VA...4320kVA Cl 2 4,5kVA...369kVA

Energy Active Total energy 1 kWh…214,75 GWh Cl 2 1 kWh…214,75 GWh

Incoming energy

Outgoing energy

Reactive Total energy 1 kvarh…214,75 GVarh Cl 2 1 kvarh…214,75 GVarh

Incoming energy

Outgoing energy

Apparent Total energy 1 kVAh…214,75 GVAh Cl 2 1 kVAh…214,75 GVAh

Power quality Harmonic analysis (2) 11th (50 - 60Hz) – –

THD of phase L1, L2, L3 (2) 0…1000% ±10% 0 … 500%

Frequency runtime, max, min 44...440Hz ±0.5% 45 … 66 Hz

PF of phase L1, L2, L3 (1) -1…1 ±2% -1 … -0.5

0.5 … 1

(1) Not available if Neutral is not connected

(2) Available on demand by sending a Modbus command

(3) For 0,2*In>Ii>1,2*In and 30V<Vi>400V

2

2/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

PTC

PR212/CI

Motor

Circuit breaker

with magnetic

only trip unit

Thermal relay

Contactor

Motor

Circuit breaker

with electronic trip

unit Ekip, M-LIU

Contactor

Conventional system Advanced protection system

When choosing and manufacturing a system for starting (G4.3

and G4.4) and monitoring motors, a given solution’s safety and

reliability are important considerations. Start-up is a particularly

critical phase for the motor itself and for the installation

powering it. Even rated service needs to be adequately

monitored and protected in order to deal with any faults that

might occur.

When it comes to direct starting, ABB SACE offers two different

solutions:

■ a conventional system equipped with a circuit breaker with

a magnetic only trip unit for protection against short-circuits,

a thermal relay for protection against overloads and phase

failure or imbalance, and a contactor to operate the motor;

Circuit breakers for motor protection

Main characteristics

■ an advanced protection system which integrates all the

protection and monitoring functions in the circuit breaker

itself and a contactor for operating the motor.

Several different factors must be considered when choosing and

coordinating the protection and operating devices, e.g.:

■ the electrical specifications of the motor (type, power rating,

efficiency, cosϕ);

■ the starting type and diagram;

■ the fault current and voltage in the part of the network where

the motor is installed.

Characteristics of circuit breakers for motor protection

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Size(G2.1) [A] 125 125 225 150/250

Poles [No.] 3333

Rated service voltage, Ue(G2.4) (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 500 500 600

Versions Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in,

Withdrawable

Fixed, Plug-in Fixed, Plug-in, Withdrawable

Breaking capacities H H S H

Trip Units Magnetic Magnetic, Electronic Magnetic Magnetic, Electronic

MA (MCP) [In A] 3, 7, 15, 30, 50, 70,

80, 100, 125

3, 7, 15, 30, 50, 70,

80, 100, 125

100, 110, 125, 150,

200

25, 50, 80, 100, 110, 125,

150, 175, 200, 225, 250

Ekip M-LIU (MPCB) [In A] –25, 60, 100 –40, 60, 100, 150

Ekip I [In A] –10, 25, 60, 100, 125 –40, 60, 100, 150, 225, 250

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/13

MA (MCP)

Main characteristics:

■ available for XT1, XT2, XT3 and XT4 in the three-pole version

only. These trip units are mainly used for protecting motors, in

conjunction with a thermal relay and a contator;

■ protections:

– against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT1: the

protection threshold I is adjustable from 4...11xIn for In≤7A

and 3...11xIn for In>7A;

– against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT2: for In≤7A

the protection threshold I is adjustable from 4...11xIn for

15A≤In≤100A the protection threshold I is adjustable from

3...11xIn, whereas for In=125A, the protection threshold I

is adjustable from 5...10xIn;

Circuit breakers for motor protection

Magnetic trip units

XT1

MA (MCP)

In [A] 3715 30 50 70 80 100 125

I3 = 4…11xIn I312…33 28…77 –––––––

I3 = 3…11xIn I3 ––45…165 90…330 150…550 210…770 240…880 300…1100 375…1375

XT2

MA (MCP)

In [A] 3715 30 50 70 80 100 125

I3 = 4…11xIn I312…33 28…77 –––––––

I3 = 3…11xIn I3––45…165 90…330 150…550 210…770 240…880 300…1100 –

I3 = 5…10xIn I3 ––––––––625…1250

XT3

MA (MCP)

In [A] 100 110 125 150 200

I3 = 6..12xIn I3600…1200 660...1320 750…1500 900…1800 1200…2400

XT4

MA (MCP)

In [A] 25 50 80 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250

I3 = 3…11xIn I375…275 150…550 ––––––– – –

I3 = 5…10xIn (>50A) I3– – 400…800 500…1000 550…1100 625…1250 750…1500 875…1750 1000…2000 1125…2250 1250…2500

Rotary dial for magnetic

protection setting

– against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT3: the

protection threshold I is adjustable from 6...12xIn;

– against instantaneous short-circuit (I) for XT4: for In≤50A,

the protection threshold I is adjustable from 3...11xIn,

whereas for In>50A the protection threshold I is adjustable

from 5...10xIn;

■ the magnetic protection setting is made by turning the

appropriate dial on the front of the release.

2

2/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Circuit breakers for power distribution

Electronic trip units

Ekip I

Main characteristics:

■ usable with the XT2 and XT4 circuit breaker in the three-pole

and four-pole versions;

■ protections:

– against instantaneous short-circuit (I): adjustable

protection threshold from 1...10xIn, with instantaneous trip

curve;

– of the neutral in four-pole circuit breakers:

- for In≥100A in the OFF or ON positions, 50% and 100%

of the phases can be selected;

- for In<100A, neutral protection is fixed at 100% of the

phases and disabled by user;

■ manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches, which

allow the settings to be made even when the trip unit is off;

■ LED:

– LED lit with a steady green light indicating that the trip unit

is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current

exceeds 0.2xIn;

Protection function Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation

Against short-circuits with

adjustable treshold and

instantaneous trip time

Manual setting:

I3= 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4.5, 5.5, 6.5,

7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 10xIn

Tolerance: ±20% I>4In

±10% I≤4In

≤20ms Yes t = k

(1) Tolerances in case of:

– self-powered trip unit at full power;

– 2 or 3-phase power supply.

In conditions other than those stated, the trip time is

≤60ms

.

I protection LED

Test connector

Dip switch for I protection

function setting

Power-on LED

Slot for lead seal

– LED with a steady red light, indicating that protection I has

tripped; red LED light on connecting Ekip TT or Ekip T&P

accessories after circuit breaker opening for “I protection”

intervention;

– Ekip I is equipped with a trip coil disconnection protection

device that detects whether the opening solenoid has

disconnected. Signaling is made by a flashing red LED;

■ test connector on the front of the trip unit;

– the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and

signaling the latest trip;

– the Ekip T&P unit, allows the measurements to be read,

the trip test to be conducted and the I protection function

test to be carried out;

■ self-supply from a minimum current of 0.2xIn up.

Ekip I

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/15

Ekip M-LIU (MPCB)

Main characteristics:

■

available for XT2 and XT4 in the three-pole version, this

device protects motors. The L protection function protects the

motor against overloads, in accordance with the indications

and classes defined by standard IEC 60947-4-1;

■ protections:

– against overloads (L): 0.4...1xIn adjustable threshold. The

operating time is established by choosing the operating

class defined by Standard IEC 60947-4-1: Class 3E, 5E,

10E, 20E;

– against short-circuits (I): 6...13xIn adjustable threshold

with instantaneous operating time;

– against phase loss (U): the protection can be selected

either in the ON or OFF position. When the selector is

in the ON position, the threshold is 50% I1, with fixed

operating time;

■ manual setting using the corresponding dip-switches on the

front of the release;

■ LED:

– LED on with steady green light indicating that the trip unit

is supplied correctly. The LED comes on when the current

exceeds 0.2xIn;

Circuit breakers for motor protection

Electronic trip units

– red LED for each protection:

- L: LED with steady red light, indicates pre-alarm for

current exceeding 0.9xI1;

- L: LED with flashing red light, indicates alarm for current

exceeding set threshold;

- LIU: LED with steady red light, shows that a protec-

tion has tripped. After the circuit breaker has opened,

connect the Ekip TT or Ekip T&P accessory to find out

which protection function tripped the trip unit;

– Ekip M-LIU is equipped with a trip coil disconnection

device that detects whether the opening solenoid

has disconnected. Signal is all red LEDs flashing

simultaneously;

■ test connector on the front of the release:

– the Ekip TT trip test unit, allows trip test, LED test and

signaling about the latest trip;

– the Ekip T&P unit allows measurements to be read, trip

test to be conducted and protection function test to be

carried out;

■ thermal memory always active;

■ self-supply starting from a minimum current of 0.2xIn;

■ compliant with UL60947-4-1.

Ekip M-LIU

Protection function Trip threshold Trip curve(1) Excludability Relation Thermal

memory

Against overloads with long

inverse time delay trip and trip

characteristic according to an

inverse time curve (i2t=k)

Manual setting:

I1= 0.4...1xIn step 0.04

Tolerance:

trip between 1.05…1.2xI1

Manual setting:

Operating class:

3E, 5E, 10E, 20E

Tolerance: ±10% up to 4xIn

±20% from 4xIn

–t = k/l2Yes

Against short-circuits with

adjustable threshold and

instantaneous trip time

Manual setting:

I3 = 6...13xIn step 1

Tolerance: ±10%

≤20ms –t = k –

Aganist phase loss with

independent time delay

(IEC 60947-4-1)

Manual setting:

I6 = ON / OFF

When ON, I6=50% I1

Tolerance: ±15%

Manual setting:

When ON, t6= 2s

Tolerance: ±10% Yes t = k –

L, I, U protection LED

Test connector

Dip switch for L protection

function setting

Power-on LED

Dip switch for I protection

function setting

Dip switch for the trip

classes setting according

to IEC 60947-4-1 U protection function ON-OFF

(1) Tolerances in case of:

– self-powered trip unit at full power;

– 2- or 3-phase power supply.

In conditions other than those stated, the

following tolerances hold:

Protection Trip threshold Trip time

Lrelease between 1.05 and 1.2 x I1

±20%

I

±15% ≤60ms

U

±20% ±20%

Slot for lead seal

2

2/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT1D

XT3D

XT4D

XT2D

The molded case switch disconnector ("switch") is a device created from the corresponding

circuit breakers. It features the same overall dimensions, versions, fastening mechanisms and can

be fitted with accessories.

Its main function is to disconnect the circuit it's installed in. In the open position, the switch

disconnects and ensure sufficient insulation distance between contacts for safety and to prevent

an electrical arc from striking.

Applications

Molded case switch disconnectors are normally used as:

■ general sub-switchboard disconnectors;

■ operating/disconnecting devices for lines, pan-assembliess or groups of equipment;

■ bus-ties;

■ general disconnecting devices for groups of machines;

■ general group disconnecting devices for motor operation and protection;

■ insulation of small tertiary distribution units.

Protection

A switch is unable to automatically break the short-circuit or overload current. For this reason,

each molded case switch disconnector must be protected on the supply side by a coordinated

device that safeguards it against short-circuits.

Molded case switch disconnectors

Main characteristics

Characteristics of molded case switch disconnectors

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Size(G2.1) [A] 125 125 225 150/250

Poles [No.] 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4,

Rated service voltage, Ue(G2.4) (AC) 50-60Hz [V] 600Y/347 600 600Y/347 600

(DC) [V] 500 4p series (1) 500 3p series 500 3p series 500 2p series

Versions Fixed,

Plug-in

Fixed, Plug-in,

Withdrawable

Fixed,

Plug-in

Fixed, Plug-in,

Withdrawable

Rating level N S H N H L V N S N S H L V

Magnetic Override [A] 1500 1500 2700 3000

(1) 3p CB up to 250V DC 3p series

Switch disconnector coordination

Load side XT1D XT2D XT3D XT4D

Supply side Version Icu In 125 125 225 250

XT1

N25 125 25 25 25 25

S35 35 35 35 35

H65 65 65 65 65

XT2

N25 125 25 25 25 25

S35 35 35 35 35

H65 65 65 65 65

L100 65 100 65 100

V 150 65 150 65 150

XT3 N25 225 25 25

S35 35 35

XT4

N25 250 25(1) 25

S35 35(1) 35

H65 65(1) 65

L100 65(1) 100

V 150 65(1) 150

(1) The conﬁguration is valid only with I1 < 225A setting on XT4 circuit breaker

Ic [A] XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

AC 22A 125 125 225 250

AC 23A 125 125 200 200

DC 22A 125 125 225 250

DC 23A 125 125 200 200

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/17

Current Limiting

Electrical characteristics

Current, existing UL circuit breakers Tmax XT2 and Tmax XT4

have undergone specific tests as per the UL 489 Standard in

order to be classified as UL Current Limiting circuit breakers.

They have specific characteristics in terms of limiting peak

current and specific let-through energy.

According to the UL 489 Standard, Current Limiting circuit

breakers will be signed “Current Limiting” on the front and

will have a label on the right side specifying peak current and

specific let-through energy values. Accessories and trip are the

same as available for standard UL Tmax XT MCCBs.

Tmax XT Current Limiting

XT2 XT4

Trip Units TMF, TMA, EKIP TMF, TMA, EKIP

In [A] Up to 125A (1) Up to 250A (2)

Voltage Rating [V AC] 480V AC 600V AC 480V AC 600V AC

Breaking Capacities H L V H L V H L V H L V

Threshold Current

Irms [kA] 66666610 10 10 10 10 10

Ip [kA] 10 10 10 10 10 10 14,4 14,4 14,4 13,7 13,7 13,7

I2t [106A2s] 266 266 266 301 301 301 499 499 499 582 582 582

Intermediate Point ©

Irms [kA] 30 50 65 14 22 25 42 50 65 18 22 30

Ip [kA] 19 21 23,2 14,1 18 18 26,4 26,4 30 19,1 22,3 24,2

I2t [106A2s] 480 486 512 472 655 655 853 853 980 791 990 1058

Interrupting Rating

Irms [kA] 65 100 150 25 35 42 65 100 150 25 50 50

Ip [kA] 23,2 31,1 31,1 18 20 21,4 30 44,5 44,5 22,3 30,4 30,4

I2t [106A2s] 512 704 704 655 650 691 980 1142 1142 990 1162 1162

(1) Includes TMF, TMA with In = 15-125A and Ekip with In= 10,25,60,100,125A

(2) Includes TMF, TMA with In = 25-250A and Ekip with In= 40,60,100, 150,225,250A

2

2/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

24 V

+

–

Modbus

HMI030

Internal Bus

The XT2 and XT4 molded case circuit breakers, equipped with

an Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG trip unit and Ekip Com

dialog module, can be integrated in monitoring systems to

control and manage electrical and technological plants. The

protocol available for communication on bus(G5,4) is Modbus RTU.

Special applications

Communication system

Communications accessories include:

■ Ekip Com communication module and electronic auxiliary

contacts (1 Q + 1 SY) included in the

Ekip Com module. For further details, see the "Accessories"

chapter.

■ Electronic motor operator MOE-E.

Configuration 1: Monitoring (Electronic trip unit and Ekip Com)

Positioned in the right-hand slot of the circuit breaker, the Ekip Com

accessory connects to the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG

trip unit via the supplied connector. Six cables come out of Ekip

Com. Two are required for auxiliary supply, two for connection

to the Modbus and two for connection to Internal Bus. This

configuration allows you to:

■ read the measurements and settings from the electronic trip

unit in remote mode;

■ program the electronic trip unit in remote mode;

■ know the state of the circuit breaker (Open/Closed/Tripped)

in remote mode;

■ locally visualize the relevant information of the circuit breaker

on the HMI030.

Consult the Electric Diagrams chapter for further details about

wiring.

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/19

24 V

+

–

+

Modbus

24 V

+

–

+

HMI030

Modbus

Internal Bus

Configuration 2: Monitoring and remote control (Thermal magnetic trip unit or

molded case switch disconnector, Ekip Com and MOE-E)

The Ekip Com accessory is positioned in the right- hand slot of

the circuit breaker and attaches to a connector at the rear of

the MOE-E.

Six cables come out of the Ekip Com. Two are needed for the

auxiliary power supply and two for connection to the Modbus.

With this configuration, it is possible to:

■ read the Open/Closed/Tripped state of the circuit breaker

remotely;

■ open/close the circuit breaker or molded case switch

disconnector remotely.

For further details about cabling the various devices, please

refer to the "Electric diagrams" chapter.

Configuration 3: Monitoring and remote control (Electronic trip unit, Ekip Com and MOE-E)

Positioned in the right-hand slot of the circuit breaker, the

Ekip Com accessory connects to the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or

Ekip E-LSIG trip unit via connector supplied with Ekip Com

and to the MOE-E via connector on that unit. Six cables come

out of Ekip Com. Two are required for auxiliary supply, two

for connection to the Modbus and two for connection to the

Internal Bus.

This configuration allows you to:

■ read the measurements and settings from the solid-state

release in remote mode;

■ program the electronic trip unit in remote mode;

■ read the state of the circuit breaker (Open/Closed/Tripped) in

remote mode;

■ open/close the circuit breaker in remote mode;

■ visualize locally on HMI 030 all the relevant information of the

circuit breaker.

Consult the "Electric diagrams" chapter for further details about

wiring.

2

2/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

24 V

+

–

HMI030

Internal Bus

Configuration 4: Interface from front panel (Electronic trip unit and HMI030 unit)

When XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers are equipped with an

Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG electronic trip unit plus an

HM1030 interface, electrical values and the most recent trip

information can be displayed directly on the panel door.

The necessary accessories, are:

■ interface device HMI030;

■ kit of 24V DC auxiliary voltage for electronic trip unit.

Four cables come out of the Ekip E-LSIG, Ekip LSI or Ekip LSIG

trip unit. Two are needed for the auxiliary power supply and two

for connection to the HMI030 on Internal Bus.

This configuration allows measurements and alarms from

the electronic trip unit to be read on the HM1030 interface

accessory, positioned on the front of the panel.

For further details on cabling the various devices, refer to the

"Electric diagrams" chapter.

Special applications

Communication system

2

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 2/21

Measurement, signaling and available data functions

Ekip LSI Ekip E-LSIG Ekip LS/I

Ekip LSIG TM

Molded case

switch disconnector

Electrical quantities

Phase current (IL1, IL2, IL3)■ ■

Neutral current (IN) (1) ■ ■

Ground current (Ig)■(1) ■

Phase to phase voltage (V12-V23-V31)■

Phase-Neutral Voltage (V1N-V2N-V3N) (2) ■

Frequency ■

Power (active P, reactive Q, apparent S) total power and phase power (2) ■

Power factor (total and phase) (2) ■

Energy (active, reactive, apparent) total ■

Harmonic calculation (THDi, specter) ■

Status information

CB status (open, closed, tripped) ■■■

Modality (local, remote) ■ ■

Protection parameters ■ ■

Thermal memory ■ ■

Maintenance data

Total number of operations ■ ■

Total number of protection trips ■ ■

Total number of trip tests ■ ■

Total number of manual operations ■ ■

Total number of failed trips ■ ■

Last trip data recording 20 20

Protection alarm

I Protection (trip) ■ ■

S Protection (timing and trip) ■ ■

L Protection (timing and trip) ■ ■

G Protection (timing and trip) ■(1) ■

L Protection pre-alarm (3) ■ ■

Diagnostic Alarm

Trip command failed ■ ■

Trip coil disconnected ■ ■

Commands

CB Open/CB Close (with MOE-E motor operator) ■■■

CB Reset (with MOE-E motor operator) ■■■

Alarm reset ■ ■

Trip test ■ ■

Protection parameter setting ■ ■

Run Time Events

CB status changes, protection status change and alarms status change ■ ■

(1) Only with Ekip LSIG trip unit

(2) Measurements available only with Neutral connected

(3) 90%I1 < I < 105%I1

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/1

Accessories

Versions and types

Fixed part of Plug-in and withdrawable versions 3/2

Conversion kits 3/3

Mechanical accessories

Connection terminals 3/5

Terminal covers and phase separators 3/12

Rotary handle operating mechanism 3/12

IP54 Protection 3/12

Front for operating lever mechanism 3/12

Locks 3/14

Rear mechanical interlock 3/16

Bracket for fixing on DIN rail 3/16

Flanges 3/17

Electrical accessories

Service releases 3/18

Auxiliary contacts 3/20

Motor operators 3/25

Connectors for electrical accessories 3/29

Residual current releases 3/30

Accessories for electronic trip units

Ekip Display 3/36

Ekip LED Meter 3/37

Current sensor for external neutral 3/37

Connection accessories 3/37

Communication devices and systems

HMI030 interface on the front of the switchboard 3/38

Ekip Com 3/39

Ekip Connect 3/40

Test and configuration accessories

Ekip T&P 3/41

Ekip TT 3/41

Automatic network-generator transfer unit ATS021-ATS022 3/42

Compatibility of accessories 3/44

3

Accessories

Versions and types

3/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Tmax XT circuit breakers are available in the following versions:

n FIXED. These have a current-interrupting part connected to the trip unit, to be installed on the

back plate of the box;

n PLUG-IN. These have a moving part and a fixed part. The latter must be installed on the back

plate of the box. The moving part comes in the kit that converts the fixed version into a plug-in

version;

n WITHDRAWABLE. These have a moving part and a fixed part, equipped with side runners to

allow easy racking in/out of the moving part. The fixed part is installed on the back plate of

the box. The moving part comes in the kit that converts the fixed version into a withdrawable

version. To create the withdrawable circuit breaker, it’s necessary to order a front accessory to

maintain the IP40 degree of protection over the circuit breaker’s entire isolation run.

If the plug-in circuit breaker is fitted with electrical accessories, appropriate connectors for

insulating the corresponding auxiliary circuits must also be ordered. For the withdrawable version,

there are dedicated accessories fitted with connectors enabling automatic disconnection when

racking-out. (Consult the “Connectors for electrical accessories” section of this chapter).

Using the fixed version as a base, SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers can easily be converted into

plug-in and withdrawable versions with the appropriate conversion kits. The moving part can

always be obtained in the required version, fully pre-engineered in the factory, by ordering the

fixed circuit breaker and the conversion kit at the same time.

Version

Fixed Plug-in Withdrawable

XT1 n n

XT2 nnn

XT3 n n

XT4 nnn

Fixed part of plug-in and withdrawable versions

The fixed parts of the plug-in/withdrawable versions are available with extended front terminals

(EF). The fixed parts can be equipped with some of the same terminal, terminal-cover and phase

barrier kits used for the fixed circuit breakers, by using the proper adapter.

The fixed parts of a plug-in/withdrawable circuit breaker can be installed at a distance of

50mm/1.97in from the back of the panel or at 70mm/2.76in as shown in the picture.

Fixed circuit breaker

Plug-in circuit breaker

Withdrawable circuit breaker

Installing at 50mm/1.97in

Installing at 70mm/2.76in

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/3

Conversion kits

The following conversion kits can be obtained in order to create the different versions:

n Kit for converting the fixed circuit breaker into the moving part of plug-in/withdrawable

versions. When withdrawable versions are made, it is essential to order an accessory to apply

to the front of the circuit breaker in order to maintain the IP40 degree of protection over the

entire isolation run. This accessory can be chosen from:

– front for lever operating mechanism (FLD);

– motor operator (MOE);

– direct or extended rotary handle operating mechanisms (RHD or RHE).

If no accessory is indicated, the front for lever operating mechanism (FLD) is automatically

included in the order.

n Kit for converting the fixed part of plug-in versions into the fixed part of withdrawable

versions. The kit comprises:

– a guide for turning the fixed part of the plug-in circuit breaker into the fixed part of the

withdrawable circuit breaker;

– a racking-out rotary handle that allows the moving part to be inserted and withdrawn. The

mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be set to the isolated position (with the power

and auxiliary circuits disconnected) with the compartment door closed, for operator safety.

The rotary handle can only be inserted when the circuit breaker is open. Once it has been

removed or withdrawn, the circuit breaker can be set to the open/closed position;

– a flange for the compartment door, which replaces the one supplied with the fixed version of

the circuit breaker.

n Kit for converting fixed type into the plug-in version for RC Sel residual current devices

for XT2-XT4. RC Sel four-pole residual current devices for XT2 and XT4 can be converted from

the fixed version into the plug-in version using the special kit.

n Kit for converting plug-in types into the withdrawable version for RC Sel residual current

devices for XT2-XT4. RC Sel four-pole residual current devices for XT2 and XT4 can be

converted from the plug-in version to the withdrawable version using the special kit, which

comprises a bellows to apply to the front of the residual current device so as to allow it and

the residual current part to be withdrawn when the panel door is closed. This kit can also

be assembled on fixed circuit breakers fitted with the front part for locks or the direct rotary

handle, thus adding to the range of uses for residual current devices.

In the plug-in to withdrawable conversion kit, there is also a 6-pin connector to be applied onto

the right side of the circuit breaker to facilitate disconnecting the auxiliary circuits connected to

the residual current device.

This kit contains also the shunt opening release of the residual current device dedicated to the

withdrawable version, which is fitted with a connector for the fixed part and the moving part.

Conversion kit for turning a fixed

circuit breaker into the moving

part of a plug-in circuit breaker

Conversion kit for turning a fixed

circuit breaker into the moving

part of a withdrawable circuit

breaker

Conversion kit for turning a fixed

part of plug-in version into the

fixed part of a withdrawable

version

3

+ + =

+ + + =

+ + =

+

+

Accessories

Versions and types

3/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Withdrawable version

1st solution

2nd solution

Fixed part of

plug-in

Fixed

circuit breaker

Conversion kit for turning a fixed

circuit breaker into the moving

part of a plug-in

circuit breaker

Plug-in

circuit breaker

Fixed part

of plug-in

Fixed

circuit breaker

Conversion kit for turning a

fixed circuit breaker into the

moving part of a withdrawable

circuit breaker

Conversion kit for turning a

fixed part of plug-in version

into the fixed part of a

withdrawable version

Fixed part of

withdrawable

Fixed

circuit breaker

Conversion kit for turning a

fixed circuit breaker into the

moving part of a withdrawable

circuit breaker

Withdrawable

circuit breaker

Withdrawable

circuit breaker

Frontal

accessory(1)

Frontal

accessory(1)

(1) Frontal accessory is mandatory. If not speciﬁed in the order, the FLD is supplied automatically

Plug-in version

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/5

UL Listed XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Terminals F - Front terminals n nnnn

EF - Extended front terminals n nnnn

ES - Extended spread terminals n nnnn

FCCu - Front for copper cables n nnnn

FCCuAl - Front for copper/aluminum cables n– – n n

FB - For flexible busbars –nnnn

MC - Multi cable for copper cable n nnnn

R - Rear oriented –nnnn

EF - Extended front for the fixed part n nnnn

HR/VR - Horizontal rear / Vertical rear for fixed part –nnnn

R for RC - Rear for residual current release –n–n–

Terminal covers LTC - Low terminal cover –nnnn

HTC - High terminal cover n nnnn

Phase barriers PB - 25mm/0.98in n nnnn

PB - 100mm/3.94in n nnnn

PB - 200mm/7.87in n nnnn

Flange handle operating mechanism MKC - Cable operated flange handles n nnnn

Rotary handle operating mechanism RHD - Direct rotary handle n nnnn

RHE - Extended rotary handle n nnnn

RHS - Side rotary handle (right and left sides) n nnnn

LH - Long "pistol" rotary handle (for RHE or RHS) n nnnn

RHL - Rotary handle/front lever lock, open n nnnn

RHL - Rotary handle/front lever lock, open/closed n nnnn

Front for operating lever mechanism FLD - Front for locks n–n–n

Locks on circuit breaker PLL - Padlock device, removable n n –n–

PLL - Padlock device, open n nnnn

PLL - Padlock device, open/closed n nnnn

KLC - Key lock, open n nnnn

KLC - Key lock, open/closed n nnnn

Mechanical interlock MIR - Mechanical interlock (HR and VR) n nnnn

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

Connection terminals

Connection terminals allow the circuit breaker to be connected to the system in the way best

suited to the installation requirements. By and large, they consist of front terminals for connecting

cables or busbar directly from the front of the circuit breaker.

Where possible, the terminals have laser markings on the surface to indicate the tightening

torques for the correct isolation of cables and bars.

Fixed version

Standard SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers for UL and CSA are supplied with front terminals (F).

However, they can be fitted with the following types of terminal as accessories thanks to the

special kits:

n extended front (EF);

n extended spread front (ES);

n front for copper/aluminum cables (FCCuAI), for XT3 and XT4 sizes;

n front for copper cables (FCCu);

n multicable for copper cable (MC);

n for flexible busbar (FB);

n rear oriented (R)1).

For XT1 and XT3 sizes, the use of non-insulated busbar with Ue ≤ 480V involves the mandatory

assembly of terminal-covers HTC.

1) IEC only

3

H3H1H2

3/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Plug-in and withdrawable versions

The fixed part of plug-in and withdrawable version circuit-breakers is normally supplied with

extended front terminals (EF) or horizontal/vertical rear terminals (HR/VR).

Horizontal/vertical rear terminals (HR/VR) are factory-mounted in the horizontal position. If

needed, the terminals can easily be field-rotated to the vertical position.

A fixed part with front terminals (EF) can be converted into a fixed part with rear terminals

(HR/VR) by ordering the appropriate terminal kit. The fixed parts can also be fitted with some

of the same types of terminal available on the fixed circuit breaker after an adapter has been

installed on the terminal zone of the fixed part itself. Consequently, the following types of

connection terminals are also acceptable for use with the fixed part:

n extended spread front (ES);

n for copper cables (FCCu);

n multi-cable (MC).

n for copper and aluminum cables (FCCuAl);

n for flexibar (FB).

The adapter mimics the terminal zone of the fixed circuit breaker. This means that fixed parts can

also be equipped with the same terminal covers and phase separators as those used for fixed

circuit breakers.

Fixed part adapter

Installing at 50mm/1.97in

Installing at 70mm/2.76in

Fixed part adapter

Circuit breakers H1

fixed part

[mm/in]

H2

circuit breaker

[mm/in]

H3 fixed part

with two adapters

[mm/in]

XT1 146/5.75 134/5.28 181/7.13

XT2 153/6.02 134/5.28 188/7.40

XT3 166/6.54 154/6.06 225/8.86

XT4 182/7.17 164/1.46 228/8.98

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/7

Front terminals - F (1)

CB. Vers. Busbar dimensions

[mm/in]

Cable terminals

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Phase separators

[mm/in]

W min W max HØD min D max W Ø Cable or busbar

/Terminal

2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 F13/0.512 16/0.630 7.5/0.295 6.5/0.256 3.5/0.138 5/0.197 16/0.630 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 – R – S R R

XT2 F13/0.512 20/0.787 7.5/0.295 6.5/0.256 2.5/0.098 5/0.197 20/0.787 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 – R – S R R

XT3 F17/0.669 25/0.984 9.5/0.374 8.5/0.335 5/0.197 8/0.315 24/0.945 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 – – R S R R

XT4 F17/0.669 25/0.984 10/0.394 8.5/0.335 5/0.197 8/0.315 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 – – R S R R

(1) UL Listed

Front extended terminals - EF (1)

CB Vers. Busbar dimensions

[mm/in]

Cable terminals

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Phase separators

[mm/in]

WDØWØTerminal

/CB

Cable or busbar

/Terminal

2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 F20/0.787 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 9/79.7 –R––SR

XT2 F20/0.787 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 9/79.7 – S – – S R

XT3 F20/0.787 6/0.236 10/0.394 20/0.787 10/0.394 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 ––R–SR

XT4 F20/0.787 10/0.394 10/0.394 20/0.787 10/0.394 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 – – S – S R

(1) UL Listed

WWidth FFixed

HHole height PPlug-in

DDepth WWithdrawable

ØDiameter

SStandard

ROn Request

F terminal with cable lug F terminal with busbarFront terminal - F

Front extended terminal - EF EF terminal with cable lug EF terminal with busbar

DW

3

3/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Front extended spread terminals - ES (1)

CB Vers. Busbar dimensions MAX

[mm/in]

Cable terminals

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Phase separators

[mm/in]

W D Ø W Ø Terminal

/CB

Cable or busbar

/Terminal

2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 F-P 25/0.984 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 9/79.7 – – – – – S

XT2 F-P-W 30/1.181 4/0.157 10.5/0.413 30/1.181 10.5/0.413 M6 6/53.1 M10 18/159.3 – – – – – S

XT3 F-P 30/1.181 4/0.157 10.5/0.413 30/1.181 10.5/0.413 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 – – – – – S

XT4 F-P-W 30/1.181 10/0.394 10.5/0.413 30/1.181 10.5/0.413 M8 8/70.8 M10 18/159.3 – – – – – S

(1) UL Listed

Terminals for copper cables - FCCu (2)

CB Type of

terminal

Vers. Cable Inner dimensions

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

L cable

stripping

[mm/in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Phase separators

[mm/in]

AWG/kcmil mm2Cable or busbar/Terminal 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1(3) internal F-P 1x14…1/0 1x2.5…70 12x12/0.472x0.472 7/61.95 16/0.629 – R – S(1) R R

XT1(4) internal F-P 1x14…1/0 1x1.5…70 9,5x16/0.37x0.63 7/61.95 16/0.629 – R – S(1) R R

XT2 internal F-P-W 1x14…1/0 1x2.5…95 14x14/0.551x0.551 <50mm2 (1/10 AWG): 7/61.95 14/0.551 – R – S(1) R R

≥50mm2 (1/10 AWG): 8,5/75.23

XT3 internal F-P 1x10…250 1x6…185 18x18/0.709x0.709 14/123.91 20/0.787 – – R S(1) R R

XT4 internal F-P 1x10…250 1x6…185 18x18/0.709x0.709 14/123.91 16/0.787 – – R S(1) R R

XT4 internal F-P 1x14-1/0 1x2.5...50 1x2.5...50 – – – – – – – –

(1) Phase separators are supplied as standard with the basic version of the circuit breaker; (2) UL Listed; (3) MCCB only application; (4) MCCB/MCP application.

Front extended spread terminal

- ES

ES terminal with cable

lug

ES terminal with busbar

FCCu terminal FCCu terminal with cable FCCu terminal with busbar

WWidth FFixed

HHole heigth PPlug-in

DDepth WWithdrawable

ØDiameter

SStandard

ROn Request

DW

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/9

Terminals for copper cables - FCCuAl (1)

CB Type of

terminal

Vers. Cable Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

L

cable

stripping

[mm/in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Phase separators

[mm/in]

AWG/kcmil mm2Terminal/CB Cable or busbar/Terminal 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT2 internal F-P 1x14…1/0 1x2.5…50 2.5/22.12 M6 ≤ 8mm2 (8 AWG):4.5/39.82

> 8mm2 (8 AWG) 5.7/50.44

15,5/0.61 –––S R R

XT3 internal F-P 1x14…1/0 1x2.5…50 9/79.7 slot 5.6/50 15,5/0.61 –––S R R

internal F-P 1x4…300 1x25…150 9/79.7 M6 22.6/200 20/0.787 –––S R R

XT4 internal F-P 1x14…1/0 1x2.5…50 9/79.7 slot 5.6/50 15,5/0.61 –––S R R

internal F-P 1x4…300 1x25…150 9/79.7 M6 22.6/200 20/0.787 –––S R R

XT4 internal F-P 1x250...350 1x127...177 not app M6 25/221 24 –––S R R

XT4 X internal F-P 1x14...1/0 1x2.5...50 9/79.7 M6 <8mm2 (8 AWG): 2.3/20.35

≥8mm2 (8 AWG): 5.6/49.56

16 –––S R R

(1) UL Listed

Internal FCCuAl terminal for

copper/aluminum cables

FCCuAl internal terminal

with cable

WWidth FFixed

HHole heigth PPlug-in

DDepth WWithdrawable

ØDiameter

SStandard

ROn Request

DW

Internal FCCuAl terminal for

copper and aluminum cable

with take-up of auxiliary

voltage

Terminals for flexible busbars - FB

CB Type of

terminal

Vers. Busbar dimensions

MIN [mm/in]

Busbar dimensions

MAX [mm]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Separators

[mm/in]

W D Nr W D Nr Cable or busbar/Terminal 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 internal F-P 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 9/0.354 7/61.95 –R–S(1) R R

XT2 internal F-P-W 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 10/0.394 0,8/0.031 9/0.354 7/61.95 –R–S(1) R R

XT3 internal F-P 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 10/0.394 14/123.91 ––RS(1) R R

XT4 internal F-P-W 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 2/0.078 16/0.629 0,8/0.031 10/0.394 14/123.91 ––RS(1) R R

(1) Phase separators supplied as standard with basic version circuit breaker

Terminal for flexible busbars (FB) FB terminal with flexible

busbars

3

3/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

Multi-cable terminals - MC Cu (1)

CB Type of

terminal

Vers. Cable Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

L

cable stripping

[mm/in]

H Terminal covers

[mm/in]

H Phase separators

[mm/in]

AWG/kcmil mm2Terminal

/CB

Cable or busbar

/Terminal

2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 external F-P 6x14…2 6x2.5…35 6/53.1 7/61.95 10, 20, 30 / 0.394, 0.787, 1.181 –S––––

XT2 external F-P-W 6x14…2 6x2.5…35 6/53.1 7/61.95 10, 20, 30 / 0.394, 0.787, 1.181 –S––––

XT3 external F-P 6x12…2 6x2.5…35 8/70.8 7/61.95 15, 30 / 0.591, 1.181 ––S–––

XT4 external F-P 6x12…2 6x2.5…35 8/70.8 7/61.95 15, 30 / 0.591, 1.181 ––S–––

Installation on loas side only

(1) UL Listed

Multi-cable terminals with cablesMulti-cable terminals (MC)

WWidth FFixed

HHole heigth PPlug-in

DDepth WWithdrawable

ØDiameter

SStandard

ROn Request

DW

Rear horizontal terminals (R) R terminal with horizontal busbar R terminal with vertical busbar

Rear horizontal terminals - R

CB Vers. Busbar dimensions MAX

[mm]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

H Terminal covers

[mm]

H Separators

[mm]

W H D Ø Terminal/CB Cable or busbar/terminal 2/0.08 50/1.97 60/2.36 25/0.98 100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 F 15/0.590 7.5/0.295 5/0.196 6.5/0.255 M5 5/44.2 M6 6/53.1 S–––––

XT2 F20/0.787 9/0.354 4/0.157 8.5/0.335 M6 6/53.1 M8 8/70.8 S–––––

XT3 F20/0.787 9/0.354 6/0.236 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 M8 8/70.8 S–––––

XT4 F20/0.787 9/0.354 6/0.236 8.5/0.335 M8 8/70.8 M8 8/70.8 S–––––

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/11

Extended front terminals for fixed part - EF (1)

CB Vers. Busbar dimensions

[mm/in]

Cable terminals

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

Phase separators

[mm/in]

WDØWØTerminal/

CB

Cable or busbar

/Terminal

100/3.94 200/7.87

XT1 P20/0.787 5/0.197 8.5/0.335 21/0.827 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 M6 9/79.7 S R

XT2 P-W 20/0.787 5/0.197 8.5/0.335 21/0.827 6.5/0.256 M6 6/53.1 M6 9/79.7 S R

XT3 P25/0.984 8/0.315 8.5/0.335 30/1.181 8.5/0.335 M6 8/70.8 M8 18/159.3 S R

XT4 P-W 25/0.984 8/0.315 8.5/0.335 30/1.181 8.5/0.335 M6 8/70.8 M8 18/159.3 S R

(1) UL Listed

WWidth FFixed

HHole heigth PPlug-in

DDepth WWithdrawable

ØDiameter

SStandard

ROn Request

DW

EF terminals for fixed part

Rear flat horizontal terminals for fixed part - HR

CB Vers. Busbar dimensions

[mm/in]

Cable terminals

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

Rear Separators

[mm/in]

WDØWØTerminal/

CB

Cable or busbar

/Terminal

90/3.543

XT1 P20/0.787 48.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R

XT2 P-W 20/0.787 48.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R

XT3 P25/0.984 68.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R

XT4 P-W 25/0.984 10 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R

HR terminals for fixed part

VR terminals for fixed part

Rear flat vertical terminals for fixed part - VR

CB Vers. Busbar dimensions

[mm/in]

Cable terminals

[mm/in]

Tightening

[Nm/lb-in]

Rear Separators

[mm/in]

WDØWØTerminal/

CB

Cable or busbar

/Terminal

90/3.543

XT1 P20/0.787 48.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R

XT2 P-W 20/0.787 48.5/0.335 20/0.787 8.5/0.335 6/53.1 9/79.7 R

XT3 P25/0.984 68.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R

XT4 P-W 25/0.984 10 8.5/0.335 25/0.984 8.5/0.335 8/70.8 9/79.7 R

3

3/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminal covers and phase barriers

Terminal covers are applied to the circuit breaker to prevent accidental contact with live parts,

thereby providing protection against direct contacts. The high terminal covers are pre-punched

for knock-outs on the front to facilitate installing busbars and/or cables and ensuring correct

insulation.

The phase barrier partitions increase the insulation characteristics between the phases on a level

with the connections. They are mounted from the front, even when the circuit breaker has already

been installed, by inserting them into the corresponding slots.

The table lists the various terminal covers and phase barriers available for each SACE Tmax

XT circuit breaker. The terminal covers/phase barriers that are able to ensure adequate circuit

breaker installation and correct insulation are listed in the “Connection terminals” section of this

chapter, alongside each terminal.

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

HTC - High terminal covers [mm/in] 50/1.97 50/1.97 60/2.36 60/2.36

LTC - Low terminal covers(1) [mm/in] 2/0.08 2/0.08 2/0.08 2/0.08

Phase barrier - low [mm/in] 25/0.98 25/0.98 25/0.98 25/0.98

Phase barrier - medium [mm/in] 100/3.94 100/3.94 100/3.94 100/3.94

Phase barrier - high [mm/in] 200/7.87 200/7.87 200/7.87 200/7.87

Rear phase barrier for FP [mm/in] 90/3.54 90/3.54 90/3.54 90/3.54

(1) IEC rear terminals only

Rotary handle operating mechanism

This device allows the circuit breaker to be operated by means of a rotary handle, which makes

the circuit breaker easier to open and close.

Different types of handle are available:

n direct (RHD): installed directly on the front of the circuit breaker. Allows it to be operated from

the front;

n extended (RHE): installed on the panel door. Allows the circuit breaker to be operated by

means of a rod which acts on a base installed on the front of the circuit breaker;

n side, for lateral left (RHS-L) and lateral right (RHS-R). Allows operation from the side by means

of a shaft which acts on the base installed on the front of the circuit breaker.

A long handle grip (LH) which can be combined with the extended handle (RHE) and with the side

Terminal covers

Phase barriers

Direct rotary handle (RHD) Extended rotary handle (RHE) (LH) Long handle (RHS) Side rotary handle

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/13

All rotary handles are available in two versions:

n standard: grey color;

n emergency: red on a yellow background. Suitable for operating machine tools.

Rotary handles can be ordered:

n by specifying one single sales code (for RHD, RHE, RHS L/R);

n by indicating the following three devices (only for RHE):

– rotary handle on compartment door with normal standard handgrip (RHE_H, RHE_H LH)

or emergency handgrip (RHE_H_EM, RHE_H_EM LH);

– 60.5mm/2.38" and 170.5mm/6.71" rod (RHE_S). The minimum and maximum distances

between the fixing plate and the door are 60.5mm/2.38" and 170.5mm/6.71";

– base to fix to the circuit base (RHE_B).

Using the rotary handle is an alternative to the motor operator and to all accessories of the front type.

The rotary handles can be locked by means of a vast range of key locks and padlocks (consult

the “Locks” section of this chapter).

The direct and extended rotary operating mechanisms allow early contacts to be used on

closing in order to supply the undervoltage release in advance of the circuit breaker's closing

(consult the “Early auxiliary contacts” section of this chapter).

IP54 Protection

A device that can be applied onto the transmitted rotary and lateral handle allowing IP54 degree of

protection(G.1.11) to be achieved.

Front for operating lever mechanism

This device can be installed on the front of the circuit breaker, allowing it to be locked with key

locks and padlocks.

The front for operating lever mechanism can only be installed on XT2 and XT4 three-pole and

four-pole circuit breakers. It can be fitted with a vast range of key locks and padlocks (see the

"Locks" section of this chapter).

Front for operating lever mechanism

IP54 protection

3

3/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Locks

Padlocks or key locks prevent the circuit breaker from being closed and/or opened. They can be ﬁtted:

n directly on the front of the circuit breaker;

n on the rotary handle operating mechanism;

n on the front for lever operating mechanism;

n on the motor;

n to the ﬁxed and withdrawable part, to prevent the moving part from being inserted;

n on the front of the thermal magnetic trip unit, to prevent the thermal part adjustor from being tam-

pered with.

All locks that hold the circuit breaker in the open position ensure circuit isolation in accordance with the

IEC 60947-2 Standard. In the closed position, the locks do not prevent the mechanism from releasing

after a fault or remote control.

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

Key lock

Fixed padlock in open position

Fixed padlock in open/

closed position

Removable padlock

in open position

Key lock/padlock for

withdrawable fixed part

Circuit breaker with

removable padlock in open

position

Circuit breaker with fixed

padlock in open position

Circuit breaker with fixed

padlock in open/close

position

RHD with key lock RHE with key lock FLD with key lock

MOD with key lock MOE with key lock Withdrawable fixed part

with key lock/padlock

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/15

Type of lock Circuit-

breaker

Optional/

Standard supply

Position of

circuit breaker lock

Type

of lock

Removability

of key

Circuit-

breaker

PLL

Fixed padlock device

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN / CLOSED padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

7mm stem (not supplied)

–

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

7mm stem (not supplied)

–

PLL

Removable

padlock device

XT1, XT3 Optional OPEN padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

7mm stem (not supplied)

–

KLC

Key lock(5)

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis Same key

(A, B, C, D type)

OPEN

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Different key

OPEN

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Same key

OPEN / CLOSED

Rotary handle

(RHD/RHE/

RHE-LH/

RHS)

RHL

Key lock(1)

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Same key

OPEN

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Different key

OPEN

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN / CLOSED Ronis

Different key

OPEN / CLOSED

Padlock device XT1…XT4 Standard OPEN padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

6mm stem (not supplied)

–

Door lock(4) XT1…XT4 Standard DOOR LOCKED WHEN

CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED

– –

Frontal for

operating

lever

(FLD)

Padlock device XT2, XT4 Standard OPEN padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

6mm stem (not supplied)

–

Door lock XT2, XT4 Standard DOOR LOCKED WHEN

CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED

– –

RHL

Key lock(1)

XT2, XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Same key

OPEN

XT2, XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Different key

OPEN

XT2, XT4 Optional OPEN / CLOSED Ronis

Different key

OPEN / CLOSED

Motor

(MOD, MOE,

MOE-E)

Padlock device XT1…XT4 Standard OPEN padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

8mm stem (not supplied)

–

Key lock on motor

MOL-D

MOL-S

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Different keys

OPEN

XT1…XT4 Optional OPEN Ronis

Same keys

OPEN

Key lock against

manual operation

MOL-M(2)

XT1…XT4 Optional MANUAL Ronis

key

WITH LOCK

INSERTED

Fixed part of

withdrawable

KLF-FP

Key lock / padlock

for fixed part of

withdrawable device

XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED

Padlock WITHDRAWN

Ronis key Different +

padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

6mm stem (not supplied)

–

XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED

Padlock WITHDRAWN

Ronis key Same + padlocks

max 3 padlocks Ø 6mm

stem (not supplied)

–

XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED

Padlock WITHDRAWN

Giussani key Different +

padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

6mm stem (not supplied)

–

XT2, XT4 Optional Key WITHDRAWN / INSERTED

Padlock WITHDRAWN

Giussani key Same +

padlocks max 3 padlocks Ø

6mm stem (not supplied)

–

Trip unit Lock of thermal

regulation(3)

XT1, XT3 Optional – – –

XT2, XT4 Standard – – –

(1) On the transmitted rotary handle (RHE), the lock is mounted on the base. The key lock is not available on the lateral handle (RHS).

(2) Only for MOE and MOE-E.

(3) Applied to the cover of the circuit breakers on a level with the regulator of the thermal element of thermal magnetic release TMD to prevent it from being tampered with.

(4) This function can be totally inhibited by the customer when the handle is assembled by means of a simple operation that can be reversed if needed.

Moreover, if the door lock function is not disabled by the customer during the assembly phase, the door lock can be temporarily deactivated with a tool in exceptional cases,

so that the door can be opened without opening the circuit breaker .

(5) Incompatible with electrical accessories mounted in the third pole.

3

+=

3/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Mechanical accessories

Rear mechanical interlock

Support designed for rear installation of two circuit breakers that, through connections, prevents

the two installed breakers from closing simultaneously.

The circuit breakers in the Tmax XT family are interlocked two-by-two (IO-OI-OO) by means of a

chassis and special plates. Interlocked circuit breakers can be of a fixed, plug-in or withdrawable

version. Both circuit breakers and molded case switch disconnectors in the three-pole and four-

pole versions can be interlocked.

Acceptable combinations are:

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

XT1 n n n n

XT2 n n n

XT3 n n

XT4 n n n

The following equipment must be ordered to make the rear interlock:

n a vertical or horizontal chassis;

n a plate for each circuit breaker to be interlocked.

Interlock - Chassis Two Plates Interlock

Interlock

Bracket for fixing on DIN rail

Bracket for ﬁxing on DIN rail

Support designed to be installed on the back of the circuit breakers to simplify assembly on

standardized DIN EN 50022 rail.

The following can be installed on DIN EN 50022 rail:

n all Tmax XT circuit breakers in the fixed three-pole or four-pole versions;

n XT1, XT3 circuit breakers equipped with RC Sel 200; RC Inst, RC Sel for XT1 and XT3 residual

current releases.

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/17

XT1-XT3

with standard flange

XT1-XT4

with operating lever

flange

Rotary handle

with flange

MOE

with flange

MOD

align flush left

under MOD

XT2-XT4

with standard flange

Flanges

A flange is a plastic plate that acts as an interface between the circuit breaker and the hole in

the panel door. All the Tmax XT series flanges are newly designed and do not require screws for

installation. Flanges are applied:

n around the front part of the fixed/plug-in circuit breaker;

n around the operating lever for all fixed/plug-in/circuit breakers;

n around the MOD or MOE motor operator;

n around the front for FLD locks;

n around the direct rotary handle operating mechanism;

n around the extended rotary handle operating mechanism;

n around the RC Inst, RC Sel for XT1 and XT3, RC Sel for TX2 and TX4 residual current release.

3

3/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Electrical accessories

Tmax XT UL/CSA electrical accessories UL Listed XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Shunt opening release SOR / SOR-C (uncabled and cabled) nnnnn

Undervoltage release UVR / UVR-C (uncabled and cabled) nnnnn

Time-delay device for undervoltage release UVD –nnnn

Cabled auxiliary contacts, 1m

Q: signaling contact open/closed

SY: trip position signaling contact

S51: signaling contact due to trip unit

tripping or interaction

1 Q 1 SY 24V DC nnnnn

3 Q 1 SY 24V DC n–nnn

1 S51 24V DC n–n–n

1 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC nnnnn

2 Q 2 SY 1 S51 250V AC/DC n–n–n

3 Q 2 SY 250V AC/DC n–n–n

3 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC n–nnn

1 S51 250V AC/DC n–n–n

3 Q on left 250V AC/DC nnnnn

2 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC nnnnn

1 Q 1 SY 400V AC n–n–n

2 Q 400V AC n–n–n

Uncabled auxiliary contacts 24V DC nnnnn

S51 24V DC n–n–n

250V AC/DC nnnnn

S51 250V AC/DC n–n–n

Auxiliary position contacts AUP - Inserted (24V and 250V) nnnnn

AUP - Withdrawn (24V and 250V) n–n–n

Early auxiliary contacts in the rotary handle AUE - 2 contacts closed nnnnn

AUE - 2 contacts open nnnnn

Motor operators MOD nn–n–

MOE n–n–n

MOE-E ––n–n

Residual current devices RC Inst –n–n–

RC Sel 200 –n–––

RC Sel for XT1 XT3 –n–n–

RC Sel for XT2 XT4 ––n–n

RC B Type n––n–

Ekip electronic trip unit accessories Ekip Display ––n–n

Ekip LED Meter ––n–n

Ekip Com ––n–n

HMI030 interface on the front of the switchboard ––n–n

Cabled SOR - UVR

Cabled SOR - UVR

for withdrawable circuit breaker

Uncabled SOR - UVR

Service releases

Shunt opening release (SOR). Allows the circuit breaker to be opened by means of a non-

permanent electrical control. Release operation is ensured for voltages between 70% and 110%

of the rated power supply voltage Un, in both alternating and direct current. The SOR is equipped

with a built-in limit contact to shut off the power supply in the open position with the relay tripped.

A remote controlled emergency opening command can be created by connecting an opening

button to the SOR.

Undervoltage release (UVR). Allows the circuit breaker to open when the release is subjected

to either a power failure or a voltage drop. Opening is ensured when the voltage is between 70%

and 35% of the rated power supply Un. After tripping, the circuit breaker can be closed again

if the voltage exceeds 85% of Un. When the undervoltage release is not energized, neither the

circuit breaker nor the main contacts can be closed. A remote controlled emergency opening

command can be created by connecting an opening button to the UVR.

3

SOR

UVR

SOR

UVR

SOR

UVR

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/19

None of the service releases in the Tmax XT series requires screws for installation. They are

extremely easy to fit. Just use slight pressure to snap the release into the appropriate place. All

service releases are available in two versions:

n cabled (AWG20 cable section - 0.5mm2):

– for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables;

– for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector;

n not cabled:

– for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with cables from (1.5 mm2/14 AWG in section).

In circuit breakers:

n three-pole: either one SOR or one UVR can be installed in the slot on the left of the operating

lever;

n four-pole: two service releases can be installed at the same time by using the third and fourth

poles. If the circuit breaker is the withdrawable type, the connector for the fourth pole must be

ordered to be able to install an SOR or UVR in the fourth pole.

SOR Electrical specifications

Version Max power absorbed on inrush

AC [VA] DC [W]

12V DC 50

24-30V AC/DC 50 50

48-60V AC/DC 60 60

110...127V AC-110...125V DC 50 50

220...240V AC-220...250V DC 50 50

380-440V AC 55

480-525V AC 55

UVR Electrical specifications

Version Power absorbed during normal operation

AC [VA] DC [W]

24-30V AC/DC 1.5 1.5

48V AC/DC 1 1

60V AC/DC 1 1

110...127V AC-110...125V DC 2 2

220...240V AC-220...250V DC 2.5 2.5

380-440V AC 3

480-525V AC 4

3

3/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Auxiliary contacts

Contacts which allow information about the operating state of the circuit breaker to be routed

outside the circuit breaker. The following information is available:

n open/closed: indication of the position of the circuit breaker power contacts (Q);

n trip: signaling circuit breaker opening due to the current release tripping (owing to overload or

short-circuit), opening or undervoltage releases, emergency opening pushbutton of the motor

operator, or use of the test button (SY);

n trip unit tripping: indicates that one of the protection functions of the electronic or thermal

magnetic trip unit has tripped (S51).

Changeover of auxiliary contacts Q (open/closed), SY (relay tripped) and S51 (trip unit tripping)

Normal sequence CB Open Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Trip sequence

(trip caused by:

SOR, UVR, trip test)

CB Open Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

CB Trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06

CB Resets Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

Trip sequence

(trip caused by trip unit)

CB Open Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

CB Trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=08

CB Resets Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

Accessories

Electrical accessories

Time delay device for undervoltage release (UVD)

The undervoltage release (UVD) can be combined with an external electronic power supply time

delay. This allows the circuit breaker opening to be delayed with preset and adjustable timing if

the power supply voltage of the release either drops or fails, thus preventing untimely tripping

caused by temporary faults. The time delay must be used with the undervoltage release (UVR) of

the corresponding voltage.

A remote control positive safety opening command can be created by connecting an opening

pushbutton to the UVR combined with the UVD.

UVD - Electrical specifications

Power supply Voltage [V]

24...30V AC/DC

48...60V AC/DC

110...125V AC/DC

220...250V AC/DC

Settable delay [s] 0.25 - 0.5 - 0.75 - 1 - 1.25 - 2 - 2.5 - 3

Opening time tolerance ±15%

Time delay device for

undervoltage release

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/21

Cabled auxiliary contact Uncabled auxiliary contact Cabled auxiliary contact for

withdrawable circuit breaker

24V DC and 250V AC/DC auxiliary contacts

250V AC/DC and 24VAC/ DC auxiliary contacts are installed without the need for screws. They

are extremely easy to fit. Simply use slight pressure to snap the auxiliaries into the appropriate

place. The following versions of auxiliary contacts are available:

n cabled (AWG20 cable section - 0.5mm2):

– for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables;

– for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector;

n heavy duty cabled (AWG20 cable section - 0.5mm2):

– for applications requiring cable capacity to 600V;

– for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables;

– for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector;

n not cabled:

– for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with cables from 0.5 up to 1.5 mm2 in section.

Auxiliary contacts are supplied for each circuit breaker in the SACE XT family in various

combinations, as shown in the table. The following items can be ordered to make installation even

more flexible:

n a non-cabled auxiliary contact can create different signals (Q or SY) based on its position

within the circuit breaker;

n a non-cabled S51 auxiliary contact, which can be used for XT2 or XT4 circuit breakers;

n a cabled auxiliary contact, with non numbered cables. By changing the placement in the circuit

breaker, it’s possible to obtain different signals (Q or SY).

This version is available with standard cables and with a heavy duty (600V) cable option.

3

3/22 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Combinations of cabled auxiliary contacts with

numbered cables

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

3/4p 3/4p 3/4p 3/4p

1 Q + 1 SY 24V DC (1) F-P F-P-W F-P F-P-W

3 Q + 1 SY 24V DC –F-P-W F-P F-P-W

1 S51 24V DC –F-P-W –F-P-W

1 Q + 1 SY 250V AC/DC (1) F-P F-P-W F-P F-P-W

2 Q + 2 SY + 1 S51 250V AC/DC –F-P-W –F-P-W

3 Q + 2 SY 250V AC/DC –F-P-W –F-P-W

3 Q 1 SY 250V AC/DC –F-P-W F-P F-P-W

1 S51 250V AC/DC –F-P-W –F-P-W

3 Q on left 250V AC/DC F-P F-P F-P F-P

2 Q + 1 SY 250V AC/DC F-P F-P F-P F-P

F = Fixed, P = Plug-in, W = Withdrawable

(1) Available in standard and HD versions

Auxiliary contacts 24V DC - 250V AC/DC

Circuit breaker 3p Circuit breaker 4p

XT1 3 Q

on Left

1 SY

2 Q

3 Q

on Left

1 SY

2 Q

XT3 3 Q

on Left

1 SY

3 Q

3 Q

on Left

1 SY

3 Q

XT2

XT4

3 Q

on Left

2 SY

1 S51

or 1 Q

2 Q 3 Q

on Left

2 Q

2 SY

1 S51

or 1 Q

Accessories

Electrical accessories

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/23

Cabled auxiliary contact

Cabled auxiliary contact for

withdrawable circuit breaker

AUX 250V AC/DC - Electrical specifications

Power supply Voltage

[V]

Class of use(G2.16) Operating current [A]

AC DC

110 AC/DC DC-12 –0.5

DC-13 and DC-14 –0.05

125 AC AC-12, AC-13, AC-14 6 –

AC-15 5 –

250 AC/DC AC-12 and DC-12 60.3

AC-13 and DC-13 60.03

AC-14 and DC-14 50.03

AC-15 4 –

AUX 24V DC - Electrical specifications

Power supply Voltage

[V]

Operating current [A]

DC

5 DC 0.01

24 DC 0.1

400V AC auxiliary contacts

400V AC auxiliary contacts are only available for XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers in the following

versions:

n cabled (AWG17 cable section -1mm2):

– for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers with 1m long cables;

– for withdrawable circuit breakers with fixed part and moving part connector.

The 400V auxiliary contacts take up the whole right-hand slot of the circuit breaker.

Combinations XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

3/4p 3/4p 3/4p 3/4p

1 Q + 1 SY 400V –F-P-W –F-P-W

2 Q 400V –F-P-W –F-P-W

F = Fixed, P = Plug-in, W = Withdrawable

Auxiliary contacts 400V AC

Circuit breaker 3p Circuit breaker 4p

XT2

XT4

AUX 400V AUX 400V

3

101

102104

S75I

(racked-in)

101

102104

S75I

(racked-in)

141

144142

S75E

(racked-out)

3/24 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

AUX 400V AC - Electrical specifications

Power supply Voltage [V] Class of use (G2.16) Operating current [A]

AC DC

125 DC DC-13 and DC-12 –0.5

250 AC/DC AC-13 and AC-14 12 –

DC-12 and DC-13 –0.3

400 AC AC-13 and AC-14 3 –

Auxiliary position contacts - AUP

These contacts allow information about the position of the circuit breaker relative to the fixed

part of plug-in or withdrawable versions to be routed outside the circuit breaker itself.

Two types of position contact (AUP) are available, at 250V AC/DC and 24V AC/DC:

n racked-in contact for all plug-in and withdrawable SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers, to be

positioned in the fixed part;

n racked-out contact for all withdrawable SACE Tmax XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers, to be

installed in the side part of the withdrawable version.

For further details about the electrical specifications of the contacts, consult the “24V DC and

250V AC contacts” section of this chapter.

Circuit breaker N° racked-in contact N° racked-out contact

XT1 3/4 poles 4 –

XT2 3 poles 22

4 poles 4

XT3 3/4 poles 4 –

XT4 3/4 poles 4 2

Plug-in circuit breaker with racked-in contact

S57I=104 S75I=102

Withdrawable circuit breaker with racked-in/racked-out contacts

S75I=102

S75E=144

S75I=102

S75E=142

S75I=104

S75E=142

Auxiliary position

contact

Accessories

Electrical accessories

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/25

Early auxiliary contacts in the handle

Early make/break auxiliary contacts - AUE

Early contacts in relation to closing (early/make): allow the undervoltage release to be supplied

before the main contacts close, in accordance with the IEC 60204-1, VDE 0113 Standards.

Early contacts in relation to opening (early/break): allow any electronic devices connected to the

system that could be damaged owing to overvoltages generated by the circuit breaker opening

operation to be disconnected in advance.

The early opening/closing auxiliary contacts can be installed inside the direct and extended rotary

handle operating mechanisms for all the SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers (max two contacts @

400V):

– in the cabled version with 1m long cables (AWG20 cable sections);

– a dedicated code is available in the withdrawable version which includes the connector for the

moving part and fixed part.

For further details about the electrical specifications of the contacts, consult the “400V DC

contacts” section of this chapter.

Motor operators

Devices that allow circuit breaker opening and closing to be controlled:

n in the remote mode, by means of electric controls;

n locally, directly from the front, by means of special mechanisms.

MOD direct action motor operator

Direct action motor operator (MOD)

Lever case: under the cover

there is the thermal magnetic

trip unit rotary switch for setting

thermal protection

Slot for the operating lever

Slot for padlock device

Position for key lock

(key lock is not supplied)

AUTO-MANUAL selector

Test pushbutton

Circuit breaker

status signal ON-OFF

The direct action motor control is available for XT1 and XT3 and is supplied:

n complete with 1m long cables;

n with flange, to replace the standard one supplied with the circuit breaker;

n with padlock device, only removable when the motor is in the open position. The padlock

device accepts up to three 8mm/0.31in padlocks;

n auxiliary contacts (AU-MO) which allow the motor control mode (manual or auto) signal to be

routed outside;

n (on request) the motor operator can be fitted with a key lock (consult the "Locks" section of

this chapter).

3

I: ON

O: OFF

O: OFF

I: ON

O: OFF

O: OFF

3/26 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Electrical accessories

Stored energy motor operators

(MOE)

Spring status signal:

charged springs/discharged springs

Circuit breaker status signal ON-OFF

Lever to recharge the springs

Opening pushbutton Closing pushbutton

Transparent lock (optional installation)

of the AUTO-MANUAL selector

(always supplied).

AUTO-MANUAL-LOCKED selector

Slot for padlock device

Operating principles:

n a selector on the front of the MOD is used for selecting the operating mode:

– AUTO: when the selector is in this position, circuit breaker closing can only take place

remotely by means of an electric impulse, whereas opening is allowed both remotely and

from the front of the motor;

– MANUAL: when the selector is in this position, the circuit breaker can only be opened/

closed from the front of the motor by means of the corresponding lever housed in a slot

made in the motor itself;

n operation of the motor operator via remote control is also ensured by permanent electrical

opening/closing impulses;

n the resetting modes shown in the diagrams below depend on the reset wiring diagram chosen

by the customer (consult the reset wiring diagrams in the “Electric diagrams”) chapter.

Stored energy motor operators - MOE and MOE-E

The MOE or MOE-E stored energy motor operator is available for XT2 and XT4 and is supplied:

n complete with 1m long cables;

n complete with connector for the fixed part and moving part of withdrawable devices. If the

motor operator is used with fixed or plug-in circuit breakers, the connector can be easily

removed;

n with flange, to use instead of the standard one supplied with the circuit breaker;

n with padlock device, only removable when the motor is in the open position. The padlock

device accepts up to three 8mm/0.31in padlocks;

n with lock of the AUTO-MANUAL selector;

SOR / UVR / SA

release tripping

Move the lever

to Reset

SOR / UVR / SA

release tripping

OFF pushbutton

remotely

move the

lever to

Reset

move the

lever to

Close

OFF

pushbutton

remotely

ON

pushbutton

remotely

Close

Close

Reset

Close

Close

Reset

Operating mode: Manual Operating mode: Auto

3

I: ON

O: OFF

O: OFF

I: ON

O: OFF

O: OFF

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/27

n with auxiliary contacts (AUX-MO) that allow the motor’s control mode (manual or remote) signal

to be routed outside;

n (on request) the motor operator can be fitted with a key lock (consult the "Locks" section in

this chapter);

n (on request) the motor operator can be equipped with a lock to safeguard against manual

operation MOL-M (consult the "Locks" section in this chapter).

Operating principles:

n a selector on the front of the MOE, is used for selecting the operating mode:

– AUTO: when the selector is in this position, the pushbuttons on the front of the motor are

locked. Circuit breaker closing can only take place remotely by means of an electric impulse,

whereas opening is allowed both remotely and from the front of the motor;

– MANUAL: the circuit breaker can only be opened/closed from the front of the motor using

the appropriate pushbuttons;

– LOCKED: when the selector is in this position, the circuit breaker is in the open position.

The padlock device can be withdrawn and the motor locked in the open position;

n operation of the motor operator via remote control is also ensured by permanent electrical

opening/closing impulses. Once an opening command has been given, the next closing

command (permanent) is taken over by the motor operator once opening has been completed.

Likewise, an opening command is taken over once the previous closing operation has been

completed;

n the resetting modes shown in the diagrams below depend on the reset wiring diagram chosen

by the customer (consult the reset wiring diagrams in the “Electric diagrams" chapter).

If the electronic trip unit (Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG) with Ekip Com module is used,

motor operator MOE-E can be used instead of motor operator MOE.

MOE-E allows the digital signals from the monitoring system to be used by means of the release

and Ekip Com contacts and to be converted into power signals for operating the motor operator.

All the features described above for the MOE motor operator are also valid for the MOE-E version.

discharged springs

charged springs

discharged springs

SOR / UVR / SA

release tripping

OFF

pushbutton

on the

motor

recharge

the springs

ON

pushbutton

on the

motor

discharged springs

charged springs

discharged springs

SOR / UVR / SA

release tripping

OFF

pushbutton

remotely

OFF pushbutton

remotely

ON

pushbutton

remotely

Operating mode: Manual Operating mode: Auto

3

3/28 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Electrical accessories

Changeover of auxiliary contacts Q (open/closed), SY (relay-tripped) and S51 (trip unit tripping)

Circuit breaker with MOE (MANUAL Mode)

Normal sequence CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Red pushbutton, the CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06

Charging the springs, CB opens Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Green pushbutton, the CB Closes Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Trip sequence

(trip caused by:

- SOR,

- UVR,

- trip test)

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06

Charging the springs, CB opens Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Green pushbutton, the CB Closes Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Trip sequence

(trip caused by

trip unit)

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=08

Charging the springs, CB opens Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Green pushbutton, the CB Closes Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Circuit breaker with MOE (AUTO Mode)

Normal sequence CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Opening pushbutton remotely,

the CB opens

Q=12 SY=98 S51=06

By pressing the Closing pushbutton remotely,

the CB Closes

Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Trip sequence

(trip caused by:

- SOR,

- UVR,

- trip test)

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=06

By pressing the Opening pushbutton remotely,

the CB opens

Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Closing pushbutton remotely,

the CB Closes

Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Trip sequence

(trip caused by

trip unit)

CB Closed Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

CB trips Q=12 SY=98 S51=08

By pressing the Opening pushbutton remotely,

the CB opens

Q=12 SY=96 S51=06

By pressing the Closing pushbutton remotely,

the CB Closes

Q=14 SY=96 S51=06

Electrical specifications MOD MOE and MOE-E

Rated voltage, Un [V] –24 DC –24 DC

[V] –48…60 DC –48…60 DC

[V] 110…125 AC 110…125 DC 110…125 AC 110…125 DC

[V] 220…250 AC 220…250 DC 220…250 AC 220…250 DC

[V] 380...440 AC –380...440 AC –

[V] 480...525 AC –480...525 AC –

Operating Voltage [% Un] MIN=85% Un; MAX=110% Un

Power absorbed on inrush Ps [VA - W] ≤ 500 ≤ 500 ≤ 300 ≤ 300

Power absorbed in Pc service [VA - W] ≤ 300 ≤ 300 ≤ 150 ≤ 150

Operating frequency [Hz] 50..60 50..60

Duration (1) CL → OP [s] < 0.1 < 1.5

OP → CL [s] < 0.1 < 0.1

TR → OP [s] < 0.1 < 3

Mechanical life [N° operations] 25000 25000

Minimum duration of electrical

opening and closing command

[ms] ≥ 150 ≥ 150

(1) Total time, from transmission of impulse to opening/closing of circuit breaker

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/29

Plug and socket

adapter in the fixed part

Plug and socket adapters

on the back of the panel

Placked and socket adapter

placed on the back moving part

Connectors for electrical accessories

Plug-in circuit breaker

In the plug-in version of SACE Tmax XT circuit breakers, the auxiliary circuits can be disconnected

by means of two different types of adapter:

n plug and socket adapter to be fixed on the bottom of the panel: for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4;

n plug and socket adapter installed on the rear of the circuit breaker and in the fixed part of plug-

in devices: for XT2, XT4.

Plug and socket adapters on the panel

To make it easier to connect/disconnect auxiliary circuits, wired electrical accessories can be

connected to one or more plug and socket connectors to be installed on the back of the panel.

3, 6, 9 and 15-PIN connectors are available. The cables connect/disconnect to and from the

connector quickly and easily without any special tools.

Consider the number of cables each electrical accessory requires when calculating the number of

connectors needed.

Accessory Number of cables

SOR, UVR, External Neutral 2

1 AUX 3

AUE 4

MOE-E 5

Ekip Com 6

MOE (with AUX-MO), MOD (with AUX-MO) 7

Plug and socket adapters installed on the rear of the circuit breaker and in the fixed part

Only for the plug-in versions of Tmax XT2 and XT4 circuit breakers can the auxiliary circuits be

automatically disconnected. This is accomplished by an adapter installed on the rear of the circuit

breaker and in the fixed part of the plug-in version.

The 12-PIN connector can only be used with accessories that function at a voltage not exceeding

250V AC/DC. Cables are connected to/disconnected from the connector quickly and easily with

no special tools required. Wiring is to be carried out by the customer.

Withdrawable circuit breaker

When withdrawable circuit breakers are used, the codes of the electrical accessories specifically

designed for this version must be ordered. These dedicated codes contain the wired electrical

accessory with connector for both the moving and the fixed parts to be inserted in the side of the

fixed part. If the MOE motor operator is ordered, connectors for the fixed part and moving part

are always supplied since there is no dedicated code for the withdrawable version.

Electrical accessory connectors for withdrawable circuit breakers must all be installed in housings on the

right-hand side of their ﬁxed part. This type of connection allows for automatic disconnection of auxiliary

circuits when the circuit breaker is withdrawn from the ﬁxed part. If the customer wants to wire the ﬁxed

part in advance of the moving part, mounting connectors for the ﬁxed part can be ordered as spare parts.

Cabling of withdrawable version

3

3/30 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Electrical accessories

Residual current releases

Both circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are pre-engineered for assembly combined with

residual current releases.

Residual current circuit breakers, derived from the circuit breaker, are known as "mixed". In

addition to protecting against circuit breakers' typical overloads and short circuits, they also

protect people against ground fault currents. This, in turn, protects against direct and indirect

contact and the risk of fire.

Residual current circuit breakers, derived from the switch-disconnector, known as "pures". They

only provide residual current protection and not the protections typical of circuit breakers. “Pures”

are only sensitive to ground fault current and are generally used as main switches in small panels

for distribution to end users.

Using “pure” and “mixed” residual current circuit breakers allows for continuous monitoring of

the installation's insulation status. It ensures effective protection against the risk of fire, explosion

and, in the case of detecting fault at IΔn<30mA devices, also protects people against indirect

and direct contacts, incorporating compulsory measures established by the accident prevention

standards and regulations.

The residual current releases comply with the following Standards:

n IEC 60947-2 annex B;

n IEC 61000: for protection against unwarranted tripping.

The table shows all the residual current devices that can be used with the Tmax XT family of

circuit breakers:

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

3p 4p 3p 4p 3p 4p 3p 4p

RC Inst F F F F

RC Sel XT1-XT3 F F F F

RC Sel 200 F

Rc Sel XT2-XT4 F-P-W F-P-W

RC B type F

F = Fixed, P = Plug-in, W = Withdrawable

All Tmax XT residual current devices:

n feature microprocessor technology and act directly on the circuit breaker by means of a dedi-

cated opening solenoid (supplied with the residual current release and also available as a spare

part) which must be housed in the corresponding slot in the third pole left of the operating lever;

n do not need an auxiliary supply; they are powered directly from the mains;

n can be supplied either from above or below;

n functionality is ensured even with a single phase plus neutral or just two live phases and in the

presence of pulsating unidirectional currents with direct components (minimum auxiliary voltage

PHASE-NEUTRAL 85 Vrms);

n all possible connection combinations are permitted, as long as the neutral connection to the first

pole on the left in the four-pole version is ensured.

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/31

RC Inst residual current releases for XT1 and XT3

RC Sel 200 residual current releases (type A) XT1

Thanks to its low height, the RC Sel 200 residual current release can be installed in 200mm

modules. Its special shape also reduces the installation's footprint if two or more units are to be

installed side by side.

Current setting

Power-on LED

Alarm and pre-alarm

signal LED

Magnetic indicator of

residual current trip

Time of non-trip setting

Test pushbutton

Disconnection device for

insulation test

Current setting

Power-on LED

Magnetic indicator for

residual current trip

Test pushbutton

Disconnection device

for the insulation test

3

3/32 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Electrical accessories

With RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for XT1 - XT3, available only in Fixed version, it

is possible to have rear terminal connection, by ordering RC Rear terminals 4p kits.

RC Sel residual current releases (type A) for XT1 and XT3

Current setting

Power-on LED

Alarm and pre-alarm

signal LED

Magnetic indicator of

residual current trip

Test pushbutton

Disconnection device for

insulation test

Current setting

Power-on LED

Alarm and pre-alarm

signal LED

Magnetic indicator of

residual current trip

Time of non-trip setting

Test pushbutton

Disconnection device

for insulation test

Time of non-trip setting

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/33

RC Sel residual current releases (type A) for XT2 and XT4

The fixed version of the RC Sel residual current release can easily be converted:

n into the plug-in type:

– by ordering the kit for converting the residual current release from the ﬁxed to the plug-in version;

n into the withdrawable type:

– by ordering the kit for converting the residual current release from the plug-in to the

withdrawable version. This kit contains the shunt opening release of the withdrawable

residual current device to replace the one supplied with the fixed version. The shunt opening

release of the withdrawable residual current device contains connectors for both the moving

and fixed parts. The 160A frame with residual current withdrawable breaker can be used up

to a maximum current of 135A; the 250A frame can be used up to 210A.

With the RC Sel residual current release for XT2-XT4, it is possible to use the same terminals for the

ﬁxed circuit breaker and for the ﬁxed parts of plug-in and withdrawable circuit breakers.

RC B Type residual current release (type B) for XT3

The RC B Type residual current release, to be used in conjunction with the XT3 circuit breaker,

has the following features:

n it complies with type B operation, which guarantees sensitivity to residual fault currents with

alternating, pulsating alternating and direct current components (IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-2

Annex B, IEC 60755);

n the maximum frequency band of the residual fault current can be selected (3 steps: 400

- 700 - 1000Hz). The residual current device can therefore be adapted to suit various

industrial installation requirements according to the prospective fault frequencies generated

on the load side of the release. Typical installations that may require different frequency

thresholds from the standard ones (50 - 60Hz) are welding systems for the automobile

industry (1000Hz), the textile industry (700Hz), airports and three-phase drives (400Hz)

n UL Listed.

Setting non-tripping times

LED signaling alarm

and pre-alarm

Power-on LED

Magnetic indicator of

residual current device trip

Test pushbutton

Current setting

Setting fault frequencies

3

3/34 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Electrical characteristic Residual current devices

RC Sel 200mm

XT1

RC Inst

XT1-XT3

RC Sel

XT1-XT3

RC Sel

XT2-XT4

RC B Type

XT3

Primary power supply Voltage [V] 85…690 85…690 85…690 85…690 110…500

Operating frequency [Hz] 45…66 45…66 45…66 45…66 45…66

Fault frequency [Hz] 50-60 50-60 50-60 50-60 400-700-1000

Test operating range [V] 85…500 85…500 85…500 85…690 110…500

Rated operating current [A] up to 160 XT1 up to 160

XT3 up to 250

up to 160 XT1

up to 250 XT3

up to 160 XT2(2)

up to 250 XT4(2) up to 225

Adjustable trip thresholds [A] 0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3

0.5-1-3-5-10

0.03-0.1-0.3

0.5-1-3

0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3

0.5-1-3-5-10

0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3

0.5-1-3-5-10

0.03-0.05-0.1

0.3-0.5-1

Selective type S n–nnn

Adjustable NON-trip time settings [s]

at 2xIΔn

instantaneous

instantaneous

instantaneous instantaneous instantaneous

0.1-0.2-0.3-

0.5-1-2-3

0.1-0.2-0.3-

0.5-1-2-3

0.1-0.2-0.3-

0.5-1-2-3

0-0.1-0.2-0.3-

0.5-1-2-3

Power input <10 W at 500V AC <8 W at 500V AC <10 W at 500V AC <5 W at 500V AC <10 W at 500V AC

Trip Coil with switch contact for trip signal nnnnn

Input for remote controlled opening command n–nnn

NO contact for pre-alarm signal n–nnn

NO contact for alarm signal n–nnn

Prealarm indication from 25% IΔn.

Steady yellow LED light n–nnn

Alarm timing indication at 75% IΔn.

Flashing yellow LED light(1) n–nnn

Type A for pulsating alternating current,

Type AC for alternating current nnnnn

Type B for pulsating current and direct current ––––n

(1) indication of alarm timing at 90% IΔn for 30mA

(2) plug-in and withdrawable version: the 160 frame can be used with a max In = 135A

the 250 frame can be used with a max In = 210A

SACE RCQ020/A panel type residual current release (type A)

Tmax circuit breakers can also be used in conjunction with RCQ020 panel type residual current

relays with separate toroid to be installed on the line conductors ("/A" letter show the necessity to

have on auxiliary power supply).

Thanks to its wide range of settings, the panel relay is suitable for:

n applications where the installation conditions are particularly restrictive, such as circuit

breakers already installed or limited space in the circuit breaker compartment;

n creating a residual current protection system coordinated at various distribution levels, from the

main switchboard to the end user;

n where residual current protection with low sensitivity is required, e.g. in partial (current) or total

(time) selective chains;

n highly sensitive applications (physiological sensitivity) for protecting people against direct

contacts.

Thanks to the 115-230...415V external auxiliary power supply, the RCQ020 panel-type residual

current device is able to detect current leakage from 30mA to 30A and to act with a trip time that

can be adjusted from instantaneous to delayed by 5s. The opening mechanism is the indirect

action type and acts on the circuit breaker release mechanism by means of the shunt opening or

undervoltage release of the circuit breaker itself.

The opening command to the circuit breaker (Trip delay) can be temporarily inhibited, and the

circuit breaker can be opened by remote control by means of the RCQ020 device.

The following equipment must be requested when ordering:

n the RCQ020 device;

n an opening coil (SOR) or an undervoltage release (UVR) of the circuit breaker to be housed in

the corresponding slot in the left pole of the circuit breaker itself;

n a closed toroid with a diameter from 60mm to 185mm that can be used for cables and

busbars.

Toroid

Accessories

Electrical accessories

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/35

Signals available:

n LED to indicate the residual current device's status (supplied or not supplied). RCQ02 is

equipped with a positive safety function that commands automatic circuit breaker opening in

the absence of auxiliary voltage;

n LED for signaling faults;

n LED for signaling tripping of the residual current device;

n pre-alarm/alarm/trip electrical signals.

Protection threshold

from 30mA at 30A

Trip time adjustable

from instantaneous to 5s

Test pushbutton

LED signaling the

status of the residual

current device

Dip-switch to set the

signaling status

Reset pushbutton

RCQ020/A residual current release

Power supply Voltage AC [V] 115-230...415

Operating frequency [Hz] 45÷66Hz

@115V AC 500mA for 50ms

Inrush current @230V AC 150mA for 50ms

@415V AC 100mA for 50ms

Power input at full rate 2 [VA] / 2 [W]

Trip threshold adjustment IΔn[A] 0.03-0.05-0.1-0.3-0.5-1-3-5-10-30

No trip time adjustment [s] instantaneous 0.1-0.2-0.3-0.5-0.7-1-2-3-5

Pre-alarm threshold x IΔn25%

A type for pulsing alternate current n

Signals

Device powered visual signaling n

Visual signaling of device not functioning/ not

configured n

Visual signaling of residual current protection n

Electrical alarm/pre-alarm signal n

Electric trip signal n

Controls

Remotely controlled opening command n

Remotely controlled reset command n

Operating range of closed transformers

Ø 60 [mm] toroidal transformer [A] In max = 250A

Use 0.03..30A

Ø 110 [mm] toroidal transformer [A] In max = 400A

Use 0.03..30A

Ø 185 [mm] toroidal transformer [A] In max = 800A

Use 0.1..30A

Connection to toroidal transformer By means of 4 shielded or twisted conductors.

Maximum tolerated length: 15m

Dimensions W x H x D [mm] 96 x 96 x 77

Drilling for assembly on door [mm] 92 x 92

Standard IEC 60947-2 annex M

3

3/36 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories for electronic trip units

Ekip Display Ekip LED Meter External neutral

Distribution protection

Ekip LS/I –––

Ekip LSI nnn

Ekip LSIG nnn

Motor protection

Ekip M-LIU –––

Ekip I –––

Energy measurement

Ekip E-LSIG nnn

Ekip Display

This unit can be installed on the front of the solid state trip unit to show current values, alarms

and protection/communication parameter programming.

Display pushbutton

Power-on LED

Display

Fixing device

Ekip TT or Ekip T&P

connector

Slot for lead seal

Main features:

n

installation: Ekip Display can easily be installed on the front of the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG and Ekip

E-LSIG electronic trip units. It is connected by means of the test connector on the front of the

trip unit. Installation is simple and reliable thanks to a specially designed mechanism. It also

provides a practical way of fastening the accessories to the circuit breaker in order to prevent

undesired access to the dip-switches. Installation can be carried out under any conditions, even

with the door closed and the electronic trip unit already on and functioning;

n functions: Ekip Display has four buttons for browsing through the menus. It functions in the

self-supply mode starting from a current of I>0.2xIn circulating through at least one phase.

Backlighting is activated in the presence of higher loads, making displayed information more

legible. Backlighting comes on in self-supply for a current I>0.4xIn and is always on when there

is electronic trip unit auxiliary power supply.

Ekip Display:

– shows the current, voltage, power and energy values;

– shows the settings of the protection functions in Amperes or in In;

– shows the protection that caused the release to trip and the fault current (only when there is

24V external voltage or the Ekip TT unit);

– allows the trip thresholds of the trip unit to be programmed and the communication

parameters to be set on bus system;

n compatibility: Ekip Display can be fitted even when front accessories, such as the motor,

direct and transmitted rotary handles etc. are already installed. It's possible to use Ekip TT

or Ekip T&P without removing Ekip Display. It's not possible to use Ekip Displaywith the

withdrawable version of circuit breaker.

Accessories

Accessories for electronic trip units

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/37

Ekip LED Meter

The Ekip LED Meter can be applied to the front of the electronic trip unit. It displays the current

values and alarms.

Main features:

n installation: Ekip LED Meter can be easily installed on the front of Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG and

Ekip E-LSIG electronic trip units. It is connected by means of the test connector on the front

of the release. Installation is simple and reliable thanks to a specially designed mechanism. It

also provides a practical way of fastening accessories to the circuit breaker in order to prevent

undesired access to dip-switches. Installation can be carried out under any conditions, even

with the door closed and the electronic trip unit already on and functioning;

n functions: Ekip LED Meter provides an accurate indication of the value of the current

circulating in the trip unit. It does this by means of Its. Its different colors allow the normal

operation, prealarm and alarm states of the circuit breaker to be recognized at a glance. It

functions in self-supply mode from a current of I>0.2xIn circulating through at least one phase

or when electronic trip unit’s auxiliary power is available;

n compatibility: the Ekip LED Meter can also be fitted with front accessories, such as the motor,

direct and transmitted rotary handles. Ekip TT or Ekip T&P can be used without removing Ekip

LED Meter. Ekip LED Meter cannot be used when the breaker is in the withdrawable version.

Current sensor for external neutral

The current sensor for external neutral is applied to the uninterrupted neutral conductor. It allows

neutral current for all protection functions to be read.

Main features:

n installation: the external neutral current sensor is available for XT2 and XT4 three-pole circuit

breakers in the fixed/plug-in and withdrawable version equipped with an Ekip LSI or an Ekip

LSIG electronic trip unit. The sensor must be connected to the release with the specific

connector, which must be ordered separately.

Connection accessories

Devices that allow the electronic trip unit to be connected to external plant units or components.

These connectors are available for the circuit breakers in fixed, plug-in and withdrawable versions.

Name of connector Trip Units

External neutral connector Ekip LSI – Ekip LSIG – Ekip E-LSIG

Connector for 24V DC auxiliary power supply Ekip LSI – Ekip LSIG – Ekip E-LSIG

The connector for the auxiliary power supply is inserted inside the right-hand slot of the circuit

breaker, and occupies the space of two due auxiliary contacts. To check compatibility with the

auxiliary contacts, consult the compatibility tables in this chapter.

Power-on LED

LED signaling the % of

current for each phase Timing LED

Fixing device

L, S, I, G protection LED

Ekip TT or Ekip

T&P connector

Slot for lead seal

Connector for 24V

3

3/38 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

HMI030 interface on the front of the switchboard

HMI030 is an interface on the front of the switchboard and is usable with protection trip units

fitted with Ekip Com.

Accessories

Communication devices and systems

Main features:

n installation: HMI030 can be fitted into the hole in the door using the automatic click-in

method. In situations where mechanical stress is particularly intense, it can also be installed

by using the special clips supplied. It must be connected directly to the Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG

or Ekip E-LSIG protection trip unit with Ekip Com via the serial communication line. HMI030

requires a 24V DC power supply;

n functions: HMI030 consists of a graphic display and 4 buttons for browsing through the

menus. This accessory allows you to view:

– the measurements taken by the release to which it is connected;

– the alarms/events of the release.

Thanks to its high level of accuracy, the same as that of the trip unit protection, the device is a

valid substitute for conventional instruments without any additional current transformers.

n communication: HMI030 is provided with two communication lines. Either one can be used.

– Modbus

– Local Bus.

Connecting Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip E-LSIG to the Local Bus allows the Modbus line to be

connected to a different communication network.

Consult the "Electrical diagrams" chapter for further details about wiring.

Alarm LED

Display

Display pushbutton

LED signaling the % of current for each phase

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/39

Ekip Com

Ekip Com allows the MOE-E motor operator to be controlled, determines the

ON/OFF/TRIP state of the circuit breaker and connects the electronic trip unit to a Modbus

communication line.

Ekip Com is available in two versions: one for fixed/plug-in circuit breakers and one, complete

with connectors for both the fixed and moving parts, for withdrawable circuit breakers.

Main characteristics:

n installation: the Ekip Com module is inserted into the special area in the right-hand pole of the

circuit breaker and can be fastened without screws or tools.

To connect with the trip unit, a special cable that is fitted with a cable guide is used to ensure

an easy and safe installation. The Modbus line is connected by means of a terminal box, to

which a 24V DC auxiliary power supply must be connected. The connection of the Modbus line

is made by means of the terminal box to which a 24V DC auxiliary power supply must also be

connected. The auxiliary power activates both the module and the protection trip unit;

n functions: the Ekip Com module allows for remote reading of the circuit breaker’s status. In

combination with an MOE-E motor operator, it can open/close the circuit breaker remotely.

Combined with a trip unit fitted with a communication device (Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip

E-LSIG), the Ekip Com module allows the trip unit’s connection to a Modbus network. This

allows protections to be programmed, measurements to be taken and alarms to be sent when

it’s connected to a control and/or monitoring system. Connected to the HMI030 interface,

these data can be displayed directly on the front of the switchboard.

For further details on the communication systems which can be made by means of the Ekip Com

module, refer to the “Communication systems” section in the “Ranges” chapter.

Ekip Com

Circuit breaker 3p Circuit breaker 4p

XT2

XT4

Ekip Com Ekip Com

3

3/40 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Ekip Connect

Installation and diagnosis software for ABB SACE products with Modbus RTU communication.

The software can be used during the commissioning stage, or for troubleshooting in an up and

running communication network.

Ekip Connect automatically scans the RS-485 bus, detects all the connected devices and checks

their configuration, all possible addresses, parity and baud rate combinations. A simple click over

SCAN will highlight:

n devices that fail to respond;

n configuration errors;

n incorrect addresses and parity;

n any wiring errors (with the SACE electronic trip unit);

achieving a complete diagnosis of the communication network.

This user-friendly software makes installing the Modbus communication network very easy.

Ekip Connect can be downloaded free of charge from the BOL (http://bol.it.abb.com) or ABB

(www.abb.com) websites.

Accessories

Communication devices and systems

3

Ekip TT

Ekip T&P

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/41

Ekip TT

The Ekip TT accessory is supplied with a special connector to facilitate connection between the

electronic trip unit and the Ekip TT unit. The kit also includes an adapter that allows the Ekip TT

unit to be used with the current Tmax breakers.

Ekip TT is a device which allows:

n verification that the electronic trip unit's opening solenoid and the circuit breaker's trip

mechanism (trip test) are functioning properly;

n testing the LEDs on the electronic trip unit it's connected to;

n supplying auxiliary power to show the most recent protection interruption in the event of an

intervention by the electronic unit. Simply linking Ekip TT to the electronic trip unit (or to the

Ekip display or Ekip LED Meter), illuminates the LED light on the most recently interrupted

protection.

Its reduced dimension makes it pocket sized.

Ekip T&P functions Ekip TT functions

Trip

test

Protection

function

test

Parameter

reading

Protection

parameter

programming

Communication

parameter

programming

Thermal

memory

enabling/

disabling

Trip

test

LED

test

Latest trip

detection

Distribution protection

Ekip LS/I nnn– – n n n n

Ekip LSI n n n n n n n n n

Ekip LSIG n n n n n n n n n

Ekip E-LSIG n n n n n –nnn

Motor protection

Ekip M-LIU nnn– – – nnn

Ekip I nnn– – – nnn

Accessories

Test and configuration accessories

Ekip T&P

Ekip T&P is a kit used to monitor, configure and test electronic protection trip units.

The kit includes:

n Ekip T&P unit;

n Ekip TT unit;

n Adapters for Emax and Tmax trip units;

n USB cable for connecting the Ekip T&P unit to the electronic trip unit;

n CD for installing Ekip Connect and the Ekip T&P driver.

The Ekip T&P unit is connected on one side to the USB port of a PC and on the other, by means

of a cable provided, to the protection trip unit of the SACE Tmax XT series.

The Ekip T&P unit allows automatic, manual and trip tests of the device it is connected to. These

functions are managed by means of the Ekip T&P Interface which can only be activated directly

by the Ekip Connect when the Ekip T&P is present and connected to the PC.

3ATS021

ATS022

3/42 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

The ATS (Automatic Transfer Switch) is the network-generator transfer unit used in installations

where switching the main power line to an emergency one is required, in order to ensure power

supply to the loads in the case of anomalies in the main line.

The unit is able to manage the entire transfer procedure automatically, and prepares the

commands for carrying out the procedure manually as well.

In the case of an anomaly in the main line voltage, in accordance with the parameters set by the

user, the opening of the circuit breaker of the main line, the starting of the generator set (when

provided) and the closing of the emergency line are performed. In the same way, in the case of

the main line returning, the procedure of reverse transfer is controlled automatically.

The new generation of ATS (ATS021 and ATS022) offers the most advanced and complete

solutions to ensure service continuity. The ATS021 and ATS022 can both be used with all the

circuit breakers in the SACE Tmax XT family and with the switch-disconnectors.

ATS021 and ATS022 devices have been designed to operate on self-supply. The ATS022 unit

also prepares the connection for auxiliary power supply, allowing additional functions to be used.

ATS021 and ATS022 devices control both of the the power supply lines and analyze:

n phase unbalance;

n frequency unbalance;

n phase loss.

Apart from its standard control functions, the ATS022 unit makes it possible to:

n select the priority line;

n controlling a third circuit breaker;

n incorporate it into a monitoring system with Modbus communication (auxiliary power supply is

needed);

n read/set parameters and show measurements and alarms on a graphic display.

Typical applications include: power supply to UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply) units, operating

rooms and primary hospital services, emergency power supply for civil buildings, airports, hotels,

data banks and telecommunication systems, power supply of industrial lines for continuous

processes.

For correct configuration, each circuit breaker connected to the ATS021 or ATS022 must be fitted

with the following accessories:

n mechanical interlock;

n motorized control of opening and closing;

n key lock against purely manual operation for the motor operator;

n contact for signaling the status (open/closed) and contact for tripped;

n contact for racked-in (in the case of a withdrawable version circuit breaker).

Accessories

Automatic network-generator transfer unit ATS021-ATS022

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/43

Accessories

Test and configuration accessories

ATS021 ATS022

General

Auxiliary Power Supply Not Required Not Required

(24-110V DC is required only for Modbus

dialog and 16 2/3 Hz system)

Rated Voltage, Un [VAC] Max 480 Max 480

Frequency [Hz] 50, 60 16 2/3, 50, 60, 400

Dimensions (HxLxD) [mm] 96x144x170 96x144x170

Type of installation Door mounting Door mounting

DIN-rail mounting DIN-rail mounting

Operating Mode Auto/Manual Auto/Manual

Features

Monitoring of the Normal and Emergency lines n n

Controlling CBs of the Normal and Emergency lines n n

Generator set startup n n

Generator set shutdown with adjustable delay n n

Bus-tie –n

No-priority Line –n

Modbus RS485 –n

Display –n

Ambient conditions

Operating temperature -20…+60 °C -20…+60 °C

Humidity 5% - 90% without condensation 5% - 90% without condensation

Align flush left thresholds

Minimum voltage -30%…-5%Un -30%…-5%Un

Maximum voltage +5%…+30%Un +5%…+30%Un

Fixed frequency thresholds -10%…+10%fn -10%…+10%fn

Test

Test Mode n n

Compliance with standards

Electronic equipment for use in power installations EN-IEC 50178 EN-IEC 50178

Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50081-2 EN 50081-2

EN 50082-2 EN 50082-2

Environmental conditions IEC 68-2-1 IEC 68-2-1

IEC 68-2-2 IEC 68-2-2

IEC 68-2-3 IEC 68-2-3

3

3p

4p 3p

3/44 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Accessories

Compatibility of accessories

Check whether the different devices are compatible/incompatible with each other when ordering

accessories. The following table provides a simple check between:

n

mechanical accessories, accessories for electronic trip units and motors;

n internal electrical accessories.

To better understand the abbreviations used to identify the accessories, refer to the “Symbols”

paragraph in chapter 8, “Glossary”.

Example of reading the compatibility tables

Fixed/plug-in circuit breaker compatibility XT1-XT3

SOR

3p

UVR

3p

3Q

3p

SOR

4p

UVR

4p

.....

SOR 3p ✔ ✔

UVR 3p 1 2 3 4✔ 5✔ 6

3Q sx 3p ✔ ✔

SOR 4p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

UVR 4p ✔✔✔✔

.....

The UVR positioned in the slot of the 3rd pole(1) is:

– incompatible with the SOR positioned in the 3rd pole(2);

– incompatible with the UVR positioned in the 3rd pole(3);

– incompatible with the 3Q contacts on the left in the 3rd pole(4);

– compatible with the SOR positioned in the slot of the 4th pole(5);

– compatible with the UVR positioned in the slot of the 4th pole(6).

– ....

Compatibility of mechanical accessories

RHD RHE RHS FLD PLL

on

CB

KLC

on

CB

KLC

on

RHX

KLC

on

FLD

MOD/

MOE/

MOE-E

Ekip

Display

Ekip

LED

Meter

SOR/

UVR/

3 Form

C/Q L 3p

1 Q +

1 SY

2 Q +

1 SY

3 Q +

1 SY

RHD ✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔

RHE ✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔

RHS ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔

FLD ✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔

PLL on CB ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔

KLC on CB ✔✔ ✔✔✔

KLC on RHX ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

KLC on FLD ✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔

MOD/MOE/MOE-E ✔✔✔ ✔ ✔ (1) ✔ (2)

Ekip Display ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Ekip LED Meter ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

SOR/PS-SOR/UVR/3 Form C/Q L ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

1 Q + 1 SY ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

2/Q + 1 SY ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔ (1) ✔✔✔

3 Q + 1 SY ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔ (2) ✔✔✔

✔ Compatibility (1) Not valid for XT1 (2) Not valid for XT3

Three-pole circuit breaker

Four-pole circuit breaker

3

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 3/45

Compatibility of electrical accessories

Fixed/plug-in circuit breaker compatibility XT1-XT3

SOR

3p

UVR

3p

SA

3p

3 Q L

3p

SA

3p

SOR

4p

UVR

4p

3 Q L

4p

1 Q +

1 SY

2 Q +

1 SY

3 Q +

1 SY

KLC

on CB

MOD

SOR 3p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

UVR 3p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

3 Q L 3p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

SA 3p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

SOR 4p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

UVR 4p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

3 Q L 4p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

1 Q + 1 SY ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

2 Q + 1 SY ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔ (1)

3 Q + 1 SY ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

KLC on CB ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

MOD ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ (1)

✔ Compatibility (1) Not valid for XT1

Fixed/plug-in circuit breaker compatibility XT2-XT4

SOR

3p

UVR

3p

3Q sx

3p

SA AUE

internal

3p

SOR

4p

UVR

4p

3Q sx

4p

S51 1Q

1SY

2Q

1SY

3Q

SY

3Q

2SY

2Q

2SY

1S51

400V

2Q

400V

1Q

1SY

24V Ekip

Com

KLC

on CB

SOR 3p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

UVR 3p ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

3Q sx 3p ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

SA ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

AUE internal 3p

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

SOR 4p ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

UVR 4p ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

3Q sx 4p ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

S51 ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔ ✔✔✔

1Q 1SY ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔ ✔ ✔

2Q 1SY ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔ ✔

3Q 1SY ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔

3Q 2SY ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔

2Q 2SY 1S51 ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔

400V 2Q ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔

400V 1Q 1SY ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔

24V ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔

Ekip Com ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔ ✔

KLC on CB

✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

✔ Compatibility

3

3/46 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Withdrawable circuit breaker compatibility XT2-XT4

S51 1Q

1SY

3Q

1SY

3Q

2SY

2Q

2SY

S51

400V

2Q

400V

1Q

1SY

Ekip

Com

24V NE MOE

MOE-E

AUX-

MOE

AUE SOR

3p

UVR

3p

SA SOR

4p

UVR

4p

S51 ✔ ✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

1Q 1SY ✔ ✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

3Q 1SY ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

3Q 2SY ✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

2Q 2SY S51 ✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

400V 2Q ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

400V 1Q 1SY ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

Ekip Com ✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

24V ✔✔ ✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

NE ✔✔✔ ✔✔✔ ✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

MOE ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔(1) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

MOE-E ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔(1) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

AUX-MOE ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔(1) ✔(1) ✔✔✔

AUE ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔✔

SOR 3p ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔ ✔✔

UVR 3p ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔ ✔

SA ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔ ✔✔

SOR 4p ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔✔✔

UVR 4p ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ ✔✔ ✔

✔ Compatibility (1) AUX-MOE always supplied with MOE and MOE-E

Accessories

Compatibility of accessories

4

Characteristic curves

Examples of curve reading 4/2

Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution 4/4

Trip curves for motor protection 4/10

Trip curves with electronic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution 4/11

Trip curves for motor protection 4/15

Specific let-through energy curves

480V 4/16

600V 4/18

Limiting curves

480V 4/20

600V 4/22

Technical information

Temperature performances 4/24

Dissipated powers 4/28

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/1

Characteristic curves and technical information

4

Example of curve reading

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

152.7 s

40.2 s

6.9 s

3 x I

1

I2t [106 A2s]

x I

rms

[kA]

10

10

-1

10

-2

1

10

110

2

10

3

14 kA

4/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Example 1 – XT3N 225

Trip curves for distribution (thermal magnetic trip unit)

Let us consider an XT3N TMF In = 225A circuit-breaker.

According to the conditions the overload is found in; i.e., with

the circuit-breaker at thermal regime or not, thermal protection

tripping varies considerably.

For example, for an overload current 3xI1, the trip time is

between 152,7s and 40,2s for cold tripping and between 40,2s

and 6,9s for hot tripping.

For fault current values higher than 225A. Tthe circuit-breaker

trips with the instantaneous magnetic protection I3.

Example 2 – XT2H 125

Specific let-through energy curves

This figure figure shows a sample graph of the specific let-

through energy of the XT2H 125 circuit-breaker at a voltage of

220/230V.

The prospective symmetrical short-circuit current is indicated

on the abscissas, whereas the values of the specific let-through

energy expressed in A2s are shown on the ordinates.

The circuit-breaker lets through a value of I2t equal to 0, 42 ·

10^6 · A2s relative to a short-circuit current of 14kA.

4

Ip [kA]

x I

rms

[kA]

10

10

1

110

2

10

3

10

2

10

3

18 kA

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/3

Example 3 – XT2L 125

Limitation curves

The figure at right gives the trend of the Limitation curves of the

XT2L 125 In = 125A circuit-breaker.

The effective value of the prospective symmetrical short-circuit

current is given on the abscissas of the diagram, whereas

the peak value corresponding to the prospective short-circuit

current is indicated on the ordinates.

For a value current of 22kA, the XT2L 125 circuit breaker with a

thermal magnetic trip unit In = 125A limits the peak prospective

short-current current to 18kA at a voltage of 600V.

4

XT1 125 TMF In=15..30A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

In=30A

In=25A

In=20A

In=15A

1SDC21017EF0001_A

XT1 125 TMF In=125A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=10xIn

1SDC21017EF0001_D

XT1 125 TMF In=35...50A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

In=50A

In=45A

In=40A

In=35A

1SDC21017EF0001_B

XT1 125 TMF In=60...100A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=10xIn

1SDC21017EF0001_C

Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

4/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

4

XT2 125 TMF In=15...30A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

In=30A

In=25A

In=20A

In=15A

1SDC21018EF0001_A

XT2 125 TMF In=35...50A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

In=40/50A

In=35A

1SDC21018EF0001_B

XT2 125 TMF In=60...70A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=10xIn

1SDC21018EF0001_C

XT2 125 TMA In=80...100A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=5...10xIn

1SDC21018EF0001_D

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/5

4

XT2 125 TMA In=110...125A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=5...10xIn

1SDC21018EF0001_E

XT3 225 TMF In=60..100A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=10xIn

1SDC21020EF0001_A

XT3 250 TMF In=110..150A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=10xIn

1SDC21018EF0001_B

XT3 250 TMF In=160..225A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I

3

=10xIn

1SDC21020EF0001_C

Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

4/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

4

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

In=25A

In=40...50A

In=35A

In=30A

1SDC21021EF0001_A

XT4 250 TMF In=25...50A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_B

XT4 250 TMF In=60...70A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_C

XT4 250 TMF In=80...100A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_C

XT4 250 TMF In=110...150A

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/7

4

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_E

XT4 250 TMF In=160...225A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_F

XT4 250 TMF In=250A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=5...10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_G

XT4 250 TMA In=80...100A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=5...10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_H

XT4 250 TMA In=110...150A

Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

4/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

4

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=5...10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_I

XT4 250 TMA In=160...225A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=5...10xIn

1SDC21021EF0001_L

XT4 250 TMA In=250A

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/9

4

XT1 125 MA In=3...125A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=3...11xIn

(In=15...125A)

I3=4...11xIn

(In=3...7A)

1SDC21022EF0001_A

XT2 125 MA In=125A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=4...11xIn

(In=125A)

1SDC21022EF0001_B

XT3 225 MA In=100...200A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=3...12xIn

(In=100...200A)

1SDC21022EF0001_C

XT4 250 MA 80...250A

t [s]

x I

1

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I3=5...10xIn

(In=80...250A)

1SDC21022EF0001_D

Trip curves with thermal magnetic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

4/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Overload limit

Overload limit

Overload limit Overload limit

4

Trip curves with electronic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

XT2 Ekip LS/I

L-I functions

XT2 Ekip LS/I

L-S functions

XT2 Ekip I

I function

XT2 Ekip LSI

L-S-I functions

t [s]

x In

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1...10 10

1

0.4...1

0.4

1

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1...10

1

0.4...1

0.4

1 10

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

10

1

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1

0.4...1

0.4

1...10

10

1

110

I

2

t ON

I

2

t OFF

1SDC21011GF0001

1SDC21012GF0001

1SDC21013GF0001

1SDC21014GF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/11

Overload limit

4

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1

0.4...1

0.4

I

2

t ON

I

2

t OFF

10

1

110

1...10

1...10

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In

10

2

1

0.2

0.2...1

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

10

1

0.4...1

0.4

1

1...10

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1...10

1

0.4...1

0.4

1

10

1SDC21015GF0001

1SDC21016GF0001

1SDC21017GF0001

1SDC21018GF0001

Trip curves with electronic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

4/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT2 Ekip LSIG

G function

XT2 Ekip LSIG

L-S-I functions

XT4 Ekip LS/I L-S

functions

XT4 Ekip LS/I

L-I functions

Inhibited for I>2 In

4

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

10

1

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1

0.4...1

0.4

10

1

110

I

2

t ON

I

2

t OFF

1...10

1...10

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In I [kA]

10

10

2

1

10

-1

1

0.4...1

0.4

1...10

1...10

10

1

110

I

2

t ON

I

2

t OFF

1SDC21019GF0001

1SDC21020GF0001

1SDC21021GF0001

t [s]

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

x In

10

2

1

0.2

0.2...1

1SDC21022GF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/13

XT4 Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG

G function

XT4 Ekip I

I function

XT4 Ekip LSI

L-S-I functions

XT4 Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG

L-S-I functions

Overload limit

Inhibited for I>2 In

4

t [s]

1.2

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1.1

1

x Un

1.3

1.15

1.05 1.25

1.2

1.05

1.05...1.2

0.1

5

0.1...5

t [s]

1.1

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

0.7

0.3

x Un

1.5

0.9

0.5 1.3

0.5...0.95

0.1

5

0.1...5

0.95

0.5

1SDC21034GF0001

1SDC21035GF0001

Trip curves with electronic trip unit

Trip curves for distribution

4/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT4 Ekip E-LSIG

UV protection

XT4 Ekip E-LSIG

OV protection

4

Trip curves with electronic trip unit

Trip curves for motor protection

t [s]

x In

10

10

-1

10

-2

10

-3

1

10

10

2

10

3

1

10

-1

10

2

13

6

ratio

t-hot/t-cold

t-off [s]

10

1.2

1

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0

110

2

20E10E5E3E

1SDC21070GF0001

1SDC21024GF0001

1SDC21025GF0001

t [s]

x In

10

10

-1

10

-2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

10

2

20EC

3EC

t [s]

x In

10

10

-1

10

-2

1

10

10

2

10

3

10

4

1

10

-1

10

2

1SDC21040EF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/15

XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU

L function (cold trip)

XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU

(hot trip)

XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU

I function

XT2-XT4 Ekip M-LIU

U function

4

XT2H XT2L

XT2V

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_A

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_B

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_C

4/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Specific let-through energy curves

480V

4

XT4H XT4L

XT4V

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_G

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_H

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_I

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/17

4

XT2H XT2L

XT2V

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_D

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_E

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_F

4/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Specific let-through energy curves

600V

4

XT4H XT4L

XT4V

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_L

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_M

I

2

t [10

6

A

2

s]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

1

10

10

-2

10

-1

1SDC21051GF0001_N

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/19

4

XT2H XT2L

XT2V

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_A

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_B

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_C

4/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Limiting curves

480V

4

XT4H XT4L

XT4V

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_G

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_H

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_I

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/21

4

XT2H XT2L

XT2V

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_D

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_E

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_F

4/22 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Limiting curves

600V

4

XT4H XT4L

XT4V

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_L

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_M

Ip [kA]

x Irms [kA]

10

110

2

10

3

10

10

-1

1

2

10

1SDC21052GF0001_N

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/23

4

4/24 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

All Tmax XT circuit-breakers can be used under the following environmental conditions:

n -25°C +70°C: range of atmospheric temperature where the circuit-breaker is installed;

n -40°C +70°C: range of atmospheric temperature where the circuit-breaker is stored.

Circuit-breakers ﬁtted with a thermal magnetic trip unit have the thermal element set for a reference temperature of +40°C. With the same

setting, for temperatures other than +40°C, there is a variation in the thermal trip threshold as indicated in the tables below.

XT1 - TMF

In [A] 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

15 16 15 14 13 12

20 21 20 19 18 16

25 26 25 23 22 20

30 32 30 28 26 24

40 42 40 38 35 33

45 48 45 42 40 37

50 53 50 47 44 41

60 63 60 56 52 49

70 74 70 66 61 57

90 95 90 85 79 73

100 105 100 94 88 81

110 115 110 103 96 90

125 131 125 117 109 102

XT2 - TMF

In [A] 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

15 16 15 14 13 12

20 21 20 19 17 16

25 26 25 23 22 20

30 32 30 28 26 24

35 37 35 32 31 28

40 42 40 37 35 32

50 53 50 47 43 40

60 63 60 56 52 49

70 74 70 66 61 57

XT3 - TMF

In [A] 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

60 63 60 56 52 49

70 74 70 66 60 56

80 84 80 75 69 64

90 95 90 84 78 72

100 105 100 93 87 80

110 116 110 102 95 88

125 132 125 116 108 100

150 158 150 140 130 121

175 185 175 163 151 141

200 211 200 186 173 161

225 237 225 210 194 181

XT4 - TMF

In [A] 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

25 27 25 23 21 19

30 34 30 25 23 20

32 36 32 27 24 21

35 37 35 32 30 26

40 43 40 37 34 30

50 54 50 46 42 39

60 64 60 56 51 45

63 67 63 58 53 48

70 75 70 65 58 51

Temperature performance

4

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/25

XT2 - TMA

30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

In [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A]

80 59 84 56 80 53 75 49 70 46 65

90 66 95 63 90 59 84 55 78 51 73

100 74 105 70 100 65 93 61 87 57 81

110 81 116 77 110 72 103 67 96 62 89

125 92 132 88 125 82 117 76 109 71 101

XT4 - TMA

30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

In [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A] MIN [A] MAX [A]

80 60 86 56 80 52 74 46 66 41 58

90 67 95 63 90 60 86 54 77 47 68

100 74 106 70 100 67 95 60 85 53 75

110 83 118 77 110 71 101 65 92 59 84

125 94 134 88 125 81 115 74 105 67 95

150 110 158 105 150 98 141 90 128 85 122

175 129 184 123 175 116 166 107 153 98 140

200 147 210 140 200 133 190 123 175 112 160

225 168 241 158 225 146 208 133 190 119 170

250 183 262 175 250 168 240 161 230 154 220

The electronic overcurrent trip units do not undergo any variations in performance as the temperature varies.

However, even if heating does not affect the trip thresholds of the electronic trip units, in the case of temperatures exceeding

+40°C, it is advisable to reduce the maximum setting for protection against overloads (L) to preserve the copper parts of the

circuit-breaker against high temperatures.

The same considerations apply to the switch-disconnectors and magnetic only circuit-breakers.

The table and graph below show the maximum adjustment at which the threshold I1 of the overcurrent protection (L) must be set

according to the ambient temperature and to the type of terminals used.

4

In [A]

130

125

120

115

110

105

100

95

90

85

80

75

70

T [°C]

30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70

1SDC21068GF0001_A

In [A]

270

260

250

240

230

220

210

200

190

180

170

160

150

T [°C]

30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70

1SDC21068GF0001_B

XT4 Ekip - MCP - MCS

XT2 Ekip - MCP - MCS

4/26 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT2 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors

T[°C] 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

Imax[A] 125 112 97 79

XT4 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors

T[°C] 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

Imax[A] 250 224 194 158

Temperature performance

4

In [A]

130

125

120

115

110

105

100

95

90

85

80

75

70

T [°C]

30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70

1SDC21068GF0001C

In [A]

255

245

235

225

215

205

195

185

175

165

155

145

135

T [°C]

30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70

1SDC21068GF0001_D

XT3 MCS - MCP

XT1 MCS - MCP

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 4/27

XT1 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors

T[°C] 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

Imax[A] 125 112 97 79

XT3 - Fixed circuit-breakers with electronic trip unit, magnetic trip unit or switch-disconnectors

T[°C] 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C

Imax[A] 225 201 174 142

4

4/28 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Molded case circuit breakers

Trip unit In [A] XT1

[W/pole]

XT2

[W/pole]

XT3

[W/pole]

XT4

[W/pole]

TM 15 1.3 1.1 - -

20 1.8 1.6 - -

25 2.0 1.8 -2.7

30 1.8 2.3 -3.9

35 2.0 2.8 -4.4

40 2.6 3.7 -4.5

45 3.0 - - -

50 3.7 4.1 -4.7

60 3.9 4.4 3.9 4.8

70 3.7 4.4 3.7 5.4

80 4.8 5.8 4.8 5.5

90 5.7 6.6 4.5 6.0

100 7.0 8.1 5.6 6.2

110 8.3 8.8 5.8 6.7

125 10.7 11.4 6.6 7.4

150 - - 6.9 7.8

160 - - 7.9 8.9

175 - - 10.1 9.1

200 - - 13.2 11.9

225 - - 14.4 13.3

250 - - - 16.4

Ekip LS/I

Ekip I

Ekip LSI

Ekip LSIG

Ekip E-LSIG

10 -0.1 - -

25 -0.8 - -

40 - - - 0.6

60 -1.5 -1.3

100 -4.2 -3.5

125 -6.6 - -

150 - - - 7.8

225 - - - 13.3

250 - - - 16.4

Values refers to fixed version

Motor protection

In [A] XT1

[W/pole]

XT2

[W/pole]

XT3

[W/pole]

XT4

[W/pole]

31.4 3.7 - -

73.2 9.3 - -

15 1.1 6.4 - -

25 - --2.6

30 2.3 3.8 - -

50 3.1 5 - 6.8

70 5.3 5.5 - -

80 5.3 6.8 -5.5

100 6.6 8.1 4.5 6.2

110 - - 3.3 6.7

125 10.3 14 4,1 7.4

150 - - 6,5 7.8

175 - --9.1

200 - - 8.6 11.9

225 - --13.3

250 - --16.4

Values refers to fixed version

Dissipated powers

5

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/1

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1

Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/2

Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/5

Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/8

Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/16

Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/19

Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/23

Tmax XT2

Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/24

Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/27

Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/30

Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/36

Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/38

Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/42

Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/46

Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/49

Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/54

Tmax XT3

Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/58

Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/61

Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/65

Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/68

Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/74

Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/77

Tmax XT4

Installation for fixed circuit breaker 5/78

Terminals for fixed circuit breaker 5/81

Accessories for fixed circuit breaker 5/85

Installation for plug-in circuit breaker 5/91

Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker 5/95

Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker 5/99

Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/103

Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/105

Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker 5/109

Tmax XT - Common accessories 5/111

Distances to be respected 5/113

5

1SDC21000HF0001

45

1.77

1

4

25

0.98

130

5.12

65

2.56

25

0.98

25

0.98

1

0.04

71

2.8

76.2 (3P)

3.0

96

3.78

101.2 (4P)

3.98

83

3.27

78

3.07

101

3.97

70

2.76

1.1Nm

14

0.55

41

1.61

45

1.77

16

0.63

1

0.04

1

0.04

2

0.08

3

0.12

38.1

1.5

1

0.04

1

0,04

101.2

3.98 83,5

3.29

71,5

2.81

102,5

4.04

7,5

0.29

1,5

0.06

76.2

3.0

130

5.12

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

38.1

1.5

1.1Nm

107

4.21

35

1.38

5.5

0.22

21.5

0.85

45

1.77

1

0,04

1

0,04

1

0,04 5

1SDC21001HF0001

5/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

Mounting on the backplate

Captions

1 Insulating plate

(compulsory)

2 Overall dimension of

optional wiring ducts

3 25mm insulating

barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided

4 Front carter obligatory

for through door of the

panel ≤ 25mm/0,98"

A

With standard flange III - IV 74

Without flange III - IV 71

III - IV 79

Mounting on DIN 50022 rail

Captions

1 Mounting bracket

2 Overall dimension of optional

wiring ducts

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

4 Optional front cover for DIN rail

5 Insulating plate

(compulsory)

5

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18 - M4

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18 - M4

3 POLES 4 POLES

53.5

2.11

107

4.21

53.5

2.11

107

4.21

1SDC21002HF0001

87

3.42

91

3.58

85

3.35

61

2.40

132.6

5.22

111

4.37

78

3.07

112

4.41

82

3.23

82

3.23

1SDC21003HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/3

Drilling template for circuit breaker mounting

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for circuit breaker III

2 Flange for circuit breaker IV

3 Flange for ﬁxed III-IV with direct

motor operator (MOD)

4 Flange for III-IV with direct

rotary handle (RHD)

5 Optional ﬂange

5

81

3.19

40.5

1.59

21

0.83

55

2.17

21

0.83

55

2.17

40.5

1.59

106

4.17

A=74

3 POLES

A=74

4 POLES

73

2.87

36.5

1.44

36.5

1.44

98

3.86

17

0.67

17

0.67

15

0.59

47

1.85

47

1.85

43

1.69

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

A=71

3 POLES

A=71

4 POLES

A=79

3-4 POLES

A=79

3-4 POLES

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

30

1.18

73

2.87

1SDC21005HF0001

1SDC21007HF0001

1SDC21004HF0001

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

45

1.77

38.1

1.5

71

2.8

76.2 (3P)

3.0

96

3.78

101.2 (4P)

3.98

1SDC21006HF0001

5/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

MAX 16

0.63

MAX 5

0.20

6Nm

65

2.56

11

0.43 24.5

0.96

57.5

2.26

Ø 6.5

Ø 0.26

MAX 7.5

0.29

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

24.5

0.96

5

0.20

Ø 8.5

Ø 0.34

17

0.67

~100

~ 3.94

130

5.12

190

7.48

171

6.73

50

1.97

1SDC21008HF0001

1SDC21009HF0001

24.5

0.96

47.5

1.87

47.5

1.87

40

1.57

40

1.57

40

1.57

7.5

0.29

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

120

4.72

145

5.71

25

0.98

25

0.98 Ø 8.5

Ø 0.34

Ø 8.5

Ø 0.34

107.5

4.23

~ 200

~ 7.87

~ 200

~ 7.87

117.5

4.63

107.5

4.23

117.5

4.63

5

0.20

6Nm

1SDC21010HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/5

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

Terminals F

Captions

1 Front terminals for busbar

connection

7 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

(compulsory) provided

Terminals EF

Captions

2 Front extended terminals

3 High terminal covers with

degree of protection IP40

(optional) not provided

5 100mm insulating

barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided

9 Internal insulating plate

compulsory with phase

barriers (customer)

Terminals ES

Captions

4 Front extended spread

terminals for busbar

connection

6 200mm insulating

barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided

5

25

0.98

50

1.97

10

0.39

10

0.39

20

0.79

29

1.14

31.5

1.24

10

0.39

71,5

2.81

46.5

1.83

34

1.34

21.5

0.85

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

65

2.56

25

0.98

25

0.98

7Nm/61.15 in. lbs

6Nm/53 in. lbs

1SDC21014HF0001

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

24.5

0.96

12 x 12

0.47 x 0.47

57.5

2.26

7Nm/61.15 in. lbs

1SDC21013HF0001

5/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals FCCu

Captions

2 Front terminal FCCu

Terminals MC

Captions

4 Terminal covers with degree

of protection IP40 (compul-

sory) provided

5 Front terminal for multi-cable

connection

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

134

5.27 67

2.63

115

4.52

4

0.15

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

Ø 6.5

Ø 0.25

6Nm/53 in. lbs

25/0.98

15/0.59

42.5

1.67

55

2.16

105

4.13

92.5

3.64

107

4.21

107

4.21

115

4.52

115

4.52

53.5

2.10

53.5

2.10

57.5

2.26

57.5

2.26

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

Ø 18

Ø 0.70 Ø 18

Ø 0.70

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.17

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.17

1SDC21085CF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/7

Terminals R

Captions

1 Adjustable rear terminals

2 Bottom terminal covers with

degree of protection IP30

(optional) not provided

3 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker III on sheet

4 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker IV ﬁxing on sheet

3 POLES 4 POLES

5

1SDC21015HF0001

14.5

0.57

130

5.12

(14.5)

(0.57)

88

3.46

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

59.5

2.34

52.8

2.08

14.5

0.57

81

3.19

200

7.87

14

0.55

101.2 (4P)

3.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

2

0.08

2

0.08

3

0.12

108

4.25

70

2.76

110

4.33

159.25

6.27

113.75

4.48

1.1Nm

38.1

1.5

5/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

2 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on circuit

breaker RHD

4 Door drilling template with

direct rotary handle

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

(compulsory) provided

Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breakers (RHD)

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS FOR

DOOR FULCRUM

DRILLING: SEE DET. “A”

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

14.5

0.57

46.8

1.84

(14.5)

(0.57)

(14.5)

(0.57)

14.5

0.57

22.5

0.89

45

1.77

130

5.12

101.2 (4P)

3.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

70

2.76

3

0.12

3

0.12

47.95

1.89

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

463

18.23

161.70

6.37

585.45

23.05

46

1.81

2

0.08

2

0.08

2

0.08

46

1.81

175.43

6.90

70

2.76

23.5

0.93

23.5

0.93

200

7.87

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

53

2.08

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

2

0.08

38.1

1.5

1.1Nm

47.95

1.89

161.70

6.37

1SDC21016HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/9

Captions

1 Transmitted rotary handle

3 Door drilling template with

transmitted rotary handle

5 Transmission unit

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided

with circuit breaker

Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE)

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE

5

1SDC21017HF0001

1.1Nm

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 55

Ø 2.17

101.2 (4P)

3.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

2

0.08

1

0.04

1

0.04

1

0.04

38.1

1.5

14.5

0.57

46.8

1.84

3

0.12

130

5.12

70

2.76

161.70

6.37

463

18.23

46

1.81

33

1.30

2

0.08

585.45

23.05

23.5

0.93

200

7.87

22.5

0.89

14.5

0.57

45

1.77

2

0.08

47.95

1.89

5/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Transmission unit

2 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided

with circuit breaker

3 Optional wiring ducts

4 Wide type rotary handle

5 Door drilling template with

extended rotary handle

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE

Large rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE-LH)

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

101.2 (4P)

3.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

2

0.08

1

0.04

1

0.04

1.1Nm

1

0.04

38.1

1.5

14.5

0.57

46.8

1.84

130

5.12

3

0.12

2

0.08

175.45

6.90

46

1.81

47.95

1.89

70

2.76

161.70

6.37

53

2.08

1SDC21018HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/11

Captions

1 Transmission unit

2 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

(compulsory) provided

3 Optional wiring ducts

4 Wide type rotary handle

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE

5

1SDC21019HF0001

101.2 (4P)

3.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

12.6

0.50

38.1

1.55

172

6.77

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

130

5.12

28.5

1.12

70

2.76

207

8.15

3

0.12

2

0.08

1SDC21020HF0001

77

3.03

87

3.42

43.5

1.71

38.5

1.52

49

1.93

54

2.13

108

4.25

98

3.86

5/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

3 Key lock (not provided)

4 Direct motor operator (MOD)

5 Drilling template of door with

MOD without ﬂange

6 Drilling template of door with

MOD with ﬂange

7 Cable connections

8 25mm phase barriers

Direct motor operator (MOD)

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

25

0.98

25

0.98

187

7.36 67

2.63

71

2.79

45

1.77

35.5

1.39

106.2

4.18

38.1

1.50

76.2

3.00

115

4.52

11.5

0.45

45

1.77

16

0.62

24.5

0.96

70

2.75

12x12

0.47x0.47

101

3.97

2

0.07

3

0.11

25

0.98

53

2.08

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.17

53.5

2.10

107

4.21

124

4.88

83

3.26

70

2.75

105.6

4.15 36.5

1.43

47

1.85

17

0.66

113.5

4.46 40.5

1.59

55

2.16

21

0.82

1SDC21095CF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/13

Captions

1 Front terminals for busbar

connection

2 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

5 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 3-pole circuit breaker

A

With standard flange III 74

Without flange III 71

5

1SDC21096CF0001

187

7.36 67

2.63

96

3.73

45

1.77

35.5

1.39

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

131.2

5.16

38.1

1.50

101.2

3.98

101

3.97

2

0.07

3

0.11

115

4.52

11.5

0.45

24.5

0.96

70

2.75

12x12

0.47x0.47

45

1.77

16

0.62

53.5

2.10

107

4.21

124

4.88

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.17

25

0.98

25

0.98

78

3.07

83

3.26

70

2.75

105.6

4.15 36.5

1.43

47

1.85

17

0.66

113.5

4.46 40.5

1.59

55

2.16

21

0.82

5/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Front terminals for busbar

connection

2 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

5 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 4-pole circuit breaker

A

With standard flange IV 74

Without flange IV 71

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

168.2

6.62

96

3.77 45

1.77

35.5

1.39

65

2.56

153.2

6.03

38.1

1.50

101.2

3.98

155.5

6.12

101

3.97

2

0.07

3

0.11

115

4.52

45

1.77

11.5

0.45

16

0.62

24.5

0.96

70

2.75

71

2.79

83

3.26

70

2.75

78

3.07

25

0.98

25

0.98

53.5

2.10

107

4.21

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.17

87.5

3.44

152.5

6.00 36.5

1.43

17

0.66

47

1.85

1SDC21097CF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/15

Captions

1 Front terminals for busbar

connection

2 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle

4 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

RC Sel 200 4-pole residual current release

5

101.2 (4P)

3.98

152

5.98

146

5.75

134

5.27

14

0.55

16

0.63

41

1.61

45

1.77

133

5.24

128

5.04

120

4.72

38.1

1.5

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

1SDC21021HF0001

1SDC21022HF0001

75

2.95

100

3.94

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

29.5

1.16

29.5

1.16

59

2.32

84

3.31

74

2.91

74

2.91

25

0.98

25

0.98

50

1.97

50

1.97

35

1.38

35

1.38

37.5

1.48

37.5

1.48

25

0.98

25

0.98

50

1.97

50

1.97

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18 Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

29.5

1.16

29.5

1.16

84

3.31

59

2.32

1SDC21023HF0001

5/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Mounting on the backplate

Fixing at 50mm A

With standard ﬂange III - IV 124

Without flange III - IV 121

III - IV 129

Fixing at 70mm for

extended front terminals

A

With standard ﬂange III - IV 144

Without flange III - IV 141

III - IV 149

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

Drilling template for mounting circuit breaker

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21024HF0001

87

3.42

91

3.58

85

3.35

112

4.41

82

3.23

132.6

5.22

61

2.40

78

3.07

111

4.37

82

3.23

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/17

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker III

2 Flange for circuit breaker IV

5 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker III-IV with direct motor

operator (MOD)

6 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker III-IV with direct rotary

handle RHD

7 Optional ﬂange

5

1SDC21027HF0001

73

2.87

30

1.18

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

1SDC21025HF0001

1SDC21028HF0001

81

3.19

106

4.17

40

1.57

40.5

1.59

21

0.83

21

0.83

55

2.17

55

2.17

73

2.87

36.5

1.44

36.5

1.44

98

3.86

47

1.85

47

1.85

43

1.69

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

17

0.67

17

0.67

15

0.59

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

38.1

1.5

45

1.77

71

2.8

96

3.78

101.2 (4P)

3.98

76.2 (3P)

3.0

1SDC21026HF0001

5/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21029HF0001

1SDC21030HF0001

25

0.98

~ 100

~ 3.94

88.5

3.48

83

3.27

15.5

0.61

25

0.98

25

0.98 11

0.43

50

1.97

20.5

0.81

4

0.16 4

0.16

40.5

1.59

70

2.76

140

5.51

148

5.83

153

6.02

6Nm

Ø 6

Ø 0.24

145

5.71

40

1.57

25

0.98 25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

~ 200

~ 7.87

90.5

3.56

~ 200

~ 7.87

90.5

3.56

133

5.24

143

5.63

133

5.24

57.5

2.26

83

3.27

143

5.63

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

40

1.57

40

1.57

47.5

1.87

47.5

1.87

120

4.72

70

2.76

6Nm

1.1Nm

24.5

0.96

7.5

0.29

Ø 8.5

Ø 0.34

Ø 8.5

Ø 0.34

MAX 5

0.20

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/19

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

Terminals EF

Captions

4 Front extended terminals

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Captions

3 Front extended spread

terminals

6 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

7 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

Terminals ES

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 70mm

MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21089CF0001

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

90.5

3.56

83

3.26

27.5

1.08

15

0.59

9.5 x 9.5

0.37 x 0.37

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

90.5

3.56

83

3.26 12

0.47

24.5

0.96

12 x 12

0.47 x 0.47

1SDC21018FF0001

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

35

1.37

15

0.59

140.5

5.53

67.5

2.65

124.25

4.89

83

3.26

116.5

4.58

1SDC21062FF0001

5/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1x1.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

1 1x1.5...50mm2 front terminal

FCCuAl

5 Adapter (compulsory) optional

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Terminals FCCu

Captions

4 Terminals FCCu

5 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

1x35...95mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

1 External terminal FCCuAl

2 High terminal covers with

degree of protection IP40

(optional) provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21091CF0001

21.5

0.84

34

1.33

46.5

1.83

8.2

0.32

10

0.39

10

0.39

10

0.39

31

1.22

29

1.14

20

0.78

97

3.81

73

2.87

140.5

5.53

1SDC21092CF0001

61.75

2.43

61.75

2.43

57.5

2.26

57.5

2.26

15

0.59

15.2

0.60

8.2

0.32 8.2

0.32

80.5

3.16

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

8.2

0.32

80.5

3.16

90

3.54

90

3.54

15

0.59

15.2

0.60

73

2.87

73

2.87

40.5

1.59

40.5

1.59

33

1.29

33

1.29

61.75

2.43

61.75

2.43

57.5

2.26

57.5

2.26

15

0.59

15.2

0.60

8.2

0.32 8.2

0.32

80.5

3.16

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

8.2

0.32

80.5

3.16

90

3.54

90

3.54

15

0.59

15.2

0.60

73

2.87

73

2.87

40.5

1.59

40.5

1.59

33

1.29

33

1.29

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/21

Terminals MC

Captions

2 Terminal covers with degree

of protection IP40 (optional)

provided

3 Front terminal for multi-cable

connection

5 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1

Rear vertical terminals

2

Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21031HF0001

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

80.5

3.16

80.5

3.16

73

2.87

73

2.87

40.5

1.59

40.5

1.59

~ 90

~ 3.54

~ 90

~ 3.54

33

1.30

33

1.30

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

15.2

0.60

15.2

0.60

6Nm 6Nm

57.5

2.26

57.5

2.26

61.75

2.43

4

0.16

4

0.16

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

25

0.98

61.75

2.43

15

0.59

15

0.59

5/22 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1

Rear vertical terminals

2

Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

38.1

1.5

12.6

0.50

146

5.75

28.5

1.12

101.2 (4P)

3.98

257

10.12

120

4.72

50

1.97

222

8.74

76.2 (3P)

3.0

2

0.08

3

0.12

1SDC21032HF0001

1SDC21033HF0001

77

3.03

87

3.42

43.5

1.71

38.5

1.52

49

1.93

54

2.13

108

4.25

98

3.86

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/23

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT1 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Key lock (not provided)

4 Direct motor operator (MOD)

5 Drilling template of door with

MOD without ﬂange

6 Drilling template of door with

MOD with ﬂange

7 Cable connection

Direct motor operator (MOD)

MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21034HF0001

120 (4P)

4.72

95.5

3.76

90.5

3.56

82.5

3.25

114

4.49

45

1.77

45

1.77

1

0.04

1

0.04

1

0.04

1.1Nm

84

3.31

90 (3P)

3.54

116

4.56

130

5.12

73

2.87

24

0.94

41

1.61

16

0.63

65

2.56

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

2

0.08

3

0.12

1

0,04

4

1

95.5

3.76

90.5

3.56

82.5

3.25

1

0.04

1

120

4.72

114

4.49 45

1.77

45

1.77

1.5

0.06

90

3.54

84

3.31

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

130

5.12

65

2.56

130

5.12

65

2.56

45

1.77

45

1.77

7.5

0.29

116

4.56

1.1Nm

73

2.87

24

0.94

41

1.61

16

0.63

35

1.38

3.5

0.14

2

1SDC21035HF0001

45

1.77

15

0.59

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

55.5

2.19

111

4.37

55.5

2.19

111

4.37

15

0.59

15

0.59

1SDC21036HF0001

5/24 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Fixed circuit breaker mounting on the backplate

A

With standard flange III - IV 86

Without flange III - IV 83.5

III - IV 91.5

Fixed circuit breaker mounting on DIN EN 50022 rail

Drilling templates

3 POLES 4 POLES

Captions

1 Insulating plate

compulsory

2 Optional wiring ducts

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

4 Front carter compulsory

for through door of the

panel ≤ 25mm/0,98"

Captions

1 Mounting bracket

2 Insulating plate

compulsory

3 25mm insulating

barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

100

3.94

104.5

4.11

61

2.40

85

3.35

109.8

4.32

111

4.37

78

3.07

109.8

4.32

130

5.12

1SDC21037HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/25

Captions

1 Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker

III

2 Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker

IV

3 Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker

III-IV with MOE and FLD

4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV

with direct rotary handle RHD

5 Optional ﬂange

Flanges

5

1SDC21039HF0001

1SDC21040HF0001

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

90 (4P)

3.54

84

3.31

45

1.77

45

1.77

22.5

0.89

153

6.02

134

5.27

114

4.49

120 (4P)

4.72

1SDC21041HF0001

1SDC21041HF0001

57

2.24

73

2.87

32

1.26

28.5

1.12

94

3.70

83

3.27 29

1.14

83

3.27 29

1.14

47

1.85

47

1.85

124

4.88

1SDC21038HF0001

86

3.36

75

2.95 25

0.98

75

2.95 25

0.98

43

1.69

43

1.69

43

1.69 17

0.67

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

116

4.56

5/26 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Caption

1 Optional ﬂange

Execution A B C

With optional flange fixed 92 3-4 poles

plug-in, mounting at 50mm 142 3-4 poles

plug-in, mounting at 70mm 162 3-4 poles

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21051HF0001

1SDC21043HF0001

20 MAX

0.79

5 MAX

0.20

18

0.71

7 MAX

0.27

65

2.56

58

2.28

25

0.98

12

0.47

Ø 6

Ø 0.24 6Nm

30

1.18

120

4.72

15

0.59

15

0.59

15

0.59

45

1.77

90

3.54

150

5.90

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.18

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 100

~ 3.94

130

5.12

50

1.97

111

4.37

111

4.37

119

4.68

119

4.68

119

4.68

119

4.68

~ 100

~ 3.94

130

5.12

180

7.09

50

1.97

30

1.18

30

1.18

17.5

0.69

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

17.5

0.69

25.5

1

5

0.20

6Nm

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

1

0.04

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/27

Terminals F

Captions

1 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

2 Front terminals for busbar

connection

Terminals EF

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

Captions

3 Front extended terminals

4 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40 (optional) not

provided

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Insulated plate (compulsory)

provided for XT2 Ue>440V

7 Drilling template for 3p circuit

breaker Ue>440V (compulsory)

8 Drilling template for 4p circuit

breaker Ue>440V (compulsory)

3 POLES 4 POLES

5

1SDC21044HF0001

30

1.18

30

1.18

52.5

2.07

135

5.31

52.5

2.07 25.5

15

0.20

1

0.04

30

1.18

30

1.18

45

1.77

45

1.77

45

1.77

7.5

0.29

165

6.50

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 200

~ 7.87

~ 200

~ 7.87

108

4.25

123

4.84

108

4.25

123

4.84

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

6Nm

15

0.59

165

6.50

15

0.59

15

0.59

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.18

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10 Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

Ø 4.5

Ø 0.18

111

4.37

111

4.37

55.5

2.19

141

5.55

141

5.55

141

5.55

141

5.55

45

1.77

112.5

4.43

195

7.68

5/28 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Drilling template for 3p

circuit breaker Ue>440V

(compulsory)

2 Drilling template for 4p

circuit breaker Ue>440V

(compulsory)

3 Front extended spread

terminals

4 200mm insulating

barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided for

Ue>440V

5 Insulated plate (compulsory)

provided for XT2 Ue>440V

Terminals ES

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

5

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 25

~ 0.98

65

2.56

25

0.98

14 x 14

0.55 x 0.55

7Nm

61.95 in. lbs

58

2.29

1SDC21048HF0001

1SDC21049HF0001

25

0.98

14 x 14

0.55 x 0.55

7Nm

61.25 in. lbs

7Nm

6Nm

85

3.35

72

2.83

10

0.39

10

0.39

10

0.39

20

0.79

29

1.14

32

1.26

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

27.5

1.08

40

1.57

15

0.59

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

65

2.56

115

4.53

1SDC21007CF0001

21

0.82

21

0.82

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

15

0.59

45

1.77

15

0.59

15

0.59

4.5

0.17 4.5

0.17

116

4.56

116

4.56

58

2.28

58

2.28

55.5

2.18

55.5

2.18

111

4.36

111

4.36

25

0.98

105

4.13

92.5

3.64

42.5

1.67

55

2.16

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

18.8

0.74 8.3

0.32

67

2.63

134

5.27

116

4.56

3.5

0.13

1SDC21006CF0001

1SDC21002CF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/29

Terminals FCCu

Captions

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

6 Terminals FCCu

Terminals MC

Caption

6 Multi-cable terminals

Captions

1 Rear adjustable terminals

2 Bottom terminal covers with

degree of protection IP30

(optional) provided

3 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker III sheet

4 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker IV sheet

Terminals R

3 POLES 4 POLES

5

1SDC21050HF0001

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

Ø 3.25

Ø 0.13

61.5

2.42 (16.5)

(0.65)

130

5.12

16.5

0.65

48.8

1.92

88

3.46

54.8

2.15

14.5

0.57

120

4.72

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

2

0.08

45

1.77

81

3.19

82.5

3.25

126.3

4.97

45.5

1.79

171.8

6.76

200

7.87

14

0.55

40.5

1.59

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

5/30 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

2 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on circuit breaker

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided with

circuit breaker

Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker (RHD)

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21052HF0001

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

46

1.81

461

18.15

2

0.08

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

130

5.12

3

0.12

47.95

1.89

597.95

23.54

82.5

3.25

174.2

6.36

1.1Nm

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

2

0.08

45

1.77

16.5

0.65

(16.5)

(0.65)

48.8

1.92

2

0.08

3

0.12

22.5

0.89

45

1.77

16.5

0.65

(16.5)

(0.65)

2

0.08

23.5

0.93

23.5

0.93

200

7.87

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

1.1Nm

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

46

1.81

187.95

7.40

47.95

1.89

51

2

82.5

3.25

156.75

6.17

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/31

Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE)

Captions

1 Extended rotary handle

operating mechanism

3 Door drilling template with

extended rotary handle

5 Transmission unit

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided with

circuit breaker

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE

5

1SDC21053HF0001

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

45

1.77

1.8

0.07

14.8

0.58

38.8

1.53

14.2

0.56

130

5.12

33.5

1.32

12

0.47

28

1.10

82.5

3.25

178.3

7.02

59.5

2.34

37.5

1.48

61.5

2.42 48

1.89

77.3

3.04

26.5

1.04

172

6.77

91

3.58

15

0.59

15

0.59

45

1.77

15

0.59

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

101

3.97 50.5

1.99

45.5

1.79

48.7

1.91

79

3.11

55.5

2.19

111

4.37

55.5

2.19

111

4.37

91

3.58

54.7

2.15

1.1Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

45

1.77

1.8

0.07

14.8

0.58

38.8

1.53

14.2

0.56

130

5.12

33.5

1.32

12

0.47

28

1.10

82.5

3.25

178.3

7.02

59.5

2.34

37.5

1.48

61.5

2.42 48

1.89

77.3

3.04

26.5

1.04

172

6.77

91

3.58

15

0.59

15

0.59

45

1.77

15

0.59

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

101

3.97 50.5

1.99

45.5

1.79

48.7

1.91

79

3.11

55.5

2.19

111

4.37

55.5

2.19

111

4.37

91

3.58

54.7

2.15

1.1Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

5/32 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Stored energy motor operator

(MOE)

2 Key lock (not provided)

3 Drilling template of door with

MOE with ﬂange

4 Door drilling template with MOE

without ﬂange

5 Drilling template for mounting

3p circuit breaker on the

backplate

6 Drilling template for mounting

4p circuit breaker on the

backplate

7 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided with

circuit breaker

Stored energy motor operator (MOE)

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

45

1.77

36.5

1.44

27.5

1.08

130

5.12

78.4

3.09

29.6

1.16

7

0.27

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

200

7.87

200

7.87

2

0.08

3

0.12

120

4.72

82.5

3.25

7.4

0.28

32.9

1.29

22.8

0.90

2.25

0.09

126

4.96

14.5

0.57

91

3.58

91

3.58

49

1.93

55

2.17

79

3.11

61.5

2.42

61.5

2.42

45.5

1.79

14.5

0.57

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

14

0.55

14

0.55

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

45

1.77

36.5

1.44

27.5

1.08

130

5.12

78.4

3.09

29.6

1.16

7

0.27

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

200

7.87

200

7.87

2

0.08

3

0.12

120

4.72

82.5

3.25

7.4

0.28

32.9

1.29

22.8

0.90

2.25

0.09

126

4.96

14.5

0.57

91

3.58

91

3.58

49

1.93

55

2.17

79

3.11

61.5

2.42

61.5

2.42

45.5

1.79

14.5

0.57

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

14

0.55

14

0.55

1SDC21054HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/33

Captions

1 Key lock optional

2 Front for lever operating

mechanism (FLD)

3 Drilling template of door with

FLD with ﬂange

4 Drilling template of door with

FLD without ﬂange

5 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided with

circuit breaker

Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD)

5

120 (4P)

4.72

99.35

3.91

90.5

3.56

82.5

3.25

95.5

3.76

114

4.49

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

1

0.04

45

1.77

45

1.77

1.1Nm

84

3.31

90 (3P)

3.54

29.5

1.16

16

0.63

41

1.61

24

0.94

73

2.87

19.3

0.76

130

5.12

65

2.56

1SDC21055HF0001

5/34 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 25mm insulating barriers

between phases provided with

circuit breaker

2 Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter

Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21023CF0001

45

1.77

15

0.59

186

7.32

55.5

2.18

4.5

0.17

205

8.07

114

4.48

65

2.55

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

120

4.72 20 MAX

0.78 MAX

6

0.23

7 MAX

0.27 MAX

58

2.28

7 MAX

0.27 MAX

18 MAX

0.70 MAX

7

0.27

191

7.51

18

0.70

5 MAX

0.19 MAX

3

0.11

2

0.07

5 MAX

0.19 MAX

18

0.70

148

5.82

58

2.28

66

2.59

73

2.87

1SDC21022CF0001

158

6.22 29

1.14

25

0.98

75

2.95

65

2.55

60

2.36

124

4.88

47

1.85 43

1.69

43

1.69

116

4.56

116

4.56

1SDC21000FF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/35

Captions

1 Residual current

2 Front terminals

7 Drilling template of door

with direct rotary handle and

mounting with ﬂange

8 Drilling template of door

with direct rotary handle and

mounting without ﬂange

9 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

A

With standard flange IV 86

Without flange IV 83.5

Residual current RC Sel

4 POLES

5

1SDC21056HF0001

120 (4P)

4.72

165.5

6.52

145.5

5.73

140.5

5.53

132.5

5.22

45

1.77

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

153

6.02

90 (3P)

3.54

1SDC21058HF0001

1SDC21057HF0001

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

20

0.79

50

1.97

59

2.32

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

92

3.62

122

4.80

59

2.32

59

2.32

46

1.81

46

1.81

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

77.5

3.05

36.5

1.44

77.5

3.05

20

0.79

50

1.97

20

0.79

50

1.97

36.5

1.44

5/36 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Plug-in circuit breaker mounting on sheet

Mounting at 50mm A

With standard ﬂange

III - IV 136

Without flange

III - IV 133.5

III - IV 141.5

Mounting at 70mm for

extended front terminals

A

With standard ﬂange

III - IV 156

Without ﬂange III - IV 153.5

III - IV 161.5

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

Drilling templates for the backplate

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

100

3.94

104.5

4.11

85

3.35

109.8

4.32

111

4.37

114.3

4.5

61

2.40

78

3.07

109.8

4.32

130

5.12

1SDC21059HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/37

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for withdrawable circuit

breaker III

2 Flange for circuit breaker IV

3

Flange for plug-in circuit breaker

III-IV with MOE and FLD

4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV

with direct rotary handle (RHD)

5 Optional ﬂange

5

1SDC21060HF0001

1SDC21061HF0001

94

3.70 47

1.85

47

1.85

124

4.88

83

3.27 29

1.14

83

3.27 29

1.14

B=133.5 C=153.5

86

3.36

75

2.95

25

0.98

75

2.95

25

0.98

43

1.69

43

1.69

116

4.56

43

1.69

17

0.67

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

90 (4P)

3.54

84

3.31

45

1.77

45

1.77

22.5

0.89

153

6.02

134

5.27

120 (4P)

4.72

57

2.24

73

2.87

32

1.26

28.5

1.12

1SDC21063HF0001

1SDC21062HF0001

5/38 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

Ø 6

Ø 0.24

12

0.47

~ 100

~ 3.94

93.75

3.69

87

3.42

14.8

0.58

15

0.59

3

0.12

3

0.12

35

1.38

70

2.76

152.5

6.0

160.5

6.32

165.5

6.52

50

1.97

6Nm 6Nm

1SDC21064HF0001

165

6.50

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

25.5

1

5

0.20

80.5

3.16

165

6.50

92

3.62

46

1.81

82.5

3.25

46

1.81

82.5

3.25

122

4.80

195

7.68

2.65

0.10

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

4.5 - M4

0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

59

2.32

59

2.32

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

135

5.31

52.5

2.07

52.5

2.07

~ 200

~ 7.87

~ 200

~ 7.87

94

3.70

94

3.70

137

5.39

152

5.98

137

5.39

152

5.98

77.5

3.05

20

0.79

340

13.38

50

1.97

20

0.79

340

13.38

50

1.97

36.5

1.44

77.5

3.05

36.5

1.44

6Nm

30

1.18

45

1.77

45

1.77

7.5

0.29

45

1.77

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

165

6.50

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

25.5

1

5

0.20

80.5

3.16

165

6.50

92

3.62

46

1.81

82.5

3.25

46

1.81

82.5

3.25

122

4.80

195

7.68

2.65

0.10

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

4.5 - M4

0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

59

2.32

59

2.32

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

135

5.31

52.5

2.07

52.5

2.07

~ 200

~ 7.87

~ 200

~ 7.87

94

3.70

94

3.70

137

5.39

152

5.98

137

5.39

152

5.98

77.5

3.05

20

0.79

340

13.38

50

1.97

20

0.79

340

13.38

50

1.97

36.5

1.44

77.5

3.05

36.5

1.44

6Nm

30

1.18

45

1.77

45

1.77

7.5

0.29

45

1.77

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

1SDC21065HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/39

Terminals EF

Captions

4 Front extended terminals

5 100mm insulating barriers between

phases (compulsory) provided

Captions

1 Front extended spread

terminals

2 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

3 Insulated plate (compulsory)

provided

4 Drilling template for 3p circuit

breaker Ue>440V (compulsory)

5 Drilling template for 4p circuit

breaker Ue>440V (compulsory)

Terminals ES

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 70mm

MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18 14 x 14

0.55 x 0.55

13

0.51

25

0.98

87

3.42

7Nm

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

144

5.67

101

3.97

87

3.42

13

0.51

65.5

2.58

10

0.39

10

0.39

20

0.79

29

1.14

32

1.26

10

0.39

6Nm

7Nm

7Nm

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

15

0.59

27.5

1.08

40

1.57

25

0.98

14 x 14

0.55 x 0.55

1SDC21069HF0001

1SDC21070HF0001

5/40 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals FCCu

Captions

3 Terminals FCCu

4 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

Terminals MC

Captions

3 High terminal covers with

degree of protection IP40

(optional) provided

4 Multi-cable terminals

6 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Note: 25mm insulating barriers between

phases (compulsory) provided as

standard with the circuit breaker

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21071HF0001

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

58

2.28

62.25

2.45

62.25

2.45

58

2.28

6Nm 6Nm

30

1.18

4

0.16

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 90

~ 3.54

~ 90

~ 3.54

80.9

3.18

73.4

2.89

40.9

1.61

33.4

1.31

80.9

3.18

15.2

0.60

73.4

2.89

40.9

1.61

33.4

1.31

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/41

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1 Rear vertical terminals

2 Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21072HF0001

1SDC21073HF0001

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

120

4.72

90

3.54

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

187.5

7.38

9.3

0.36

33.5

1.32

78.5

3.10

174

6.85

28

1.10

15

0.59

14.8

0.58

14.2

0.56

38.8

1.53

1.8

0.07

222

8.74

228

8.98

58.4

2.30

32.9

1.29

134

5.27

77.3

3.04

61.5

2.42

47.9

1.88

26.5

1.04

132.5

5.22

50

1.97

18

0.71

153

6.02

2

0.08

3

0.12

101

3.97

55

2.17

49

1.93

79.5

3.13

91

3.58

90

3.54

200

7.87

200

7.87

5/42 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 MOE

4 Key lock (not provided)

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

7 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

Stored energy motor operator (MOE)

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

5

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54 45

1.77

36.5

1.44

30

1.18

27.5

1.08

170

6.69

209

8.23

132.5

5.22

50

1.97

18

0.71

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

22.8

0.90

174

6.85

187,5

7.38

153

6.02

6Nm

1.1Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

200

7.87

200

7.87

14.5

0.57

90

3.54

49

1.93

79.3

3.12

61.5

2.42

61.5

2.42

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

14

0.55

14.5

0.57

101

3.97

14

0.55

91

3.58

55

2.17

1SDC21074HF0001

1SDC21075HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/43

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Front for lever operating

mechanism (FLD)

4 Key lock (not provided)

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

7 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD)

5

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

78.6

3.10

45

1.77

~ 100

~ 3.94

29.5

1.16

153

6.02

19.3

0.76

~ 100

~ 3.94

153

6.02

50

1.97

149.35

5.88

132.5

5.22

145.5

5.73

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

3

0.12

3

0.12

169.35

6.67

165.5

6.52

152.5

6.0

70

2.76

35

1.38

15

0.59

1SDC21076HF0001

5/44 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

MOUNTING AT 50mm

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Captions

1 100mm insulating barriers be-

tween phases

2 Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter

Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21023CF0001

45

1.77

15

0.59

186

7.32

55.5

2.18

4.5

0.17

1SDC21024CF0001

158

6.22 29

1.14

47

1.85

124

4.88

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

3

0.11

15

0.59

100

3.93

100

3.93

218.5

8.60 76.5

3.01

6

0.23

133

5.23

2

0.07

3

0.11

209

8.22

148

5.82

58

2.28

66

2.59

73

2.87

60

2.36

116

4.56

65

2.55

75

2.95 25

0.98

116

4.56

43

1.69

43

1.69

1SDC21025CF0001

1SDC21026CF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/45

Captions

1 Residual current

3 Fixed part

4 Moving part

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Extended terminals

7 Drilling template of door with di-

rect rotary handle and mounting

with ﬂange

8 Drilling template of door with di-

rect rotary handle

and mounting

without ﬂange

9 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breakerg on sheet

Residual current RC Sel

A

With standard flange IV 136

Without flange IV 133,5

4 POLES

5

1SDC21077HF0001

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

132.5

5.22

134

5.27

77.2

3.04

48.1

1.89

27.5

1.08

176.25

6.94

1.1Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

153

6.02

45

1.77

77

3.03

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

5/46 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Fixing on the backplate

A

With standard flange III - IV Mounting at 50mm 170

III - IV Mounting at 70mm for

extended front terminals 190

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 FLD (FLD or RHD or RHE

or MOE) compulsory for

withdrawable version

6 Optional wiring ducts

ISOLATING DISTANCE

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

124.5

4.90

130.5

5.14

111

4.37

58.5

2.30

73.8

2.90

1SDC21079HF0001

1SDC21078HF0001

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

20

0.79

50

1.97

59

2.32

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

92

3.62

122

4.80

59

2.32

59

2.32

46

1.81

46

1.81

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

77.5

3.05

36.5

1.44

77.5

3.05

20

0.79

50

1.97

20

0.79

50

1.97

36.5

1.44

1SDC21080HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/47

Drilling templates for the backplate

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Captions

5 Flange for circuit breaker

III-IV withdrawable

6 Flange for withdrawable circuit

breakers III IV with direct rotary

handle RHD

7 Flange for withdrawable

circuit breakers III IV with front

extended terminals

Flanges

C D

RHD 111 124.5

FLD - MOE 114.3 134.5

5

1SDC21081HF0001

1SDC21082HF0001

94

3.70 47

1.85

47

1.85

124

4.88

83

3.27 29

1.14

83

3.27 29

1.14

86

3.36

75

2.95 25

0.98

75

2.95 25

0.98

43

1.69

43

1.69

116

4.56

43

1.69 17

0.67

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

90 (4P)

3.54

84

3.31

45

1.77

45

1.77

22.5

0.89

153

6.02

134

5.27

120 (4P)

4.72

1SDC21084HF0001

1SDC21083HF0001

57

2.24

73

2.87

32

1.26

28.5

1.12

5/48 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

1SDC21085HF0001

6Nm 6Nm

1.1Nm

35

1.38

70

2.76

196.25

7.73

152.5

6.0

3

0.12

3

0.12

27.5

1.08

15

0.59

50

1.97 30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

12

0.47

~ 100

~ 3.94

93.75

3.69

87

3.42

14.8

0.58

Ø 6

Ø 0.24

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/49

Terminals EF

Captions

2 Moving part

3 FLD (FLD or RHD or RHE

or MOE) compulsory for

withdrawable version

4 Front extended terminals

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 70mm

Note: insulated plate (compulsory)

provided

ISOLATING DISTANCE

5

25.5

1

5

0.20

80.5

3.16

6Nm

~ 200

~ 7.87

94

3.70

~ 200

~ 7.87

94

3.70

137

5.39

137

5.39

152

5.98

152

5.98

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

135

5.31

52.5

2.07

52.5

2.07

165

6.50

45

1.77

45

1.77

45

1.77

7.5

0.29

46

1.81

46

1.81 82.5

3.25

82.5

3.25

122

4.80

195

7.68

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

2.65

0.10

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

4.5 - M4

0.18

20

0.79

340

13.38

50

1.97

20

0.79

340

13.38

50

1.97

59

2.32

59

2.32

77.5

3.05

36.5

1.44

77.5

3.05

36.5

1.44

165

6.50

92

3.62

1SDC21086HF0001

5/50 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

3 Front extended spread

terminals

5 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

6 Insulated plate (compulsory)

provided

7 Drilling template for 3p circuit

breaker Ue>440V (compulsory)

8 Drilling template for 4p circuit

breaker Ue>440V (compulsory)

Terminals ES

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

94

3.70

87

3.42

14 x 14

0.55 x 0.55

25

0.98

80.5

3.16

7Nm

1SDC21090HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/51

Terminals FCCu

Captions

2 Terminals FCCu

4 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

5 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21091HF0001

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

10

0.39

10

0.39

10

0.39

101

3.97

87

3.42

20

0.79

29

1.14

32

1.26

188

7.40

144

5.67

65.5

2.58

7Nm

6Nm

7Nm

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

15

0.59

27.5

1.08

40

1.57

14 x 14

0.55 x 0.55

25

0.98

80.5

3.16

5/52 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals MC

Captions

1 Multi-cable terminals

3 High terminal covers with

degree of protection IP40

(optional) provided

4 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

62.5

2.46

62.5

2.46

4

0.16

4

0.16

4.25

0.17

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

80.9

3.18

73.4

2.89

40.9

1.61

33.4

1.31

15.2

0.60

80.9

3.18

73.4

2.89

40.9

1.61

33.4

1.31

15.2

0.60

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

15

0.59

15

0.59

58

2.28

58

2.28

6Nm

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 90

~ 3.54

~ 90

~ 3.54

1SDC21092HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/53

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1 Rear vertical terminals

2 Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21093HF0001

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54 45

1.77

2

0.08

32

1.26

~ 100

~ 3.94

48.8

1.92

16.5

0.65

174

6.85

187.5

7.38

~ 100

~ 3.94

153

6.02

1.1Nm

170

6.69

221.75

8.73

172

6.77

132.5

5.22

2

0.08

3

0.12

200

7.87

14

0.55

14.5

0.57

80

3.15

41

1.61

61.5

2.42

89

3.50

55

2.17

18

0.71

19

0.74

1SDC21094HF0001

5/54 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on circuit breaker

4 100mm insulating

barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided

5 Extended terminals

6 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle

Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breakers (RHD)

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54 45

1.77

32

1.26

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

153

6.02

174

6.85

1.1Nm

1.4Nm

1.1Nm

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

2

0.08

640.95

25.23

463

18.23

46

1.81

48.8

1.92

187.5

7.38

2

0.08

3

0.12

2

0.08

3

0.12

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

16.5

0.65

132.5

5.22

417.25

16.43

22.5

0.89

45

1.77

16.5

0.65

16.5

0.65

2

0.08

23.5

0.93

23.5

0.93

200

7.87

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

230.95

9.09

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

47.95

1,89

223.7

8,80

132.5

5.22

7.25

0.28

46

1.81

53

2.08

47.95

1,89

223.7

8,80

1SDC21095HF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/55

Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE)

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on the

compartment door (RHE)

4 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

5 Extended terminals

6 Door drilling template with

extended rotary handle

7 Transmission unit

5

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

153

6.02

45

1.77

77

3.03

33.5

1.32

12

0.47

174

6.85

187.5

7.38

28

1.10

14.8

0.58

1.8

0.07

14.2

0.56

38.8

1.53

30

1.18

30

1.18

1.1Nm

222

8.74

2

0.08

3

0.12

134

5.27

77.3

3.04

61.5

2.42 47.9

1.88

228.3

8.99

58.4

2.30

32.9

1.29

26.5

1.04

132.5

5.22

50

1.97

2 x Ø 3.5

0.08 x Ø 0.14

200

7.87

91

3.58 55

2.17

14.5

0.57

101

3.97 50.5

1.99 80

3.15

14

0.55

61.5

2.42

18

0.71

19

0.74

1SDC21096HF0001

1SDC21097HF0001

5/56 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Stored energy motor operator (MOE)

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

4 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

5 Extended terminals

6 Key lock (not provided)

7 Stored energy motor operator

(MOE)

A

Motor operator MOE III - IV 222

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT2 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

1SDC21098HF0001

1SDC21099HF0001

120 (4P)

4.72

90 (3P)

3.54

45

1.77

77

3.03

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

153

6.02

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

27.5

1.08

174

6.85

7

0.27

187.5

7.38

1.1Nm

170

6.69

2

0.08

3

0.12

134

5.27

77.2

3.04

32.9

1.29

132.5

5.22

176.25

6.94

50

1.97

2 x Ø 3.5

0.08 x Ø 0.14

200

7.87

91

3.58 55

2.17

14.5

0.57

101

3.97 50.5

1.99 80

3.15

14

0.55

61.5

2.42

18

0.71

19

0.74

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/57

Front for lever operating (FLD)

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Front for lever operating (FLD)

4 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

5 Extended terminals

6 Key lock (not provided)

A

Front for lever operating FLD III -

IV 170

5

1

140 (4P)

5.51

134.8

5.31

52.5

2.07 70

2.76

78

3.07

83

3.27

35

1.38

1

0.04

45

1.77

99.8

3.93

105 (3P)

4.13

101

3.97

75

2.95

10.5

0.41

12.5

0.49

45

1.77

41

1.61

150

5.90

1

0.04

35

1.38

35

1.38

1.1Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

4

1

0.04

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

1.5

0.06

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

150

5.90

101

3.97

7.5

0.29

1.1Nm

45

1.77

35

1.38

9

0.35

21.5

0.85

70

2.76

82

3.23

1

1

0.04

1SDC21000IF0001

1SDC21001IF0001

5/58 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Mounting on the backplate

A

With standard flange III - IV 74

Without flange III - IV 71

III - IV 79

Mounting on DIN EN 50022 rail

Captions

1 Mounting bracket

2 Optional wiring ducts

3 Optional front cover for DIN rail

4 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Captions

1 Insulating plate

compulsory

2 Overall dimension of optional

wiring ducts

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

4 Front carter compulsory

for through door of the

panel ≤ 25mm/0,98"

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21003IF0001

116

4.56

151

5.94

88.2

3.47

85

3.35

82

3.23

130

5.12

78

3.07

111

4.37

82

3.23

61

2.40

1SDC21002IF0001

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

35

1.38

61

2.40

122

4.80

61

2.40

122

4.80

35

1.38

35

1.38

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/59

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker III

2 Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker IV

3 Flange for circuit breaker with

direct motor operator MOD

4 Flange for circuit breaker with

direct rotary handle (RHD)

5

Optional ﬂange

Drilling template

3 POLES 4 POLES

5

1SDC21006IF0001

1SDC21005IF0001

110

4.33

145

5.71

55

2.17

55

2.17

55

2.17

55

2.17

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

1SDC21004IF0001

102

4.01

51

2

47

1.85

51

2

137

5.39

47

1.85

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

13.5

0.53

13.5

0.53

11.5

0.45

43

1.69

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

26.5

1.04

73

2.87

1SDC21007IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

52.2

2.07

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

30

1.18

45

1.77

1SDC21008IF0001

5/60 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Caption

1 Optional ﬂange

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21009IF0001

1SDC21010IF0001

Ø 8.5

Ø 0.34

17.5

0.69

19

0.74

8Nm

24 MAX

0.94

9.5 MAX

0.37

75

2.95

58

2.28

8 MAX

0.31

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

17.5

0.69

19.5

0.77

Ø 10

Ø 0.39

~ 100

~ 3.94

60

2.36

150

5.90

202

7.95

230

9.05

25

0.98

6

0.24

6Nm

1SDC21011IF0001

~ 200

~ 7.87

118

4.64

133

5.24

118

4.64

133

5.24

~ 200

~ 7.87

30

1.18

45

1.77

45

1.77

165

6.50

5

0.20

45

1.77 50

1.97

130

5.12

50

1.97

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

25

0.98

6

0.24

6Nm

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/61

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

Terminals F

Captions

1 Front terminals for busbar

connection

7 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Terminals EF

Captions

2 Front extended terminals

3 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40 (optional) not

provided

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Terminals ES

Captions

4 Front extended spread

terminals for busbar

connection

6 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

5

35

1.38

75

2.95

58

2.28

35

1.38

35

1.38

28

1.10 18 x 18

0.71 x 0.71

30Nm

35

1.38

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

163

6.42 163

6.42

35

1.38

64

2.52

81

3.19

61

2.40

122

4.80

61

2.40

122

4.80

81

3.19

81

3.19

81

3.19

35

1.38

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

75

2.95

75

2.95

60

2.36

3

0.12

75

2.95

75

2.95

90

3.54

19

0.74

22

0.87

42

1.65

60

2.36

3

0.12

175

6.89

175

6.89

70

2.76

28

1.10

18 x 18

0.71 x 0.71

30Nm

8Nm

16Nm

Ø 18

Ø 0.71

15

0.59

39

1.53

1SDC21014IF0001

1SDC21012IF0001

1SDC21013IF0001

5/62 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1x2,5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

1 1x2,5...50mm2 terminals

FCCuAl

9 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

2x35...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

2 2x35...150mm2 terminals

FCCuAl

3 Terminal covers with degree

of protection IP40 (optional)

provided

4 Provided rear insulated

plate (compulsory for CuAl

2x150mm2 cables)

7 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet III with

rear insulated plate

8 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet IV with

rear insulated plate

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

5

58

2.28

18 x 18

0.71 x 0.71

10Nm/

123.91 in. lbs

28

1.10

28

1.10

28

1.10

8Nm

18 x 18

0.71 x 0.71

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

75

2.95

135

5.31

58

2.28

82

3,23

15

0.59

15

0.59

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

26.5

1.04

45.5

1.79

10Nm/

123.91 in. lbs

7Nm/

61.95 in. lbs

70.3

in. lbs

1SDC21016IF0001

1SDC21017IF0001

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

33.5

1.32

25

0.98

75

2.95

58

2.28

31Nm

Ø 17

Ø 0.67

1SDC21015IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/63

Terminals FCCu

Captions

6 Front terminals FCCu

9 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

Terminals MC

Captions

3 Terminal covers with degree

of protection IP40 (optional)

provided

5 Front terminal for multi-cable

connection

Captions

1 25...150mm

2

terminals FCCuAl

2 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

25...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl

5

1SDC21053CF0001

35

1.37

35

1.37 35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

122

4.80

122

4.80

116

4.56

116

4.56

61

2.40

61

2.40

58

2.28

58

2.28

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

18.8

0.74

8.25

0.32

25

0.98

25

0.98

105

4.13

92.5

3.64

55

2.16

42.5

1.67

154

6.06

77

3.03

116

4.56

4.5

0.17

5/64 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals R

Captions

1 Adjustable rear terminals

2 Bottom terminal covers with

degree of protection IP30

(optional) provided

3 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker IV on sheet

4 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker III on sheet

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21086FF0001

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

(11)

(0.43)

11

0.43

2

0.08

3

0.12

108

4.25

140 (4P)

5.51

159.25

6.27

110

4.33

70

2.76

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

150

5.90

1.1Nm

200

7.87

14.5

0.57

81

3.19

14

0.55

88

3.46

56

2.20

49.3

1.94

1SDC21018IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/65

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

Captions

2 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on circuit breaker

RHD

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker (RHD)

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

DRILLING: SEE DET. “A”

5

1SDC21019IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

2

0.08

150

5.90

11

0.43

40.9

1.61

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

1.4Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

(11)

(0.43)

70

2.76

47.95

1.89

478

18.82

46

1.81

46

1.81

54.5

2.14

176.95

6.97

599.95

23.62

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

200

7.87

2

0.08

23.5

0.93

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 55

Ø 2.17

45

1.77

11

0.43

(11)

(0.43)

22.5

0.89

2

0.08

3

0.12

70

2.76

161.7

6.37

1.1Nm

1.4Nm

1.1Nm

47.95

1.89

161.7

6.37

5/66 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE)

Captions

1 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on the

compartment door (RHE)

3 Drilling template of door with

extended rotary handle (RHE)

5 Transmission unit

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

200

7.87

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

2

0.08

1

0.04

1

0.04

1

0.04

11

0.43

40.9

1.61

150

5.90

1.1Nm

2

0.08

599.95

23.62

3

0.12

70

2.76

46

1.81

463

18.23

33

1.30

Ø 55

Ø 2.17

2

0.08

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

45

1.77

11

0.43

22.5

0.89

23.5

0.93

47

1.85

47.95

1.89

161.7

6.37

1SDC21020IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/67

Large rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door (RHE-LH)

Captions

1 Transmission unit

2 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

3 Optional wiring ducts

4 Large transmitted rotary handle

5 Drilling template of door with

large transmitted rotary handle

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE

MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM DOOR HINGE

5

1SDC21021IF0001

1SDC21022IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

172

6.77

105 (3P)

4.13 52.5

2.07

150

5.90

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

2

0.08

3

0.12

70

2.76

207

8.15

25

0.98

87

3.42

77

3.03

38.5

1.52

43.5

1.71

50.5

1.99

45.5

1.79

98

3.86

108

4.25

5/68 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Direct motor operator (MOD)

Captions

3 Key lock (not provided)

4 Direct motor operator MOD

5 Drilling template of door with

MOD with ﬂange

6 Drilling template of door with

MOD without ﬂange

7 25mm insulating barriers

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21061CF0001

217

8.54

77

30.3

35

1.37

35

1.37

49.9

1.96

45

1.77

98.8

3.88

52.5

2.06

105

4.12

135

5.31

116

4.56

45

1.77

12.5

0.49

19

0.74

70

2.75

19

0.74

18x18

0.70x0.70

101

3.97

3

0.11

2

0.07

83

3.26

70

2.75

47

1.85

13.5

0.53

61

2.40

122

4.80

141.5

5.57

50.9

2.00

134.4

5.29

67.5

2.65

35

1.37

4.5

0.17

142.5

5.61 55

2.16

17.5

0.68

55

2.16

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/69

Captions

1 Front terminals for cable

connection

2 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

5 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

A

With standard flange III 74

Without flange III 71

RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 3-pole circuit breaker

5

177.5

6.98 55

2.16

17.5

0.68

55

2.16

47

1.85

13.5

0.53

50.9

2.00

169.4

6.66

83

3.26

70

2.75

4.5

0.17

61

2.40

122

4.80

141.5

5.57

102.5

4.03

35

1.37

35

1.37

223.5

8.79 77

30.3

52.5

2.06

140

5.51

170

6.69

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

49.9

1.96

45

1.77

134.8

5.30

70

2.75

19

0.74

18x18

0.70x0.70

116

4.56

19

0.74

101

3.97

3

0.11

2

0.07

45

1.77

12.5

0.49

1SDC21062CF0001

5/70 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Front terminals for cable

connection

2 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

5 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

RC Inst and RC Sel residual current release for 4-pole circuit breaker

A

With standard flange IV 74

Without flange IV 71

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21023IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

152

5.98

133

5.24

128

5.04

120

4.72

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

166

6.53

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/71

Mounting on the backplate

Mounting at 50mm A

With standard flange III - IV 124

Without flange III - IV 121

III - IV 129

Mounting at 70mm for

extended front terminals

A

With standard flange III - IV 144

Without flange III - IV 141

III - IV 149

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

5

1SDC21024IF0001

25

0.98

50

1.97

25

0.98

84

3.31

36

1.42

84

3.31

36

1.42

50

1.97

25

0.98

50

1.97

25

0.98

50

1.97

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18 Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

87

3.42

87

3.42

43.5

1.71

122

4.80

122

4.80

43.5

1.71

43.5

1.71

51.5

2.03

51.5

2.03

103

4.05

136.5

5.37

43.5

1.71

1SDC21025IF0001

82

3.23

82

3.23

78

3.07

130

5.12

116

4.56

88.2

3.47

61

2.40

151

5.94

5/72 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for the backplate

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker III

2 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker IV

3 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker with direct motor

operator MOD

4 Optional ﬂange

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21027IF0001

1SDC21028IF0001

1SDC21026IF0001

1SDC21029IF0001

110

4.33

145

5.71

55

2.17

55

2.17

17.5

0.69

55

2.17

55

2.17

17.5

0.69

102

4.01

51

2

51

2

47

1.85

137

5.39

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

13.5

0.53

47

1.85

13.5

0.53

11.5

0.45

43

1.69

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

26.5

1.04

73

2.87

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

30

1.18

45

1.77

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/73

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

5

1SDC21030IF0001

1SDC21031IF0001

6Nm 6Nm

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

70

2.76

140

5.51

148

5.83

153

6.02

15

0.59

4

0.16

4

0.16

50

1.97

~ 100

~ 3.94

104.5

4.11

95.5

3.76

21.5

0.85

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

6Nm

1.1Nm

45

1.77

45

1.77

45

1.77

165

6.50

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

~ 200

~ 7.87

112.4

4.42

~ 200

~ 7.87

112.4

4.42

155.5

6.12

170.5

6.71

155.5

6.12

170.5

6.71

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

5

0.20

50

1.97

50

1.97

130

5.12

25

0.98

70

2.76

6

0.24

5/74 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals EF

Captions

4 Front extended terminals

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Terminals ES

Captions

3 Front extended spread

terminals for busbar connection

5 Adapter for ﬁxed part

(compulsory) not provided

6 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 70mm

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21090FF0001

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

28

1.10 18x18

0.70x0.70

95.4

3.75

19

0.74

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

14x14

0.55x0.55

25

0.98

58

2.28

65

2.55

25

0.98

1SDC21069FF0001

1SDC21099EF0001

115

4.52

65

2.55

72

2.83

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

25

0.98

58

2.28

14x14

0.55x0.55

10

0.39

10

0.39

8.2

0.32

10

0.39

27.5

1.08

15

0.59

40

1.57

20

0.78

29

1.14

32

1.25

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/75

1x2.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

1 1x90...185mm2 front terminal

FCCuAl

5 Adapter for ﬁxed part

(compulsory) not provided

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

MOUNTING AT 70mm

Terminals FCCu

Captions

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

6 Terminals FCCu

Terminals MC

Caption

6 Multi-cable terminals

5

1SDC21042IF0001

6Nm 6Nm

58

2.28

65.5

2.58

65.5

2.58

5

0.20

5

0.20

58

2.28

20

0.79

20

0.79

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 90

~ 3.54

~ 90

~ 3.54

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

17.7

0.70

82.9

3.26

72.9

2.86

42.9

1.68

32.9

1.29

82.9

3.26

72.9

2.86

42.9

1.68

32.9

1.29

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

5/76 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1 Rear vertical terminals

2 Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

140 (4P)

5.51 257

10.12

222

8.74

120

4.72

50

1.97

166

6.53

105 (3P)

4.13

52.5

2.07

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

25

0.98

2

0.08

3

0.12

87

3.42

43.5

1.71

50.5

1.99

108

4.25

77

3.03

38.5

1.52

45.5

1.79

98

3.86

1SDC21032IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/77

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT3 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

Direct motor operator (MOD)

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Key lock (not supplied)

4 Direct motor operator MOD

5 Drilling template of door with

MOD with ﬂange

6 Drilling template of door with

MOD without ﬂange

MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

140 (4P)

5.51

95.5

3.76

90.5

3.56

82.5

3.25

135

5.31

52.5

2.07

35

1.38

1

0.04 1

0.04

35

1.38

35

1.38

160

6.30 80

3.15

45

1.77

100

3.94

105 (3P)

4.13

117

4.61

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

16

0.63

41

1.61

24

0.94

87

3.42

4

1

1

0.04

1

1

0.04

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

135

5.31

100

3.94

52.5

2.07

52.5

2.07

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

160

6.30 80

3.15

45

1.77

160

6.30 80

3.15

45

1.77

95.5

3.76

90.5

3.56

82.5

3.25

1.5

0.06

7.5

0.29

16

0.63

41

1.61

24

0.94

35

1.38

3.5

0.14

87

3.42

117

4.61

1.1Nm

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

52.5

2.07

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

1SDC21035IF0001

1SDC21033IF0001

1SDC21034IF0001

5/78 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Mounting on the backplate

A

With standard ﬂange III - IV 86

Without ﬂange III - IV 83.5

III - IV 91.5

Mounting on DIN 50022 rail

Captions

1 Mounting bracket

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

Drilling templates for the backplate

3 POLES 4 POLES

Captions

1 Insulating plate

compulsory

2 Overall dimension of optional

wiring ducts

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

4 Front carter compulsory

for through door of the

panel ≤ 25mm/0,98"

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21036IF0001

116

4.56

104.5

4.11

85

3.35

61

2.40

151

5.94

123.8

4.87

114.3

4.5

111

4.37

78

3.07

123.8

4.87

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/79

Flanges

Captions

1

Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker III

2

Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker IV

3 Flange for ﬁxed circuit breaker

III-IV with MOE and FLD

4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV

with direct rotary handle RHD

5 Optional ﬂange

5

102

4.01

51

2

51

2

137

5.39

25

0.98

89

3.50

25

0.98

89

3.50

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

43

1.69

17

0.67

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

73

2.87

32

1.26

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

135

5.31

100

3.94

52.5

2.07

30

1.18

182

7.16

162

6.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

1SDC21038IF0001

1SDC21037IF0001

110

4.33

145

5.71

55

2.17

55

2.17

29

1.14

97

3.82

29

1.14

97

3.82

1SDC21039IF0001

5/80 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for fixed circuit breaker

5

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

19.5

0.77

19.5

0.77

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 100

~ 3.94

160

6.30

60

2.36

~ 100

~ 3.94

160

6.30

226

8.90

60

2.36

139

5.47

140.5

5.53

140.5

5.53

Ø 10

Ø 0.39

Ø 10

Ø 0.39

8Nm

25

0.98

6

0.24

1

0.04

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

17.5

0.69

67.5

2.66

135

5.31

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

52.5

2.07

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

139

5.47

140.5

5.53

140.5

5.53

102.5

4.04 170

6.69

1SDC21041IF0001

17.5

0.69

24 MAX

0.94

24 MAX

0.94

19

0.74

9 MAX

0.35

70

2.76

25

0.98

80

3.15

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32 8Nm

1SDC21040IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/81

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

Terminals F

Captions

1 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

2 Top terminal covers with degree

of protection IP30 (optional) not

provided

Terminals EF

Captions

3 Front extended terminals

4 Terminal covers with degree of

protection IP40 (optional) not

provided

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Insulated plate provided

compulsory for Ue>440V

7 Drilling template for 3p circuit

breaker

8 Drilling template for 4p circuit

breaker

3 POLES 4 POLES

5

1SDC21043IF0001

1SDC21044IF0001

30

1.18

45

1.77

45

1.77

45

1.77

50

1.97

50

1.97

165

6.50

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18 30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

~ 200

~ 7.87

130

5.12

145

5.71

130

5.12

130

5.12

145

5.71

~ 200

~ 7.87

8Nm

25

0.98

6

0.24

1

0.04

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

52.5

2.07

115

4.53

195

7.68

155

6.10

77.5

3.05

139

5.47

163

6.42

163

6.42

163

6.42

163

6.42

139

5.47

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

Ø 2.65

Ø 0.10

5

0.20

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

27.5

1.08

17x17

0.67x0.67 10Nm

~ 25

~ 0.98

80

3.15

70

2.76

5/82 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals ES

Captions

1 Drilling template for 3p circuit

breaker

2 Drilling template for 4p circuit

breaker

3 Front extended spread

terminals

4 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

5 Insulated plate provided com-

pulsory for Ue>440V

1x2,5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

1 1x2,5...50mm2 terminals

FCCuAl

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

5

35

1.38

35

1.38

175

6.89 175

6.89

70

2.76

6.5

0.26

56.5

2.22

83.5

3.29

89.5

3.52

89.5

3.52

89.5

3.52

69.5

2.74

89.5

3.52

6.5

0.26

56.5

2.22

83.5

3.29

102

4.01

19

0.74

42

1.6522

0.87

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

39

1.53

15

0.59 16Nm

8Nm

Ø 18

Ø 0.71

1.1Nm

163

6.42 163

6.42

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

17.5

0.69

52.5

2.07

99

3.90

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 2.5

Ø 0.09

Ø 2.5

Ø 0.09

139

5.47

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

1SDC21045IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/83

2x35...150mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

2 2x35...150mm2 terminals

FCCuAl

4 Terminal covers with degree

of protection IP40 (optional)

provided

5 Provided rear insulated

plate (compulsory for CuAl

2x150mm2 cables)

6 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker IV with insulating

plate

7 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker III with insulating

plate

5

1SDC21046IF0001

1SDC21047IF0001

80

3.15

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

70

2.76

14Nm

123.91 in. lbs

18 x 18

0.71 x 0.71

27.5

1.08

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

140

5.51

94

3.70

15

0.59

15

0.59

30

1.18

38

1.50

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

45.5

1.79

26.5

1.04

8Nm

7Nm

61.95 in. lbs

5/84 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals FCCu

Captions

1 Terminals FCCu

4 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

Terminals MC

Captions

2 Multi-cable terminals

3 Terminal covers with degree

of protection IP40 (optional)

provided

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for fixed circuit breaker

5

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

120

4.72

82

3.23

200

7.87

41

1.61

14.5

0.57

14

0.55

82.5

3.25

126

4.96

172

6.77

52.5

2.07

2

0.08

16.5

0.65

48.8

1.92

55.3

2.18

61.5

2.42

89

3.50

2

0.08

3

0.12

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

(16.5)

(0.65)

2 x Ø 3.5

0.08 x Ø 0.14

1SDC21048IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/85

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

Captions

2 Rotary handle operating

mechanism on circuit breaker

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit breaker (RHD)

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

5

2

0.08

45

1.77

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13 52.5

2.07

2

0.08

160

6.30

160

6.30

80

3.15

16.5

0.65

48.8

1.92

2

0.08

2

0.08

3

0.12

3

0.12

46

1.81

46

1.81

187.95

7.40

1.1Nm

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

1.4Nm

1.1Nm

1.4Nm

16.5

0.63

16.5

0.65

47.95

1.89

47.95

1.89

82.5

3.25

82.5

3.25

51

2

597.95

23.54

174.2

6.36

174.2

6.36

461

18.15

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

Ø 54

Ø 2.13

22.5

0.89

16.5

0.65

200

7.87

23.5

0.93

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

Ø 5

Ø 0.20

23.5

0.93

1SDC21049IF0001

5/86 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1

Rotary handle operating

mechanism of the compartment

door

3 Drilling template for RHE

5 Transmission unit

6 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

Rotary handle operating mechanism of the compartment door (RHE)

MINIMUM ROTATION RADIUS

FOR DOOR FULCRUM

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MAXIMUM DISTANCE

HEIGHTS FOR DOOR WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE 171

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

172

6.77

38.8

1.53

91

3.58

101

3.97

91

3.58

45

1.77

50.5

1.99

14.3

0.56

14.8

0.58

1.7

0.07

12

0.47

61.5

2.42 48

1.89

77.3

3.04

28

1.10

79.5

3.13

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

49

1.93

54.7

2.15

33.5

1.32

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

82.5

3.25

178.3

7.02

61.5

2.42

39.5

1.56

26.5

1.04

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

35

1.38 52.5

2.07

17.5

0.69

1SDC21050IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/87

Captions

1 Stored energy motor operator

(MOE)

2 Key lock (not provided)

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with flange

(MOE)

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

flange (MOE)

5 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker III on the

backplate

6 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker IV on the

backplate

7 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

Stored energy motor operator (MOE)

3 POLES 4 POLES

5

140 (4P)

5.51

90 (3P)

3.54

35

1.38

36.5

1.44

27.5

1.08

52.5

2.07

35

1.38 52.5

2.07

17.5

0.69

12

0.47

2.55

0.10

6.5

0.26

33

1.30

126

4.96

82.5

3.25

35

1.38

35

1.38

160

6.30

7

0.27

29.6

1.16

78.4

3.09

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

120

4.72

2

0.08

3

0.12

14.5

0.57

45.5

1.79 14.5

0.57

101

3.97

14

0.55

14

0.55

50.5

1.99

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

200

7.87 200

7.87

91

3.58

91

3.58

55

2.17

61.5

2.42

48.7

1.92

79

3.11

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

69.5

2.74

139

5.47

61.5

2.42

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

1SDC21051IF0001

5/88 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Front for lever operating

mechanism (FLD)

2 Key lock (not provided)

3 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

(FLD)

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without ﬂange

(FLD)

5 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker III on the backplate

6 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker IV on the backplate

7 25mm insulating barriers between

phases

Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD)

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

95.5

3.76

99.35

3.91

90.5

3.56

82.5

3.25

16

0.63

41

1.61

24

0.94

87

3.42

117

4.61

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

140 (4P)

5.51

135

5.31

52.5

2.07

160

6.30

~ 25

~ 0.98

160

6.30

~ 25

~ 0.98

38.5

1.52

38.5

1.52

19.3

0.76

19.3

0.76

45

1.77

45

1.77

105 (3P)

4.13

100

3.94

78.6

3.10

78.6

3.10

1

0.04

1

0.04

1

0.04

1

0.04

1SDC21052IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/89

Ekip Display or LED Meter

Captions

1 Ekip Display or LED Meter

2 Optional wiring ducts

3 25mm insulating barriers

between phases

5

1SDC21052DF0001

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

140

5.51

24 MAX

0.94 MAX

24 MAX

0.94 MAX

134

5.27

9 MAX

0.35 MAX

9 MAX

0.35 MAX

70

2.75

80

3.14

236

9.29

215

8.46

8

0.31

8

0.31 6 MAX

0.23 MAX

2

0.07

3

0.11

3

0.11

6 MAX

0.23 MAX

19

0.74

19

0.74

87

3.42

81

3.18

58

2.28 163

6.41

80

3.14

215

8.46

69.5

2.73

4.5

0.17

17.5

0.68

52.5

2.06

137

5.39 51

2.00

50

1.96

136

5.35

60

2.36

89

3.50 25

0.98

145

5.70 54.5

2.14

29

1.14

173

6.81

5/90 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Residual current

2 Front terminals

7 Drilling template of door

with direct rotary handle and

mounting with ﬂange

8 Drilling template of door

with direct rotary handle

and

mounting without ﬂange

9 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

Residual current RC Sel

A

With standard flange IV 86

Without flange IV 83.5

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for fixed circuit breaker

5

1SDC21053IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13 52.5

2.07

132.5

5.22

182

7.16

140.5

5.53

145.5

5.73

164.4

6.47

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/91

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

Mounting on the backplate

Mounting at 50mm A

With standard flange III - IV 136

Without flange III - IV 133.5

III - IV 141.5

Mounting at 70mm for

front extended terminals

A

With standard flange III - IV 156

Without flange III - IV 153.5

III - IV 161.5

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

5

1SDC21054IF0001

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

107

4.21

142

5.60

92

3.62

48

1.89

92

3.62

48

1.89

38

1.50

72

2.83

38

1.50

72

2.83

38

1.50

72

2.83

53.5

2.11

53.5

2.11

60

2.36 60

2.36

60

2.36

5/92 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21055IF0001

116

4.56

151

5.94

123.8

4.87

123.8

4.87

104.5

4.11

85

3.35

114.3

4.5

111

4.37

61

2.40

78

3.07

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/93

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker III

2 Flange for plug-in circuit

breaker IV

3 Flange for plug-in circuit breaker

III-IV with MOE and FLD

4 Flange for circuit breaker III-IV

with direct rotary handle

5 Optional ﬂange

5

1SDC21056IF0001

1SDC21058IF0001

1SDC21057IF0001

110

4.33

145

5.71

55

2.17

55

2.17

29

1.14

97

3.82

29

1.14

97

3.82

102

4.01

51

2

51

2

137

5.39

25

0.98

89

3.50

25

0.98

89

3.50

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

43

1.69

17

0.67

B=142 C=162

3 - 4 POLI

140 (4P)

5.51

135

5.31

105 (3P)

4.13

100

3.94

52.5

2.07

30

1.18

45

1.77

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

182

7.16

73

2.87

32

1.26

162

6.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

5/94 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21059IF0001

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 100

~ 3.94

22.5

0.89

104

4.09

113.5

4.47

Ø 8

Ø 0.31

17.5

0.69

8Nm 8Nm

15

0.59

4

0.16

50

1.97

35

1.38

70

2.76

152.5

6.0

160.5

6.32

165.5

6.52

4

0.16

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/95

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

Terminals EF

Captions

4 Front extended terminals

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm MOUNTING AT 70mm

Note: insulated plate to be provided by

customer

5

80.5

3.16

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

45

1.77

45

1.77

165

6.50

45

1.77

30

1.18

5

0.20

30

1.18

50

1.97

50

1.97

130

5.12

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

~ 200

~ 7.87

114

4.49

~ 200

~ 7.87

114

4.49

164

6.46

179

7.05

164

6.46

179

7.05

92

3.62

48

1.89

92

3.62

48

1.89

38

1.50

72

2.83

395

15.55

38

1.50

72

2.83

395

15.55

25

0.98

6

0.24

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

60

2.36

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 2.6

Ø 0.09

Ø 2.6

Ø 0.09

53.5

2.11

53.5

2.11

142

5.60

195

7.68

115

4.53

77.5

3.05

155

6.10

107

4.21

8Nm

60

2.36

1SDC21060IF0001

5/96 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals ES

Captions

1 Front extended spread terminals

2 200mm insulating barriers between phases

(compulsory) provided

3 Insulated plate (compulsory)provided

4 Drilling template for 3p circuit breaker

5 Drilling template for 4p circuit breaker

6 Adapter (compulsory) not

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

3 POLES

4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21061DF0001

25

0.98

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

17x17

0.66x0.66

27.5

1.08

104

4.09

18

0.70

1SDC21063DF0001

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

174

6.85

76.5

3.01

128

5.03

15

0.59

15

0.59

30

1.18

38

1.49

26.5

1.04

45.5

1.79

8.2

0.32

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/97

1x2.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

1 1x1...185mm2 front terminals

FCCuAl

2 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Adapter (compulsory) not provi-

ded

MOUNTING AT 50mm

Terminals MC

Captions

3 Provided high terminal covers

with degree of protection IP40

(compulsory for multi-cables

terminals)

4 Multicable terminals

6 Adapter (compulsory) not pro-

vided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

5

1SDC21061IF0001

6Nm 6Nm

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32 Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

50

1.97

20

0.79

20

0.79

70

2.76

77.5

3.05

5

0.20

5

0.20

77.5

3.05

70

2.76

17.7

0.70

82.9

3.26

72.9

2.86

42.9

1.68

32.9

1.29

82.9

3.26

72.9

2.86

42.9

1.68

32.9

1.29

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 90

~ 3.54

~ 90

~ 3.54

17.7

0.70

5/98 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1 Rear vertical terminals

2 Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT

50mm

MOUNTING AT

50mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21062IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

222

8.74

101

3.97

91

3.58

91

3.58

79.5

3.13

49

1.93

45.5

1.79

50.5

1.99

200

7.87

200

7.87

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

9.3

0.36

33.5

1.32

48.5

1.91

54.7

2.15

78.5

3.10

28

1.10

227

8.94

182

7.16

208

8.19

2

0.08

3

0.12

50

1.97

19

0.74

63

2.48

37.5

1.48

31.1

1.22

132.5

5.22

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/99

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Stored energy motor operator

(MOE)

4 Key lock (not provided)

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle with ﬂange

7 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle without

ﬂange

8 Extended terminals

Stored energy motor operator (MOE)

5

1SDC21063IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

227

8.94

182

7.16

9.6

0.38

81.6

3.21

208

8.19

50

1.97

15

0.59

170

6.69

132.5

5.22

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

14.5

0.57

50.5

1.99 14

0.55 Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

200

7.87

200

7.87

91

3.58

14.5

0.57

14

0.55

91

3.58

61.5

2.42

61.5

2.42

91

3.58

55

2.17

45.5

1.79

48.7

1.92

79

3.11

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

227

8.94

182

7.16

9.6

0.38

81.6

3.21

208

8.19

50

1.97

15

0.59

170

6.69

132.5

5.22

2

0.08

3

0.12

1.1Nm

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

14.5

0.57

50.5

1.99 14

0.55 Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

200

7.87

200

7.87

91

3.58

14.5

0.57

14

0.55

91

3.58

61.5

2.42

61.5

2.42

91

3.58

55

2.17

45.5

1.79

48.7

1.92

79

3.11

5/100 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Front for lever operating

mechanism (FLD)

4 100mm insulating barriers between

phases (compulsory) provided

5 Drilling template of door with direct

rotary handle with ﬂange

6 Drilling template of door with direct

rotary handle without ﬂange

Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD)

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

5

1SDC21064IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

52.5

2.07

15

0.59

4

0.16

78.6

3.10

105 (3P)

4.13

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

182

7.16

19.3

0.76

38.5

1.52

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

50

1.97

132.5

5.22

145.5

5.73

149.35

5.88

35

1.38

70

2.76

152.5

6.0

165.5

6.52

169.35

6.67

4

0.16

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/101

Ekip Display or LED Meter

MOUNTING AT 50mm

MOUNTING AT 70mm

Captions

1 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

2 Ekip Display or LED Meter

5

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

100

3.93

249

9.80 91

3.58

146

5.74

100

3.93

15

0.59

4

0.15

58

2.28

81

3.18

163

6.41 240

9.44

3

0.11

2

0.07

137

5.39 51

2.00

89

3.50

60

2.36 25

0.98

29

1.14

80

3.14

173

6.81

145

5.70 54.5

2.14

52.5

2.06

17.5

0.68

69.5

2.73

215

8.46

4.5

0.17

20

0.78

8

0.31

1SDC21067DF0001

5/102 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for plug-in circuit breaker

Captions

1 Residual current

3 Fixed part

4 Moving part

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Extended terminals

7 Drilling template of door

with direct rotary handle and

mounting with ﬂange

8 Drilling template of door with di-

rect rotary handle and mounting

without ﬂange

9 Drilling template for mounting

circuit breaker on sheet

Residual current RC Sel

B

With standard flange IV 136

Without flange IV 133.5

5

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

107

4.21

92

3.62

48

1.89

38

1.50

72

2.83

53.5

2.11

60

2.36

142

5.60

92

3.62

48

1.89

38

1.50

72

2.83

53.5

2.11

60

2.36

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

38

1.50

72

2.83

60

2.36

1SDC21065IF0001

1SDC21066IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/103

Drilling templates for the backplate

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Flanges

Captions

1 Flange for withdrawable

circuit breaker III-IV

C D

RHD 111 124.5

FLD - MOE 114.3 134.5

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

1SDC21069IF0001

110

4.33

145

5.71

55

2.17

55

2.17

29

1.14

97

3.82

29

1.14

97

3.82

102

4.01 51

2

51

2

137

5.39

25

0.98

89

3.50

25

0.98

89

3.50

47

1.85

23.5

0.93

43

1.69

17

0.67

B=142 C=162

3 - 4 POLI

57

2.24

28.5

1.12

73

2.87

32

1.26

182

7.16

162

6.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

140 (4P)

5.51

135

5.31

105 (3P)

4.13

100

3.94

52.5

2.07

30

1.18

45

1.77

1SDC21067IF0001

1SDC21068IF0001

5/104 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Drilling templates for compartment door

With standard flange

Without flange

With optional flange

3 POLES 4 POLES

3 POLES 4 POLES

3-4 POLES

3-4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Installation for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

1SDC21075IF0001

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

~ 100

~ 3.94

19.6

0.78

104

4.09

113.5

4.47

1.1Nm

1.1Nm

7Nm

7Nm

Ø 8

Ø 0.31

17.5

0.69

15

0.59

4

0.16

50

1.97

35

1.38

70

2.76

152.5

6.0

196.25

7.73

4

0.16

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/105

Terminals EF

Captions

4 Front extended terminals

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

MOUNTING AT 50mm

MOUNTING AT 70mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker

Note: insulated plate (compulsory)

provided

5

1SDC21070IF0001

25

0.98

6

0.24

80.5

3.16

1

0.04

6Nm

165

6.50 165

6.50

205

8.07

130

5.12

50

1.97

50

1.97

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18

30

1.18 5

0.20

30

1.18

Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41 Ø 10.5

Ø 0.41

~ 200

~ 7.87

114

4.49

~ 200

~ 7.87

112.5

4.43

114

4.49

179

7.05

179

7.05

92

3.62

48

1.89

92

3.62

48

1.89

38

1.50

72

2.83

395

15.55

38

1.50

72

2.83

395

15.55

164

6.46

164

6.46

45

1.77

45

1.77

45

1.77

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 4.5 - M4

Ø 0.18

Ø 2.6

Ø 0.09

Ø 2.6

Ø 0.09

53.5

2.11

53.5

2.11

107

4.21

60

2.36

60

2.36

142

5.60

115

4.53

195

7.68

77.5

3.05

155

6.10

5/106 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Captions

1 Front extended spread termi-

nals

2 200mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

3 Insulated plate provided

compulsory for Ue>440V

4 Drilling template for 3p

circuit breaker

5 Drilling template for 4p

circuit breaker

6 Adapter (compulsory)

not provided

Terminals ES

MOUNTING AT 50 mm

3 POLES 4 POLES

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

1SDC21076DF0001

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

114

4.48

25

0.98

104

4.09

17x17

0.66x0.66

27.5

1.08

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

114

4.48

25

0.98

104

4.09

17x17

0.66x0.66

27.5

1.08

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

91

6.85

76.5

3.01

38

1.49

28

1.10

15

0.59

15

0.59

128

5.03

26.5

1.04

45.5

1.79

8.2

0.32

1SDC21009GF00011SDC21079DF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/107

1x2.5...50mm2 terminals FCCuAl

Captions

2 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

4 Front terminals FCCuAl

5 Adapter (compulsory) not provi-

ded

MOUNTING AT 50 mm

Terminals MC

Captions

1 Multicable terminals

3 High terminal covers with

degree of protection IP40 (op-

tional) provided

4 Adapter (compulsory) not pro-

vided

Captions

1 25mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided as standard with the

circuit breaker

2 Terminals FCCu

3 Adapter (compulsory) not provi-

ded

Terminals FCCu

MOUNTING AT 50 mm

MOUNTING AT 50 mm

5

5

0.20

20

0.79

20

0.79

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

77.5

3.05

77.5

3.05

70

2.76

70

2.76

82.9

3.26

82.9

3.26

72.9

2.86

72.9

2.86

42.9

1.68

42.9

1.68

17.7

0.70

17.7

0.70

32.9

1.29

32.9

1.29

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

7.5

0.29

35

1.38

~ 90

~ 3.54

Ø 8.2

Ø 0.32

~ 90

~ 3.54

1SDC21071IF0001

5/108 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Terminals HR/VR

Captions

1 Rear vertical terminals

2 Rear horizontal terminals

3 90mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

not provided

MOUNTING AT 50 mm MOUNTING AT 50 mm

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Terminals for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13

84.5

3.33

52.5

2.07

~ 100

~ 3.94

~ 100

~ 3.94

182

7.16

9.5

0.37

208

8.19

77.2

3.04

164

6.46

227

8.94

Ø 8

Ø 0.31

35

1.38

35

1.38

35

1.38

27.5

1.08

1.1Nm

Ø 3.5

Ø 0.14

50

1.97

132.5

5.22

176.25

6.94

170

6.69

2

0.08

3

0.12

14.5

0.57

101

3.97 50.5

1.99 80

3.15

14

0.55

200

7.87

61.5

2.42

91

3.58 55

2.17

2 x Ø 3.5

0.08 x Ø 0.14

18

0.71

19

0.74

1SDC21072IF0001

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/109

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Front for lever operating

mechanism FLD

4 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle and ﬁxed

ﬂange

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Extended terminals

Front for lever operating mechanism (FLD)

5

1SDC21073IF0001

140 (4P)

5.51

105 (3P)

4.13 84.5

3.33

52.5

2.07

14.2

0.56

14.8

0.58

38.8

1.53

1.8

0.07

~ 100

~ 3.94

12

0.47

33.5

1.32

28

1.10

~ 100

~ 3.94

182

7.16

208

8.19

227

8.94

50

1.97

58.4

2.30

32.9

1.29

26.5

1.04

132.5

5.22

228.3

8.99

61.5

2.42

77.3

3.04

47.9

1.88

164

6.46

222

8.74

2

0.08

3

0.12

101

3.97

50.5

1.99

80

3.15

91

3.58

54.7

2.15

200

7.87

18

0.71

19

0.74

5/110 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Stored energy motor operator (MOE)

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Stored energy motor operator

(MOE)

4 Drilling template of door with

MOE and ﬁxing ﬂange

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases (compulsory)

provided

6 Extended terminals

7 Key lock (not provided)

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT4 - Accessories for withdrawable circuit breaker

5

1SDC21083DF0001

240

9.44

176.25

6.93 132.5

5.21

82

3.22

81.5

3.20

58

2.28

4.81

0.18

77.2

3.03

3.5

0.13

3

0.11

2

0.07

100

3.93 146

5.74

170

6.69

50

1.96

50

1.96

4

0.15

15

0.59

100

3.93

104

4.09

249

9.80 91

3.58

35

1.37

35

1.37

35

1.37

140

5.51 84.5

3.32

91

3.58

18.5

0.72

13

0.51

91

3.58 55

2.16

50.5

1.98

80

3.14

101

3.97

14.5

0.57

14

0.55 2x 3.5

2x 0.13

54.5

2.14

144

5.66 R = 200 MIN

R = 7.87 MIN

18

0.70

19

0.74

61.5

2.42

76.5

3.01

68

2.67

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/111

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT - Common accessories

Residual current RC Sel 4 poles

Captions

1 Fixed part

2 Moving part

3 Front for lever operating

mechanism

4 Connector residual current

(optional)

5 100mm insulating barriers

between phases

(compulsory) provided

6 Residual current

7 Extended terminals

8 Mounting screws for ﬁxed part

of connector

9 Drilling template of door with

direct rotary handle and ﬁxed

ﬂange

VIEW FROM “B”

5

65

2.56

7.5

0.29

240

9.49

270

10.63

M6

400

15.75

440

17.32

400

15.75

144

5.67

144

5.67

90

3.54

Ø 6.5

Ø 0.26

240

9.49

9

0.3528

1.10

79

3.11

81

3.19

1SDC21074IF0001

5/112 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Approximate dimensions

Tmax XT - Common accessories

Horizontal interlock XT series

Captions

1 Interlocking mechanism

2 Drilling template for mounting

interlocking system

3 Drilling template for all versions

with rear terminals

4 Tightening torque 3.7Nm

5 Tightening torque 3Nm

6 Tightening torque 2.5Nm

7 Coupling plate for circuit break-

ers

8 Breaking for 4p version

9 A = 35mm XT4 withdrawable

with key lock for ﬁxed part

A = 25mm XT2 withdrawable

with key lock for ﬁxed part

5

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 5/113

Approximate dimensions

Distances to be respected

Insulation distances for installation in metallic cubicles

Circuit breakers A

(mm/in)

B

(mm/in)

C

(mm/in)

XT1 120 / 4.72 70 / 2.76 120 / 4.72

XT2 90 / 3.54 45 / 1.77 90 / 3.54

XT3 110 / 4.34 55 / 2.17 110 / 4.34

XT4 110 / 4.34 45 / 1.77 110 / 4.34

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/1

Wiring diagrams

Information on how to read the diagrams 6/2

Graphic symbols (IEC 60617 and CEI 3-14…3-26 Standards) 6/3

Wiring Diagrams of the circuit breakers 6/4

Wiring Diagrams of the accessories 6/8

Resetting instructions 6/22

6

6/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Wiring diagrams

Information on how to read the diagrams

Shown

The diagrams are shown in the following conditions:

– fixed version circuit breaker, open;

– withdrawable or plug-in version circuit breaker, open and connected;

– contactor for starting the motor open;

– circuits de-energized;

– trip units not tripped;

– motor operator with springs charged.

The diagram shows a circuit breaker or a switch-disconnector in the withdrawable or plug-in version, but is also valid for fixed

version circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors.

For fixed version circuit breakers, auxiliary circuits are headed at terminal box XV: connectors J.. and XB.., XC.., XD.. and XE..

are not supplied.

For plug-in version circuit breakers, auxiliary circuits are headed at connectors XB.., XC.., XD.. and XE..: connectors J.. are not

supplied.

For withdrawable version circuit breakers, auxiliary circuits are headed at connectors J..: connectors XB.., XC.., XD.. and XE..

are not supplied.

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/3

M

Wiring diagrams

Graphic symbols (IEC 60617 and CEI 3-14 …3-26 Standards)

Opening contact

Changeover contact with

momentary break

Closing position contact

(limit switch)

Opening position contact

(limit switch)

Changeover contact

with momentary break

(limit switch)

Contactor

(closing contact)

Power cut-off of switch-

disconnector power with

automatic opening

Switch-disconnector

Control coil

(general symbol)

Thermal trip unit

Instantaneous overcurrent

release

Ammeter

Overcurrent release with

Conductors with corded

cables (example two

conductors)

Connection of conductors

Terminal or clamp

Socket and plug

(female and male)

Resistor

(general symbol)

Resistor dependent on

the temperature

Motor

(general symbol)

Three-phase asynchro-

nous motor, with short-

circuited rotor (cage)

Current transformer

Current transformer with pri-

mary consisting of 4 passing

conductors and with wound

secondary, with socket

Closing contact

Voltmeter

Short adjustable time

delay characteristic

Overcurrent release with

short inverse adjustable

time delay characteristic

Overcurrent release with

long inverse adjustable

time delay characteristic

Overcurrent release for

earth fault with short

inverse time characteristic

Current relay for

unbalance between

phases

Residual current release

Relay for detecting lack

of phase in a three-phase

system

Relay for detecting

blocked rotor by means

of current measurement

Lamp, general symbol

Motor with excitation

in series

Brush

Wattmeter

Thermal effect

Electromagnetic effect

Timing

Mechanical connection

Manual mechanical

operating mechanism

(general case)

Rotary handle operating

mechanism

Pushbutton operating

mechanism

Key operating

mechanism

Cam operating

mechanism

Ground

(general symbol)

Converter separated

galvanically

Conductors in shielded

cable (example two

conductors)

Watt-hour meter

6

6/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21079GF0001

1SDC21080GF0001

1SDC21084DF0001

1SDC21085DF0001

1SDC21086DF0001

1SDC21087DF0001

1SDC21088DF0001

1SDC21081GF0001

Wiring diagrams of the circuit breakers

Four-pole circuit breaker with thermal

magnetic trip unit and RC Sel 200 or RC

B type residual current release

Four-pole circuit breaker with thermal

magnetic trip unit and

RC Sel residual current release

Four-pole circuit breaker with

electronic trip unit and RC Sel

residual current release

Three-pole fixed version circuit breaker

with current transformer on the neutral

conductor outside the circuit breaker

Diagram recommended for three-pole plug-in or

withdrawable version circuit breakers with current transformer

on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker

Three-pole or four-pole XT4

circuit breaker with Ekip E-LSIG

microprocessor based release

Fixed version three-pole XT4 circuit breaker

with Ekip E-LSIG with current transformer on

neutral conductor, external to circuit breaker

Recommended diagram for plug-in or withdrawable version three-pole

circuit breakers with current transformer and voltage connection

on neutral conductor, external to circuit breaker

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/5

Description of figures

Fig. 47 = Current transformer circuit on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker (for plug-in or withdrawable version circuit

breaker).

Fig. 63 = Circuit of the voltage socket on the neutral conductor outside the circuit breaker (for Ekip E_LSIG type microprocessor-

based plug-in or withdrawable circuit breaker).

Notes

G) To remove the circuit breaker from a three-pole fixed version with a current transformer on the neutral conductor outside

the circuit breaker, the TI/N transformer terminals must be short-circuited.

Caption

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are

extracted simultaneously.

K51 = Electronic trip unit:

– overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG

– of motor protection type Ekip M-LIU

K87 = Residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200, RC B Type

Q = Main circuit breaker

S75I/1..4 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in the connected position (only provided with plug-in or withdrawable

version circuit breakers)

S75S/1-2 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in the racked-out position (only provided with withdrawable version

circuit breakers)

SD = Power supply switch-disconnector of the residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200 or RC B Type

TI = Toroidal current transformer

TI/L1 = Current transformer placed on phase L1

TI/L2 = Current transformer placed on phase L2

TI/L3 = Current transformer placed on phase L3

TI/N = Current transformer placed on the neutral

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

X41 = Circuit connector for external neutral

XG-XH = Electronic trip unit connectors

XV = Terminal boxes of circuit breaker applications

YO1 = Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release

YO2 = Opening solenoid of the residual current release

6

6/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21090DF0001

1SDC21089DF0001

1SDC21091DF0001

1SDC21092DF0001

1SDC21093DF0001

1SDC21095DF0001

1SDC21096DF0001

Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker with

TMF or TMA thermal magnetic trip unit

Three-pole circuit breaker

with MCP (MA) magnetic trip unit

Three-pole or four-pole molded

case switch-disconnector

Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker

with Ekip LS/I electronic trip unit

Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker

with Ekip I, Ekip LSI or Ekip LSIG

electronic trip unit

Three-pole circuit breaker with

Ekip M-LIU electronic trip unit

Three-pole or four-pole circuit breaker

with thermal magnetic trip unit and RC

Inst or RC Sel residual current release

Wiring diagrams of the circuit breakers

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/7

Captions

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

K51 = Microprocessor-based release:

– overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG

– motor protection release type Ekip M-LIU

K87 = Residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200, RC B Type

Q = Main circuit breaker

SD = Power supply switch-disconnector of the residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200 or RC B Type

TI = Toroidal current transformer

TI/L1 = Current transformer placed on phase L1

TI/L2 = Current transformer placed on phase L2

TI/L3 = Current transformer placed on phase L3

TI/N = Current transformer placed on the neutral

YO1 = Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release

YO2 = Opening solenoid of the residual current release

6

6/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21097DF0001

Description of figures

Fig. 1 = Shunt opening release.

Fig. 2 = Supplementary shunt opening release (only for four-pole circuit breakers).

Fig. 5 = Instantaneous undervoltage release (see Notes B and F).

Fig. 6 = Undervoltage release with electronic time delay device outside the circuit breaker, see note B).

Notes

B) The undervoltage release is supplied for power supply branched on the supply side of the circuit breaker or from an

independent source: closing is only possible with the release energized (the lock on closing is made mechanically).

F) Additional external resistor for undervoltage supplied at 380/440V AC and 480/525V AC.

Caption

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

D = Undervoltage release electronic time delay device (outside the circuit breaker) (only for voltages up to 250V)

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

Q/0..7 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

R = Resistor (see note F)

SO = Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

XB.. = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits

XV = Terminal boxes of circuit breaker applications

YO = Shunt opening release

YU = Undervoltage release (see note B)

Service releases

Wiring diagrams of the accessories

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/9

1SDC21098DF0001

Service releases

Description of figures

Fig. 7 = Instantaneous undervoltage release in the version for machine tools with one contact in series (see notes B, C and F).

Fig. 8 = Instantaneous undervoltage release in the version for machine tools with two contacts in series (see Notes B, C and F).

Fig. 9 = First auxiliary early contact operated by the crank handle.

Fig. 10 = Second auxiliary early contact operated by the crank handle.

Fig. 11 = One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the residual current release type RC

Inst, RC Sel, RC B Type or RC Sel 200.

Fig. 12 = Residual current release circuits type RC Sel, RC B Type or RC Sel 200.

Fig. 13 = Two contacts for electrical signaling of residual current release pre-alarm and alarm type RC Sel,

RC B Type or RC Sel 200.

Notes

B) The undervoltage release is supplied for power supply branched on the supply side of the circuit breaker or from an

independent source: closing is only possible with the release energized (the lock on closing is made mechanically).

C) Contacts S4/1 and S4/2 shown in figures 7-8 open the circuit with the circuit breaker open and reclose it when a manual

closing command is given by means of the rotary handle, in accordance with the Standards regarding machine tools (in any

case closing does not take place if the undervoltage release is not supplied).

F) Additional external resistor for undervoltage supplied at 480/525V AC.

Caption

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

K87 = Residual current release type RC Inst, RC Sel, RC Sel 200, RC B Type

R = Resistor (see note F)

S4/1-4 =

Auxiliary early contacts operated by the circuit breaker mounted crank handle (see note C)

S87/1 = Contact for electrical signaling of pre-alarm of the residual current release type RC Sel, RC B or RC Sel 200

S87/2 =

Contact for electrical signaling of alarm of the residual current release type RC Sel, RC B or RC Sel 200

S87/3 = Contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the residual current release type RC Sel, RC Inst, RC

B or RC Sel 200

SO = Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

XB.. = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits

XC.. = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

YU = Undervoltage release (see note B)

6

6/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21099DF0001

Motor operator

Description of figures

Fig. 21 =

Direct control motor operator (MOD) (only for XT1 and XT3 fixed or plug-in circuit breakers) (see note I).

Fig. 22 = Motor operator with stored energy (MOE) (only for circuit breakers XT2 and XT4).

Fig. 23 = A contact for electrical signaling of stored energy motor operator that can be operated remotely.

Notes

F) Additional external resistor for MOD and MOE supplied at 480/525V AC.

Caption

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

A17 = Actuator unit type MOE for the stored energy motor operator

H2 = Signaling lamp for stored energy motor operator blocked

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; extraction of the connectors takes place at

the same time as that of the circuit breaker

M = Motor with excitation in series for opening and closing the circuit breaker (fig. 21)

M = Motor for opening the circuit breaker and spring charging for closing the circuit breaker (fig. 22)

M1 = Three-phase asynchronous motor

R1 = Resistor (see note F)

S1 = Contact controlled by the cam of the motor operator

S2 = Contact controlled by the key lock of the motor operator with direct action

S3/1-2 = Contacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector and key lock of the stored energy motor operator

S4 = Contact controlled by the cam of the motor operator with direct action

S6/1-2 = Contacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector of the motor operator with direct action

SC = Pushbutton or contact for closing the circuit breaker

SO = Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker

V2 = Motor operator applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

XD.. = Nine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

YC = Shunt closing release of the stored energy motor operator

Wiring diagrams of the accessories

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/11

1SDC21000EF0001

Signaling contacts

Description of figures

Fig. 31 = One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and one changeover contact for electrical

signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V) (see notes E and I).

Fig. 32 = Two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed, two changeover contacts for electrical

signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position) and one changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal

magnetic or electronic trip unit (only for voltages up to 250V).

Fig. 33 = Three changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and two changeover contacts for electrical

signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V).

Notes

E) The 24V auxiliary power supply unit of fig. 48 must be installed in the circuit breaker seats marked SY/1 and Q/2. Therefore,

should you want to install the unit in fig. 48 and the contacts in fig. 31 at the same time, the contacts of fig. 31 must be

installed in the adjacent slots; that is, contact SY/1 in the slot marked SY/2 and contact Q/2 in the slot marked Q/1.

I) If the MOD (application in figure 21) and the auxiliary contacts 1Q+1SY (in figure 31) must be installed simultaneously, contact

Q/2 must be installed in the slot marked as Q/1

Captions

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

Q/0..3 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

S51 = Contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit

SY/1..2 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position)

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

XC.. = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

XD.. = Nine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XE.. = Fifteen-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

6

6/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21001EF0001

Signaling contacts

Description of figures

Fig. 34 = Three changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open and one changeover contact for electrical signaling

of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU (tripped

position) (only for voltages up to 250V).

Fig. 35 = One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic electronic trip

unit (only for voltages up to 250V).

Fig. 36 = Two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and one changeover contact for electrical

signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position) (only for voltages up to 250V).

Fig. 37 = One changeover contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed and one changeover contact for electrical

signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position) (only for voltage up to 400V).

Fig. 38 = Two changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed (only for voltage up to 400V).

Captions

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

Q/0..3 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

S51 = Contact for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit

SY/1 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position)

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

XB.. = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits

XC.. = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

XD.. = Nine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XE.. = Fifteen-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

Wiring diagrams of the accessories

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/13

1SDC21002EF0001

104 102 114 112 124 122 134 132 142 144 152 154

104

102

114

112

124

122

134

132

142

144

152

154

101 111 121 131 141 151

101

111

121

131

141

151

Signaling contacts

Description of figures

Fig. 39 = Three supplementary changeover contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open or closed (only for fixed or plug-in

version circuit breakers).

Fig. 41 = First changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected (only for plug-in or withdrawable

version circuit breakers).

Fig. 42 = Second changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected (only for plug-in or

withdrawable version circuit breakers).

Fig. 43 = Third changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected(only for plug-in or withdrawable

version circuit breakers).

Fig. 44 = Fourth changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of connected (only for plug-in or withdrawable

version circuit breakers).

Fig. 45 = First changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of isolated (only for withdrawable version circuit

breakers).

Fig. 46 = Second changeover position contact of the circuit breaker, for electrical signaling of isolated (only for withdrawable version

circuit breakers).

Fig. 48 = Auxiliary circuits of the 24V auxiliary power supply unit and of the HMI030 type interface unit (see note E).

Notes

E) The 24V auxiliary power supply unit of fig. 48 must be installed in the circuit breaker seats marked SY/1 and Q/2. Therefore,

should you want to install the unit in fig. 48 and the contacts in fig. 31 at the same time, the contacts of fig. 31 must be

installed in the adjacent slots; that is, contact SY/1 in the slot marked SY/2 and contact Q/2 in the slot marked Q/1.

H) Having requested a Uaux insulated from earth, “galvanically separated converters” must be used in compliance with IEC

60950 (UL 1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3)

no greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8.

6

6/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21002EF0001

104 102 114 112 124 122 134 132 142 144 152 154

104

102

114

112

124

122

134

132

142

144

152

154

101 111 121 131 141 151

101

111

121

131

141

151

Signaling contacts

Captions

= Diagram figure number

* = See the note indicated by the letter

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

K51 = Electronic trip unit:

– of overcurrent type Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG

– of motor protection type Ekip I, Ekip M-I, Ekip M-LIU, Ekip M-LRIU

– of generator protection type Ekip G-LSI

Q/0..7 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

S75I/1..4 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in connected position (only provided with plug-in or withdrawable version

circuit breakers)

S75E/1-2 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker in racked-out position (only provided with withdrawable version circuit

breakers)

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

WI = Serial interface with the trip unit accessories

X3 = Connector of the circuit for the 24V auxiliary power supply unit

XD.. = Nine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

A18 = 24V auxiliary power supply unit (see note E)

XH1 = Electronic trip unit contacts

Wiring diagrams of the accessories

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/15

1SDC21074GF0001

Electronic trip unit Ekip E-LSIG connected with Ekip Display or Ekip LED Meter

Description of figures

Fig. 50 = Auxiliary circuits of the Ekip E-LSIG microprocessor-based release connected to the Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter

(current display) display unit.

Captions

= Reference number of diagram figure

A11 = Display unit type Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display)

K51 = Microprocessor-based release:

– overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG

– motor protection release type Ekip M-LIU

Q = Main switch

TI/L1 = Current transformer located on phase L1

TI/L2 = Current transformer located on phase L2

TI/L3 = Current transformer located on phase L3

TI/N = Current transformer located on neutral

YO1 = Opening solenoid of microprocessor-based overcurrent release

6

6/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21003EF0001

Electronic trip unit Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip LED Meter

Description of figures

Fig. 51 = Auxiliary circuits of the electronic trip unit type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip MLRIU connected to display unit type Ekip Display

(display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display).

Caption

= Diagram figure number

A11 = Display unit type Ekip Display (display) or Ekip LED Meter (current display)

K51 = Microprocessor-based release:

– overcurrent release type Ekip I, Ekip LS/I, Ekip N-LS/I, Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG, Ekip E-LSIG

– motor protection release type Ekip M-LIU

Q = Main circuit breaker

TI/L1 = Current transformer placed on phase L1

TI/L2 = Current transformer placed on phase L2

TI/L3 = Current transformer placed on phase L3

TI/N = Current transformer placed on the neutral

YO1 = Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release

Wiring diagrams of the accessories

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/17

1SDC21004EF0001

Auxiliary circuit of Ekip-Com and HMI030

Description of figures

Fig. 52 =

Auxiliary circuits of the Ekip Com type interface unit and of the HMI030 type interface unit (see note E).

Notes

H) Having requested a Uaux insulated from earth, “galvanically separated converters” must be used in compliance with IEC 60950 (UL

1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than 3.5

mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8.

Captions

= Diagram figure number

A12 = Interface unit type Ekip Com (with MODBUS serial communication)

A13 = Signaling unit type LD030 DO

K51 = Electronic trip unit:

– of overcurrent type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG

Q = Main circuit breaker

Q/0..7 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

SY/1..3 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2,

YU (tripped position)

TI/L1 = Current transformer placed on phase L1

TI/L2 = Current transformer placed on phase L2

TI/L3 = Current transformer placed on phase L3

TI/N = Current transformer placed on the neutral

WI = Serial interface with the trip unit accessories

WS = Serial interface with the control system (MODBUS EIA RS485 interface)

XF = Connector of the Interface unit type Ekip Com

XG-XH = Electronic trip unit connectors

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

YO1 = Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release

6

6/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

1SDC21075GF0001

Electronic trip unit Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG connected to interface unit Ekip Com and

with actuator unit type MOE-E for the stored energy motor operator

Wiring diagrams of the accessories

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/19

Description of figures

Fig. 23 = One contact for electrical signaling of stored energy motor operator that can be operated remotely.

Fig. 53 = Auxiliary circuits of the electronic trip unit type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG or Ekip M-LRIU connected to interface unit type Ekip Com

and with actuator unit type MOE-E for the stored energy motor operator.

Notes

H) Having requested a ground-insulated Uaux, “galvanically separated converters” must be used in compliance with IEC 60950 (UL 1950) or

equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 60364-

41 and CEI 64-8.

Captions

= Diagram figure number

A12 = Interface unit type Ekip Com (with MODBUS serial communication)

A14 = Actuator unit type MOE-E for the stored energy motor operator

H2 = Signaling lamp for blocked stored energy motor operator

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

K51 = Electronic trip unit:

– of overcurrent type Ekip LSI, Ekip LSIG

M = Motor with excitation in series for opening and closing the circuit breaker (fig. 21)

Q = Main circuit breaker

Q/0..7 = Circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

R1 = Resistor (see note H)

S1 = Contact controlled by the cam of the motor operator

S3/1-2 = Contacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector and key lock of the stored energy motor operator

SC = Pushbutton or contact for closing the circuit breaker

SO = Pushbutton or contact for opening the circuit breaker

SY/1..3 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position)

TI = Toroidal current transformer

TI/L1 = Current transformer placed on phase L1

TI/L2 = Current transformer placed on phase L2

TI/L3 = Current transformer placed on phase L3

TI/N = Current transformer placed on the neutral

WI = Serial interface with the trip unit accessories

WS = Serial interface with the control system (MODBUS EIA RS485 interface)

XC.. = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

XD.. = Nine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XF = Connector of the Interface unit type Ekip Com

XG-XH = Electronic trip unit connectors

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

YC = Shunt closing release of the stored energy motor operator

YO1 = Opening solenoid of the microprocessor-based overcurrent release

6

6/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Instructions for resetting the circuit breaker following release tripping

Resetting instructions

Selecting the type of circuit breaker resetting depends on design requirements and on service conditions.

Resetting can take place following tripping of the following releases:

– overcurrent;

– undervoltage;

– shunt opening.

The following three possibilities are suggested (see diagrams below):

1. Only manual resetting

To be wired (by the customer): contact SO1, contact SY/1 and the auxiliary relay KO (only for MOD).

Opening is prevented until the circuit breaker is in the tripped position.

To reset the circuit breaker it is necessary to activate the special lever on the front of the motor until the circuit breaker goes into the

open position.

2. Electrical resetting making the operator responsible

To be wired (by the customer): contact SO1, SO2, contact SY/1 and the auxiliary relay KO (only for MOD).

Opening is allowed by means of contact S02, an operation entrusted to the person in charge of the control station provided that

information has been received by same that enables tripping due to a short-circuit to be ruled out or if the causes of the short circuit

have been eliminated/remedied.

3. Electrical resetting always allowed

To be wired (by the customer): contact SO1, SO2, contact SY/1 and the auxiliary relay KO (only for MOD).

Opening is always allowed by means of contact S02.

NB: If the magnetic, thermal magnetic or electronic trip unit is present, it is necessary to find the causes which led to the circuit

breaker being in the tripped position so as to prevent reclosing under short-circuit conditions. In all cases, manual resetting is

always allowed.

6

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 6/21

H

1SDC21016EF0001

H

1SDC21078GF0001

Notes

H) Having requested a ground-insulated Uax, “galvanically separated converters” must be used, in compliance with IEC 60950

(UL 1950) or equivalent standards that ensure a common mode current or leakage current (see IEC 478/1, CEI 22/3) no

greater than 3.5 mA, IEC 60364-41 and CEI 64-8.

Captions

A17 = Actuator unit type MOE for the stored energy motor operator H2 = Signaling lamp for blocked stored energy motor operator

J.. = Connectors for the auxiliary contacts of the withdrawable version circuit breaker; connectors and circuit breaker are extracted

simultaneously

KO = Auxiliary opening relay

M = Motor with excitation in series for opening and closing the circuit breaker (fig. 21)

M = Motor for opening the circuit breaker and spring charging for closing the circuit breaker (fig. 22)

R1 = Resistor (see note H)

S1 = Contact controlled by the cam of the motor operator

S2 = Contact controlled by the key lock of the motor operator with direct action

S3/1-2 = Contacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector and key lock of the stored energy motor operator

S6/1-2 = Contacts controlled by the Auto/Manual selector of the motor operator with direct action

SC = Pushbutton or contact for closing the circuit breaker

SO1,S02 = Pushbuttons or contacts for opening the circuit breaker (see “Instructions for resetting the circuit breaker following release

tripping”)

SY/1..3 = Contacts for electrical signaling of circuit breaker open due to tripping of the thermal magnetic trip units, YO, YO1, YO2, YU

(tripped position)

V1 = Circuit breaker applications

V2 = Motor operator applications

V4 = Indicative apparatus and connections for control and signaling, outside the circuit breaker

XB.. = Three-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary circuits

XC.. = Six-way connector for the plug-in version circuit breaker auxiliary contacts

XD.. = Nine-way connector for the auxiliary circuits of the plug-in version circuit breaker

XV = Terminal boxes of the circuit breaker applications

YC = Shunt closing release of the stored energy motor operator

MOD MOE or MOE-E

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/1

Circuit breaker

Ordering information

Tmax XT catalog number explanation 7/2

XT1 7/8

XT2 7/10

XT3 7/13

XT4 7/15

Accessories 7/21

7

7/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Instructions for ordering

Tmax XT catalog number explanation

6 - Number of poles

22 Poles (XT4 N UL version only)

33 Poles

44 Poles, 100% Neutral

N4 Poles 50% Neutral (IEC, TMD/TMA over 100A only)

4 - Breaking capacity

B C N S H L V X

UL kA @ 480V --25 35 65 100 150 200

UL kA @ 600Y/347V --18/10

(1)

22/10

(1)

25 ---

UL kA @ 600V --18 22 25 35/50

(2)

42/65

(2)

42/100/65

(2)

IEC kA @ 415V 18 25 36 50 70 120 150 -

(1)Breaking capacities are 18(N) and 22(S) for XT1 and 10 (N&S) for XT3.

(2)Breaking capacities are 35 (L) and 42 (V&X) for XT2 and 50 (L), 65 (V) for XT4 with X at 100 to 150A and 65 to 250A.

Note: H, L and V breaking capacities for XT2 and XT4 UL are Current Limiting.

7-9 - Nominal current

UL Circuit Breakers 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 35A 40A 45A 50A 60A 70A

XT1 TMF -015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070

XT2 TMF/TMA

(1)

-015 020 025 030 035 040 -050 060 070

Ele 010 --025 -----060 -

XT3 TMF ---------060 070

XT4 TMF/TMA

(2)

---025 030 035 040 -050 060 070

Ele ------040 --060 -

80A 90A 100A 110A 125A 150A 175A 200A 225A 250A

XT1 TMF 080 090 100 110 125 -----

XT2 TMF/TMA

(1)

080 090 100 110 125 -----

Ele --100 -125 -----

XT3 TMF 080 090 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 -

XT4 TMF/TMA

(2)

080 090 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250

Ele --100 --150 --225 250

(1)Tmax XT2 are thermal magnetic ﬁxed through 70A and thermal magnetic adjustable for 80A and higher.

(2)Tmax XT4 are thermal magnetic ﬁxed through 70A for all pole versions. 80A and higher 2-pole versions have thermal magnetic ﬁxed. 3-pole versions have both thermal magnetic ﬁxed and

adjustable options and 4-pole versions have thermal magnetic adjustable.

3 - Frame size

1XT1 - to 125A, 600Y/347V (UL) / 160A, 690V (IEC) - Thermal magnetic protection

2XT2 - to 125A, 600V (UL) / 160A (IEC), 690V - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection

3XT3 - to 225A, 600Y/347V (UL) / 250A, 690V (IEC) - Thermal magnetic protection

4XT4 - to 250A, 600V (UL) / 250A, 690V (IEC) - Thermal magnetic and electronic protection

5 - Standard

+ CCC Mark

UL 80% rated / IEC dual rated U C

(1)

UL 100% rated / IEC dual rated Q L

(1)

IEC only / use only for IEC specific needs E R

IEC for 50°C 5-

(1)Product is in development. Contact ABB for availability.

1 & 2 - Tmax XT prefix, XT

Conﬁgurator tool can be found at www.abb.us/lowvoltage-conﬁgurator

XT

1&2

D

15

U

5

F

12

X

18

2

3

G

10

X

16

3

6

E

13

L

4

F

11

X

17

125

7,8&9

E

14

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/3

UL Motor Protection 3A 7A 15A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 70A

XT1 MCP (MA) 003 007 015 -030 -050 -070

XT2 MCP (MA) 003 007 015 -030 -050 -070

M-LIU ---025 ---060 -

XT3 MCP (MA) ---------

XT4 MCP (MA) ---025 --050 - -

M-LIU -----040 -060 -

80A 100A 110A 125A 150A 175A 200A 225A 250A

XT1 MCP (MA) 080 100 -125 -----

XT2 MCP (MA) 080 100 -125 -----

M-LIU -100 -------

XT3 MCP (MA) -100 110 125 150 -200 - -

XT4 MCP (MA) 080 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250

M-LIU -100 --150 ----

UL Switches 125A 225A 250A

XT1 MCS 125 - -

XT2 MCS 125 - -

XT3 MCS -225 -

XT4 MCS --250

IEC Motor Protection 1A 2A 4A 10A 20A 32A 52A 80A 100A

XT2 MF/MA 001 002 004 020 032 052 080 100

MI ----020 032 052 -100

XT3 MA --------100

XT4 MA ---010 020 032 052 080 100

125A 160A 200A

XT2 MF/MA -160 -

MI ---

XT3 MA 125 160 200

XT4 MA 125 160 200

IEC Circuit Breakers 4A 5A 8A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A

XT1 TMD ----016 020 025 032 040

XT2 TMD/TMA

(1)

004 005 008 010 016 020 025 032 040

Ele ---010 --025 - -

XT3 TMD ---------

XT4 TMD/TMA

(1)

----016 020 025 032 040

Ele --------040

50A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 200A 225A 250A

XT1 TMD 050 063 080 100 125 160 ---

XT2 TMD/TMA

(1)

050 063 080 100 125 160 ---

Ele -063 -100 -160 ---

XT3 TMD -063 080 100 125 160 200 -250

XT4 TMD/TMA

(1)

050 063 080 100 125 160 200 225 250

Ele -063 -100 -160 --250

(1)Tmax XT2 and XT4 IEC are thermal magnetic with adjustable overlaod and ﬁxed instantaneous through 32A and thermal magnetic adjustable for 40A and higher.

7

7/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Catalog number explanation

10 - Trip unit

AThermal magnetic ﬁxed (TMF)

BThermal magnetic adjustable (TMD/TMA)

DMolded case switch disconnector

EEkip LS/I (Electronic, LS/I protection)

FEkip LSI (Electronic, LSI protection)

GEkip LSIG (Electronic, LSIG protection)

HEkip E-LSIG (Electronic, LSIG plus measurements)

JEkip I (Electronic, Instantaneous trip only)

KEkip M-I (Electronic Motor Protector, I protection) (IEC only)

LEkip M-LIU (Electronic Motor Protector with integrated overload and phase loss detection) (UL only)

MMotor circuit protector (MCP - magnetic only (MA/MF)

NThermal magnetic generator protection (TMG) (IEC only)

11 - Line side termination (top)

FF Front terminals, no lugs installed

AFC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps)

BFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1)

GFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2)

HFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2)

JFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2)

KFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2)

LFC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2)

ZMC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire)

1EF Extended front terminals

2ES Extended spread terminals

3FB Terminals for ﬂexible busbar (IEC only)

4R Rear terminals (IEC only)

5Panel board Adapter(1)

6Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for load side)

7Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the load side)

(1)Product is in development. Contact ABB for availability.

(2)Not available for XT4 X version to 150A.

Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details.

IEC Switches 160A 250A

XT1 MCS 160 -

XT3 MCS -250

XT4 MCS -250

IEC Generator Protection 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A 80A 100A 125A

XT2 TMG 016 020 025 032 040 050 063 080 100 125

XT3 TMG ------063 080 100 125

160A 200A 250A

XT2 TMG 160 - -

XT3 TMG 160 200 250

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/5

12 - Load side termination (bottom)

FF Front terminals, no lugs installed

AFC Cu Terminals for Cu cables (Saddle Clamps)

BFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 110A (UL XT2)(1)

GFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2)

HFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 14-1/0 AWG, 100A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2)

JFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A (UL XT3, UL XT4)(2)

KFC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables, 4 AWG-300 kcmil, 225A, Control Tap Included (UL XT3, UL XT4)(1)(2)

LFC CuAL Terminals for CuAl Cables, 250-350 kcmil, 250A (UL XT4)(1)(2)

ZMC Multi-cable terminals for Cu (6 wire)

1EF Extended front terminals

2ES Extended spread terminals

3FB Terminals for ﬂexible busbar (IEC only)

4R Rear terminals (IEC only)

6Plug-in kit (Must also use 6 for line side)

7Withdrawable kit - XT2 & XT4 only (Must also use 7 for the line side)

(1)Product is in development. Contact ABB for availability.

(2)Not available for XT4 X version to 150A.

Note: Additional terminal options are available as loose accessories for IEC versions. Please see the IEC catalog for more details.

13 - Internal accessories - left of mechanism

0None

ASOR Shunt trip 12V DC

BSOR Shunt trip 24-30V AC/DC

CSOR Shunt trip 48-60V AC/DC

DSOR Shunt trip 110-127V AC / 110-125V DC

ESOR Shunt trip 220-240V AC / 220-250V DC

FSOR Shunt trip 380-440V AC

GSOR Shunt trip 480-525V AC

ZAUX 3Q 250V AC/DC (not available for withdrawable)

1UVR Undervoltage release 24-30V AC/DC

2UVR Undervoltage release 48V AC/DC

3UVR Undervoltage release 60V AC/DC

4UVR Undervoltage release 110-127V AC 110-125V DC

5UVR Undervoltage release 220-240V AC 220-250V DC

6UVR Undervoltage release 380-440V AC

7UVR Undervoltage release 480-525V AC

Note: A second option for the left side of the mechanism is available on a 4-pole circuit breaker as a loose accessory.

7

7/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

15 - Front accessories

0None

AMotor operator 24V DC

BMotor operator 48-60V DC

CMotor operator 110-125V AC/DC

DMotor operator 220-250V AC/DC

EMotor operator 380-440V AC

FMotor operator 480 - 525V AC

GPLL Fixed padlock device in open/closed position

HPLL Fixed padlock device in open position

JPLL Removable padlock device in open position (XT1, XT3)

KFLD Front for locking operating lever mechanism (XT2, XT4)

LRHD Normal direct handle

MRHD Emergency direct handle

NRHE Variable depth mechanism, standard

PRHE Variable depth mechanism, with padlock

QRHD Normal direct handle + Early Aux contact, opening

RRHD Emergency direct handle + Early Aux contact, opening

SRHE Variable depth mechanism, standard + Early Aux contact, opening

TRHE Variable depth mechanism, with padlock + Early Aux Contact, opening

URHD Normal direct handle + Early Aux contact, closing

VRHD Emergency direct handle + Early Aux contact, closing

WRHE Variable depth mechanism, standard + Early Aux contact, closing

XRHE Variable depth mechanism, with padlock + Early Aux Contact, closing

1Motor operator for use with Modbus 24V DC (IEC only)

2Motor operator for use with Modbus 48-60V DC (IEC only)

3Motor operator for use with Modbus 110-125V AC/DC (IEC only)

4Motor operator for use with Modbus 220-250V AC/DC (IEC only)

5Motor operator for use with Modbus 380-440V AC (IEC only)

6Motor operator for use with Modbus 480 - 525V AC (IEC only)

14 - Internal accessories - right of mechanism

0None

AAUX 1Q, 1SY 250V AC/DC

BAUX 2Q, 1SY 250V AC/DC (not available for withdrawable)

CAUX 3Q, 1SY 250V AC/DC (not available for XT1)

DAUX 3Q, 2SY 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4)

EAUX 2Q, 2SY, 1 S51 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4)

FAUX 1 S51 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4)

GAUX 1Q, 1SY 24V DC

HAUX 3Q, 1SY 24V DC (not available for XT1)

JAUX 1 S51 24V DC (XT2, XT4)

KAUX 1Q, 1SY 400V AC (XT2, XT4 not compatible with other right side AUX)

LAUX 2Q 400V AC (XT2, XT4 not compatible with other right side AUX)

1Ekip Com (XT2, XT4, not compatible with other right side AUX)

2Ekip Com + Aux 1S51 24V DC (XT2, XT4, not compatible with other right side AUX)

3Ekip Com + Aux 1S51 250V AC/DC (XT2, XT4, not compatible with other right side AUX)

Catalog number explanation

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/7

16 - Key locks

XNone

ARonis key lock, open position- A type

BRonis key lock, open position - B type

CRonis key lock, open position - C type

DRonis key lock, open position - D type

ERonis key lock, open position - different keys

FRonis key lock, open/closed - different keys (not available for motors)

Note: Key locks are available for placement on the circuit breaker, on rotary handle mechanisms or on motors. Key locks for motors are IEC only.

17 - For future use

XNone

18 - Additional certifications

XNone

3yr warranty 4yr warranty 5yr warranty

345

Test certiﬁcate provided (in English) E A B C

Test certiﬁcate provided (in French) F G H J

Test certiﬁcate provided (in Spanish) S K L M

Note: Extended warranty options require additional paperwork to be completed per order.

7

7/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 15 500 XT1NU3015AFF000XXX XT1SU3015AFF000XXX XT1HU3015AFF000XXX

20 500 XT1NU3020AFF000XXX XT1SU3020AFF000XXX XT1HU3020AFF000XXX

25 500 XT1NU3025AFF000XXX XT1SU3025AFF000XXX XT1HU3025AFF000XXX

30 500 XT1NU3030AFF000XXX XT1SU3030AFF000XXX XT1HU3030AFF000XXX

35 500 XT1NU3035AFF000XXX XT1SU3035AFF000XXX XT1HU3035AFF000XXX

40 500 XT1NU3040AFF000XXX XT1SU3040AFF000XXX XT1HU3040AFF000XXX

45 500 XT1NU3045AFF000XXX XT1SU3045AFF000XXX XT1HU3045AFF000XXX

50 500 XT1NU3050AFF000XXX XT1SU3050AFF000XXX XT1HU3050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT1NU3060AFF000XXX XT1SU3060AFF000XXX XT1HU3060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT1NU3070AFF000XXX XT1SU3070AFF000XXX XT1HU3070AFF000XXX

80 800 XT1NU3080AFF000XXX XT1SU3080AFF000XXX XT1HU3080AFF000XXX

90 900 XT1NU3090AFF000XXX XT1SU3090AFF000XXX XT1HU3090AFF000XXX

100 1000 XT1NU3100AFF000XXX XT1SU3100AFF000XXX XT1HU3100AFF000XXX

110 1100 XT1NU3110AFF000XXX XT1SU3110AFF000XXX XT1HU3110AFF000XXX

125 1250 XT1NU3125AFF000XXX XT1SU3125AFF000XXX XT1HU3125AFF000XXX

XT1 125A TMF - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 15 500 XT1NU4015AFF000XXX XT1SU4015AFF000XXX XT1HU4015AFF000XXX

20 500 XT1NU4020AFF000XXX XT1SU4020AFF000XXX XT1HU4020AFF000XXX

25 500 XT1NU4025AFF000XXX XT1SU4025AFF000XXX XT1HU4025AFF000XXX

30 500 XT1NU4030AFF000XXX XT1SU4030AFF000XXX XT1HU4030AFF000XXX

35 500 XT1NU4035AFF000XXX XT1SU4035AFF000XXX XT1HU4035AFF000XXX

40 500 XT1NU4040AFF000XXX XT1SU4040AFF000XXX XT1HU4040AFF000XXX

45 500 XT1NU4045AFF000XXX XT1SU4045AFF000XXX XT1HU4045AFF000XXX

50 500 XT1NU4050AFF000XXX XT1SU4050AFF000XXX XT1HU4050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT1NU4060AFF000XXX XT1SU4060AFF000XXX XT1HU4060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT1NU4070AFF000XXX XT1SU4070AFF000XXX XT1HU4070AFF000XXX

80 800 XT1NU4080AFF000XXX XT1SU4080AFF000XXX XT1HU4080AFF000XXX

90 900 XT1NU4090AFF000XXX XT1SU4090AFF000XXX XT1HU4090AFF000XXX

100 1000 XT1NU4100AFF000XXX XT1SU4100AFF000XXX XT1HU4100AFF000XXX

110 1100 XT1NU4110AFF000XXX XT1SU4110AFF000XXX XT1HU4110AFF000XXX

125 1250 XT1NU4125AFF000XXX XT1SU4125AFF000XXX XT1HU4125AFF000XXX

XT1 125A MCP (MA) Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480V)

H

65kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

MCP 39…33 XT1HU3003MFF000XXX

721…77 XT1HU3007MFF000XXX

15 45…165 XT1HU3015MFF000XXX

30 90…330 XT1HU3030MFF000XXX

50 150…550 XT1HU3050MFF000XXX

70 210…770 XT1HU3070MFF000XXX

80 240…880 XT1HU3080MFF000XXX

100 300…1100 XT1HU3100MFF000XXX

125 375…1375 XT1HU3125MFF000XXX

Ordering information for XT1 UL/CSA

Circuit breakers

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/9

XT1 125A Switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No Trip Unit Int Rtng

(480V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

Type In

Mag. Override

D125 1000 XT1NU3125DFF000XXX XT1SU3125DFF000XXX XT1HU3125DFF000XXX

XT1 125A Switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No Trip Unit Int Rtng

(480V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35 kA

Catalog number

H

65k

Catalog number

Type In

Mag. Override

D125 1000 XT1NU4125DFF000XXX XT1SU4125DFF000XXX XT1HU4125DFF000XXX

7

7/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT2 125A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

I

3

N

25 kA

Catalog number

S

35 kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

X

200 kA

Catalog number

TMF 15 400 XT2NU3015AFF000XXX XT2SU3015AFF000XXX XT2HU3015AFF000XXX XT2LU3015AFF000XXX XT2VU3015AFF000XXX XT2XU3015AFF000XXX

20 400 XT2NU3020AFF000XXX XT2SU3020AFF000XXX XT2HU3020AFF000XXX XT2LU3020AFF000XXX XT2VU3020AFF000XXX XT2XU3020AFF000XXX

25 400 XT2NU3025AFF000XXX XT2SU3025AFF000XXX XT2HU3025AFF000XXX XT2LU3025AFF000XXX XT2VU3025AFF000XXX XT2XU3025AFF000XXX

30 400 XT2NU3030AFF000XXX XT2SU3030AFF000XXX XT2HU3030AFF000XXX XT2LU3030AFF000XXX XT2VU3030AFF000XXX XT2XU3030AFF000XXX

35 400 XT2NU3035AFF000XXX XT2SU3035AFF000XXX XT2HU3035AFF000XXX XT2LU3035AFF000XXX XT2VU3035AFF000XXX XT2XU3035AFF000XXX

40 400 XT2NU3040AFF000XXX XT2SU3040AFF000XXX XT2HU3040AFF000XXX XT2LU3040AFF000XXX XT2VU3040AFF000XXX XT2XU3040AFF000XXX

50 500 XT2NU3050AFF000XXX XT2SU3050AFF000XXX XT2HU3050AFF000XXX XT2LU3050AFF000XXX XT2VU3050AFF000XXX XT2XU3050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT2NU3060AFF000XXX XT2SU3060AFF000XXX XT2HU3060AFF000XXX XT2LU3060AFF000XXX XT2VU3060AFF000XXX XT2XU3060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT2NU3070AFF000XXX XT2SU3070AFF000XXX XT2HU3070AFF000XXX XT2LU3070AFF000XXX XT2VU3070AFF000XXX XT2XU3070AFF000XXX

TMA 56…80 400…800 XT2NU3080BFF000XXX XT2SU3080BFF000XXX XT2HU3080BFF000XXX XT2LU3080BFF000XXX XT2VU3080BFF000XXX XT2XU3080BFF000XXX

63…90 450…900 XT2NU3090BFF000XXX XT2SU3090BFF000XXX XT2HU3090BFF000XXX XT2LU3090BFF000XXX XT2VU3090BFF000XXX XT2XU3090BFF000XXX

70…10 0 500…1000 XT2NU3100BFF000XXX XT2SU3100BFF000XXX XT2HU3100BFF000XXX XT2LU3100BFF000XXX XT2VU3100BFF000XXX XT2XU3100BFF000XXX

7 7…110 550…1100 XT2NU3110BFF000XXX XT2SU3110BFF000XXX XT2HU3110BFF000XXX XT2LU3110BFF000XXX XT2VU3110BFF000XXX XT2XU3110BFF000XXX

87.5…125 625…1250 XT2NU3125BFF000XXX XT2SU3125BFF000XXX XT2HU3125BFF000XXX XT2LU3125BFF000XXX XT2VU3125BFF000XXX XT2XU3125BFF000XXX

XT2 125A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

I

3

N

25 kA

Catalog number

S

35 kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

X

200 kA

Catalog number

TMF 15 400 XT2NU4015AFF000XXX XT2SU4015AFF000XXX XT2HU4015AFF000XXX XT2LU4015AFF000XXX XT2VU4015AFF000XXX XT2XU4015AFF000XXX

20 400 XT2NU4020AFF000XXX XT2SU4020AFF000XXX XT2HU4020AFF000XXX XT2LU4020AFF000XXX XT2VU4020AFF000XXX XT2XU4020AFF000XXX

25 400 XT2NU4025AFF000XXX XT2SU4025AFF000XXX XT2HU4025AFF000XXX XT2LU4025AFF000XXX XT2VU4025AFF000XXX XT2XU4025AFF000XXX

30 400 XT2NU4030AFF000XXX XT2SU4030AFF000XXX XT2HU4030AFF000XXX XT2LU4030AFF000XXX XT2VU4030AFF000XXX XT2XU4030AFF000XXX

35 400 XT2NU4035AFF000XXX XT2SU4035AFF000XXX XT2HU4035AFF000XXX XT2LU4035AFF000XXX XT2VU4035AFF000XXX XT2XU4035AFF000XXX

40 400 XT2NU4040AFF000XXX XT2SU4040AFF000XXX XT2HU4040AFF000XXX XT2LU4040AFF000XXX XT2VU4040AFF000XXX XT2XU4040AFF000XXX

50 500 XT2NU4050AFF000XXX XT2SU4050AFF000XXX XT2HU4050AFF000XXX XT2LU4050AFF000XXX XT2VU4050AFF000XXX XT2XU4050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT2NU4060AFF000XXX XT2SU4060AFF000XXX XT2HU4060AFF000XXX XT2LU4060AFF000XXX XT2VU4060AFF000XXX XT2XU4060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT2NU4070AFF000XXX XT2SU4070AFF000XXX XT2HU4070AFF000XXX XT2LU4070AFF000XXX XT2VU4070AFF000XXX XT2XU4070AFF000XXX

TMA 56…80 400…800 XT2NU4080BFF000XXX XT2SU4080BFF000XXX XT2HU4080BFF000XXX XT2LU4080BFF000XXX XT2VU4080BFF000XXX XT2XU4080BFF000XXX

63…90 450…900 XT2NU4090BFF000XXX XT2SU4090BFF000XXX XT2HU4090BFF000XXX XT2LU4090BFF000XXX XT2VU4090BFF000XXX XT2XU4090BFF000XXX

70…10 0 500…1000 XT2NU4100BFF000XXX XT2SU4100BFF000XXX XT2HU4100BFF000XXX XT2LU4100BFF000XXX XT2VU4100BFF000XXX XT2XU4100BFF000XXX

7 7…110 550…1100 XT2NU4110BFF000XXX XT2SU4110BFF000XXX XT2HU4110BFF000XXX XT2LU4110BFF000XXX XT2VU4110BFF000XXX XT2XU4110BFF000XXX

87.5…125 625…1250 XT2NU4125BFF000XXX XT2SU4125BFF000XXX XT2HU4125BFF000XXX XT2LU4125BFF000XXX XT2VU4125BFF000XXX XT2XU4125BFF000XXX

XT2 125A MCP (MA) - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

I

3

H

65 kA

Catalog number

MCP 312…33 XT2HU3003MFF000XXX

728…77 XT2HU3007MFF000XXX

15 45…165 XT2HU3015MFF000XXX

30 90…330 XT2HU3030MFF000XXX

50 150…550 XT2HU3050MFF000XXX

70 210…770 XT2HU3070MFF000XXX

80 240…880 XT2HU3080MFF000XXX

100 300…1100 XT2HU3100MFF000XXX

125 375…1375 XT2HU3125MFF000XXX

Ordering information for XT2 UL/CSA

Circuit breakers

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/11

XT2 125A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Ekip electronic trip

units

Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

N

25 kA

Catalog number

S

35 kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

Ekip LS/I 10 XT2NU3010EFF000XXX XT2SU3010EFF000XXX XT2HU3010EFF000XXX XT2LU3010EFF000XXX XT2VU3010EFF000XXX

25 XT2NU3025EFF000XXX XT2SU3025EFF000XXX XT2HU3025EFF000XXX XT2LU3025EFF000XXX XT2VU3025EFF000XXX

60 XT2NU3060EFF000XXX XT2SU3060EFF000XXX XT2HU3060EFF000XXX XT2LU3060EFF000XXX XT2VU3060EFF000XXX

100 XT2NU3100EFF000XXX XT2SU3100EFF000XXX XT2HU3100EFF000XXX XT2LU3100EFF000XXX XT2VU3100EFF000XXX

125 XT2NU3125EFF000XXX XT2SU3125EFF000XXX XT2HU3125EFF000XXX XT2LU3125EFF000XXX XT2VU3125EFF000XXX

Ekip LSI 10 XT2NU3010FFF000XXX XT2SU3010FFF000XXX XT2HU3010FFF000XXX XT2LU3010FFF000XXX XT2VU3010FFF000XXX

25 XT2NU3025FFF000XXX XT2SU3025FFF000XXX XT2HU3025FFF000XXX XT2LU3025FFF000XXX XT2VU3025FFF000XXX

60 XT2NU3060FFF000XXX XT2SU3060FFF000XXX XT2HU3060FFF000XXX XT2LU3060FFF000XXX XT2VU3060FFF000XXX

100 XT2NU3100FFF000XXX XT2SU3100FFF000XXX XT2HU3100FFF000XXX XT2LU3100FFF000XXX XT2VU3100FFF000XXX

125 XT2NU3125FFF000XXX XT2SU3125FFF000XXX XT2HU3125FFF000XXX XT2LU3125FFF000XXX XT2VU3125FFF000XXX

Ekip LSIG 10 XT2NU3010GFF000XXX XT2SU3010GFF000XXX XT2HU3010GFF000XXX XT2LU3010GFF000XXX XT2VU3010GFF000XXX

25 XT2NU3025GFF000XXX XT2SU3025GFF000XXX XT2HU3025GFF000XXX XT2LU3025GFF000XXX XT2VU3025GFF000XXX

60 XT2NU3060GFF000XXX XT2SU3060GFF000XXX XT2HU3060GFF000XXX XT2LU3060GFF000XXX XT2VU3060GFF000XXX

100 XT2NU3100GFF000XXX XT2SU3100GFF000XXX XT2HU3100GFF000XXX XT2LU3100GFF000XXX XT2VU3100GFF000XXX

125 XT2NU3125GFF000XXX XT2SU3125GFF000XXX XT2HU3125GFF000XXX XT2LU3125GFF000XXX XT2VU3125GFF000XXX

Ekip I 10 XT2NU3010JFF000XXX XT2SU3010JFF000XXX XT2HU3010JFF000XXX XT2LU3010JFF000XXX XT2VU3010JFF000XXX

25 XT2NU3025JFF000XXX XT2SU3025JFF000XXX XT2HU3025JFF000XXX XT2LU3025JFF000XXX XT2VU3025JFF000XXX

60 XT2NU3060JFF000XXX XT2SU3060JFF000XXX XT2HU3060JFF000XXX XT2LU3060JFF000XXX XT2VU3060JFF000XXX

100 XT2NU3100JFF000XXX XT2SU3100JFF000XXX XT2HU3100JFF000XXX XT2LU3100JFF000XXX XT2VU3100JFF000XXX

125 XT2NU3125JFF000XXX XT2SU3125JFF000XXX XT2HU3125JFF000XXX XT2LU3125JFF000XXX XT2VU3125JFF000XXX

M-LIU 25 --XT2HU3025LFF000XXX - -

60 --XT2HU3060LFF000XXX - -

100 --XT2HU3100LFF000XXX - -

XT2 125A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Ekip electronic trip

units

Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

N

25 kA

Catalog number

S

35 kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

Ekip LS/I 10 XT2NU4010EFF000XXX XT2SU4010EFF000XXX XT2HU4010EFF000XXX XT2LU4010EFF000XXX XT2VU4010EFF000XXX

25 XT2NU4025EFF000XXX XT2SU4025EFF000XXX XT2HU4025EFF000XXX XT2LU4025EFF000XXX XT2VU4025EFF000XXX

60 XT2NU4060EFF000XXX XT2SU4060EFF000XXX XT2HU4060EFF000XXX XT2LU4060EFF000XXX XT2VU4060EFF000XXX

100 XT2NU4100EFF000XXX XT2SU4100EFF000XXX XT2HU4100EFF000XXX XT2LU4100EFF000XXX XT2VU4100EFF000XXX

125 XT2NU4125EFF000XXX XT2SU4125EFF000XXX XT2HU4125EFF000XXX XT2LU4125EFF000XXX XT2VU4125EFF000XXX

Ekip LSI 10 XT2NU4010FFF000XXX XT2SU4010FFF000XXX XT2HU4010FFF000XXX XT2LU4010FFF000XXX XT2VU4010FFF000XXX

25 XT2NU4025FFF000XXX XT2SU4025FFF000XXX XT2HU4025FFF000XXX XT2LU4025FFF000XXX XT2VU4025FFF000XXX

60 XT2NU4060FFF000XXX XT2SU4060FFF000XXX XT2HU4060FFF000XXX XT2LU4060FFF000XXX XT2VU4060FFF000XXX

100 XT2NU4100FFF000XXX XT2SU4100FFF000XXX XT2HU4100FFF000XXX XT2LU4100FFF000XXX XT2VU4100FFF000XXX

125 XT2NU4125FFF000XXX XT2SU4125FFF000XXX XT2HU4125FFF000XXX XT2LU4125FFF000XXX XT2VU4125FFF000XXX

Ekip LSIG 10 XT2NU4010GFF000XXX XT2SU4010GFF000XXX XT2HU4010GFF000XXX XT2LU4010GFF000XXX XT2VU4010GFF000XXX

25 XT2NU4025GFF000XXX XT2SU4025GFF000XXX XT2HU4025GFF000XXX XT2LU4025GFF000XXX XT2VU4025GFF000XXX

60 XT2NU4060GFF000XXX XT2SU4060GFF000XXX XT2HU4060GFF000XXX XT2LU4060GFF000XXX XT2VU4060GFF000XXX

100 XT2NU4100GFF000XXX XT2SU4100GFF000XXX XT2HU4100GFF000XXX XT2LU4100GFF000XXX XT2VU4100GFF000XXX

125 XT2NU4125GFF000XXX XT2SU4125GFF000XXX XT2HU4125GFF000XXX XT2LU4125GFF000XXX XT2VU4125GFF000XXX

Ekip I 10 XT2NU4010JFF000XXX XT2SU4010JFF000XXX XT2HU4010JFF000XXX XT2LU4010JFF000XXX XT2VU4010JFF000XXX

25 XT2NU4025JFF000XXX XT2SU4025JFF000XXX XT2HU4025JFF000XXX XT2LU4025JFF000XXX XT2VU4025JFF000XXX

60 XT2NU4060JFF000XXX XT2SU4060JFF000XXX XT2HU4060JFF000XXX XT2LU4060JFF000XXX XT2VU4060JFF000XXX

100 XT2NU4100JFF000XXX XT2SU4100JFF000XXX XT2HU4100JFF000XXX XT2LU4100JFF000XXX XT2VU4100JFF000XXX

125 XT2NU4125JFF000XXX XT2SU4125JFF000XXX XT2HU4125JFF000XXX XT2LU4125JFF000XXX XT2VU4125JFF000XXX

7

7/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT2 125A switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No Trip Unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

Mag. Override

N

25 kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

XT2-D 125 1250 XT2NU3125DFF000XXX XT2HU3125DFF000XXX XT2LU3125DFF000XXX XT2VU3125DFF000XXX

XT2 125A switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No Trip Unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

Type In

Mag. Override

N

25 kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

XT2-D 125 1250 XT2NU4125DFF000XXX XT2HU4125DFF000XXX XT2LU4125DFF000XXX XT2VU4125DFF000XXX

Ordering information for XT2 UL/CSA

Circuit breakers

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/13

XT3 225A TMF - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 60 600 XT3NU3060AFF000XXX XT3SU3060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT3NU3070AFF000XXX XT3SU3070AFF000XXX

80 800 XT3NU3080AFF000XXX XT3SU3080AFF000XXX

90 900 XT3NU3090AFF000XXX XT3SU3090AFF000XXX

100 1000 XT3NU3100AFF000XXX XT3SU3100AFF000XXX

110 1100 XT3NU3110AFF000XXX XT3SU3110AFF000XXX

125 1250 XT3NU3125AFF000XXX XT3SU3125AFF000XXX

150 1500 XT3NU3150AFF000XXX XT3SU3150AFF000XXX

175 1750 XT3NU3175AFF000XXX XT3SU3175AFF000XXX

200 2000 XT3NU3200AFF000XXX XT3SU3200AFF000XXX

225 2250 XT3NU3225AFF000XXX XT3SU3225AFF000XXX

Ordering information for XT3 UL/CSA

Circuit breakers

XT3 225A TMF - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 60 600 XT3NU4060AFF000XXX XT3SU4060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT3NU4070AFF000XXX XT3SU4070AFF000XXX

80 800 XT3NU4080AFF000XXX XT3SU4080AFF000XXX

90 900 XT3NU4090AFF000XXX XT3SU4090AFF000XXX

100 1000 XT3NU4100AFF000XXX XT3SU4100AFF000XXX

110 1100 XT3NU4110AFF000XXX XT3SU4110AFF000XXX

125 1250 XT3NU4125AFF000XXX XT3SU4125AFF000XXX

150 1500 XT3NU4150AFF000XXX XT3SU4150AFF000XXX

175 1750 XT3NU4175AFF000XXX XT3SU4175AFF000XXX

200 2000 XT3NU4200AFF000XXX XT3SU4200AFF000XXX

225 2250 XT3NU4225AFF000XXX XT3SU4225AFF000XXX

XT3 225A MCP (MA) - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

S

35 kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

MCP 100 600…1200 XT3SU3100MFF000XXX

110 6 60…132 0 XT3SU3110MFF000XXX

125 750…1500 XT3SU3125MFF000XXX

150 900…1800 XT3SU3150MFF000XXX

200 1200…2400 XT3SU3200MFF000XXX

XT3 225A switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

Type In

Mag. Override

XT3 - D 225 2250 XT3NU3225DFF000XXX XT3SU3225DFF000XXX

XT3 225A switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

Type In

Mag. Override

XT3 - D 225 2250 XT3NU4225DFF000XXX XT3SU4225DFF000XXX

7

7/14 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT4 250A TMF - Fixed (F) - 2 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 25 400 XT4NU2025AFF000XXX

30 400 XT4NU2030AFF000XXX

35 400 XT4NU2035AFF000XXX

40 400 XT4NU2040AFF000XXX

50 500 XT4NU2050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT4NU2060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT4NU2070AFF000XXX

80 800 XT4NU2080AFF000XXX

90 900 XT4NU2090AFF000XXX

100 1000 XT4NU2100AFF000XXX

110 1100 XT4NU2110AFF000XXX

125 1250 XT4NU2125AFF000XXX

150 1500 XT4NU2150AFF000XXX

175 1750 XT4NU2175AFF000XXX

200 2000 XT4NU2200AFF000XXX

225 2250 XT4NU2225AFF000XXX

250 2500 XT4NU2250AFF000XXX

Ordering information for XT4 UL/CSA

Circuit breakers

XT4 250A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65 kA

Catalog number

L

100 kA

Catalog number

V

150 kA

Catalog number

X

200 kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 25 400 XT4NU3025AFF000XXX XT4SU3025AFF000XXX XT4HU3025AFF000XXX XT4LU3025AFF000XXX XT4VU3025AFF000XXX XT4XU3025AFF000XXX

30 400 XT4NU3030AFF000XXX XT4SU3030AFF000XXX XT4HU3030AFF000XXX XT4LU3030AFF000XXX XT4VU3030AFF000XXX XT4XU3030AFF000XXX

35 400 XT4NU3035AFF000XXX XT4SU3035AFF000XXX XT4HU3035AFF000XXX XT4LU3035AFF000XXX XT4VU3035AFF000XXX XT4XU3035AFF000XXX

40 400 XT4NU3040AFF000XXX XT4SU3040AFF000XXX XT4HU3040AFF000XXX XT4LU3040AFF000XXX XT4VU3040AFF000XXX XT4XU3040AFF000XXX

50 500 XT4NU3050AFF000XXX XT4SU3050AFF000XXX XT4HU3050AFF000XXX XT4LU3050AFF000XXX XT4VU3050AFF000XXX XT4XU3050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT4NU3060AFF000XXX XT4SU3060AFF000XXX XT4HU3060AFF000XXX XT4LU3060AFF000XXX XT4VU3060AFF000XXX XT4XU3060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT4NU3070AFF000XXX XT4SU3070AFF000XXX XT4HU3070AFF000XXX XT4LU3070AFF000XXX XT4VU3070AFF000XXX XT4XU3070AFF000XXX

80 800 XT4NU3080AFF000XXX XT4SU3080AFF000XXX XT4HU3080AFF000XXX XT4LU3080AFF000XXX XT4VU3080AFF000XXX XT4XU3080AFF000XXX

90 900 XT4NU3090AFF000XXX XT4SU3090AFF000XXX XT4HU3090AFF000XXX XT4LU3090AFF000XXX XT4VU3090AFF000XXX XT4XU3090AFF000XXX

100 1000 XT4NU3100AFF000XXX XT4SU3100AFF000XXX XT4HU3100AFF000XXX XT4LU3100AFF000XXX XT4VU3100AFF000XXX XT4XU3100AFF000XXX

110 1100 XT4NU3110AFF000XXX XT4SU3110AFF000XXX XT4HU3110AFF000XXX XT4LU3110AFF000XXX XT4VU3110AFF000XXX XT4XU3110AFF000XXX

125 1250 XT4NU3125AFF000XXX XT4SU3125AFF000XXX XT4HU3125AFF000XXX XT4LU3125AFF000XXX XT4VU3125AFF000XXX XT4XU3125AFF000XXX

150 1500 XT4NU3150AFF000XXX XT4SU3150AFF000XXX XT4HU3150AFF000XXX XT4LU3150AFF000XXX XT4VU3150AFF000XXX XT4XU3150AFF000XXX

175 1750 XT4NU3175AFF000XXX XT4SU3175AFF000XXX XT4HU3175AFF000XXX XT4LU3175AFF000XXX XT4VU3175AFF000XXX XT4XU3175AFF000XXX

200 2000 XT4NU3200AFF000XXX XT4SU3200AFF000XXX XT4HU3200AFF000XXX XT4LU3200AFF000XXX XT4VU3200AFF000XXX XT4XU3200AFF000XXX

225 2250 XT4NU3225AFF000XXX XT4SU3225AFF000XXX XT4HU3225AFF000XXX XT4LU3225AFF000XXX XT4VU3225AFF000XXX XT4XU3225AFF000XXX

250 2500 XT4NU3250AFF000XXX XT4SU3250AFF000XXX XT4HU3250AFF000XXX XT4LU3250AFF000XXX XT4VU3250AFF000XXX XT4XU3250AFF000XXX

TMA 56…80 400…800 XT4NU3080BFF000XXX XT4SU3080BFF000XXX XT4HU3080BFF000XXX XT4LU3080BFF000XXX XT4VU3080BFF000XXX XT4XU3080BFF000XXX

63…90 450…900 XT4NU3090BFF000XXX XT4SU3090BFF000XXX XT4HU3090BFF000XXX XT4LU3090BFF000XXX XT4VU3090BFF000XXX XT4XU3090BFF000XXX

70…10 0 500…1000 XT4NU3100BFF000XXX XT4SU3100BFF000XXX XT4HU3100BFF000XXX XT4LU3100BFF000XXX XT4VU3100BFF000XXX XT4XU3100BFF000XXX

7 7…110 550…1100 XT4NU3110BFF000XXX XT4SU3110BFF000XXX XT4HU3110BFF000XXX XT4LU3110BFF000XXX XT4VU3110BFF000XXX XT4XU3110BFF000XXX

87.5…125 625…1250 XT4NU3125BFF000XXX XT4SU3125BFF000XXX XT4HU3125BFF000XXX XT4LU3125BFF000XXX XT4VU3125BFF000XXX XT4XU3125BFF000XXX

105…150 750…1500 XT4NU3150BFF000XXX XT4SU3150BFF000XXX XT4HU3150BFF000XXX XT4LU3150BFF000XXX XT4VU3150BFF000XXX XT4XU3150BFF000XXX

122.5…175 875…1750 XT4NU3175BFF000XXX XT4SU3175BFF000XXX XT4HU3175BFF000XXX XT4LU3175BFF000XXX XT4VU3175BFF000XXX XT4XU3175BFF000XXX

140…200 1000…2000 XT4NU3200BFF000XXX XT4SU3200BFF000XXX XT4HU3200BFF000XXX XT4LU3200BFF000XXX XT4VU3200BFF000XXX XT4XU3200BFF000XXX

157.5…225 1125…2250 XT4NU3225BFF000XXX XT4SU3225BFF000XXX XT4HU3225BFF000XXX XT4LU3225BFF000XXX XT4VU3225BFF000XXX XT4XU3225BFF000XXX

175…250 1250…2500 XT4NU3250BFF000XXX XT4SU3250BFF000XXX XT4HU3250BFF000XXX XT4LU3250BFF000XXX XT4VU3250BFF000XXX XT4XU3250BFF000XXX

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/15

XT4 250A TMF/TMA - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Thermal magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

L

100kA

Catalog number

V

150kA

Catalog number

X

200kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

TMF 25 400 XT4NU4025AFF000XXX XT4SU4025AFF000XXX XT4HU4025AFF000XXX XT4LU4025AFF000XXX XT4VU4025AFF000XXX XT4XU4025AFF000XXX

30 400 XT4NU4030AFF000XXX XT4SU4030AFF000XXX XT4HU4030AFF000XXX XT4LU4030AFF000XXX XT4VU4030AFF000XXX XT4XU4030AFF000XXX

35 400 XT4NU4035AFF000XXX XT4SU4035AFF000XXX XT4HU4035AFF000XXX XT4LU4035AFF000XXX XT4VU4035AFF000XXX XT4XU4035AFF000XXX

40 400 XT4NU4040AFF000XXX XT4SU4040AFF000XXX XT4HU4040AFF000XXX XT4LU4040AFF000XXX XT4VU4040AFF000XXX XT4XU4040AFF000XXX

50 500 XT4NU4050AFF000XXX XT4SU4050AFF000XXX XT4HU4050AFF000XXX XT4LU4050AFF000XXX XT4VU4050AFF000XXX XT4XU4050AFF000XXX

60 600 XT4NU4060AFF000XXX XT4SU4060AFF000XXX XT4HU4060AFF000XXX XT4LU4060AFF000XXX XT4VU4060AFF000XXX XT4XU4060AFF000XXX

70 700 XT4NU4070AFF000XXX XT4SU4070AFF000XXX XT4HU4070AFF000XXX XT4LU4070AFF000XXX XT4VU4070AFF000XXX XT4XU4070AFF000XXX

TMA 56…80 400…800 XT4NU4080BFF000XXX XT4SU4080BFF000XXX XT4HU4080BFF000XXX XT4LU4080BFF000XXX XT4VU4080BFF000XXX XT4XU4080BFF000XXX

63…90 450…900 XT4NU4090BFF000XXX XT4SU4090BFF000XXX XT4HU4090BFF000XXX XT4LU4090BFF000XXX XT4VU4090BFF000XXX XT4XU4090BFF000XXX

70…100 500…1000 XT4NU4100BFF000XXX XT4SU4100BFF000XXX XT4HU4100BFF000XXX XT4LU4100BFF000XXX XT4VU4100BFF000XXX XT4XU4100BFF000XXX

7 7…11 0 550…1100 XT4NU4110BFF000XXX XT4SU4110BFF000XXX XT4HU4110BFF000XXX XT4LU4110BFF000XXX XT4VU4110BFF000XXX XT4XU4110BFF000XXX

87.5…12 5 625…1250 XT4NU4125BFF000XXX XT4SU4125BFF000XXX XT4HU4125BFF000XXX XT4LU4125BFF000XXX XT4VU4125BFF000XXX XT4XU4125BFF000XXX

105…15 0 750…1500 XT4NU4150BFF000XXX XT4SU4150BFF000XXX XT4HU4150BFF000XXX XT4LU4150BFF000XXX XT4VU4150BFF000XXX XT4XU4150BFF000XXX

122.5…175 875…1750 XT4NU4175BFF000XXX XT4SU4175BFF000XXX XT4HU4175BFF000XXX XT4LU4175BFF000XXX XT4VU4175BFF000XXX XT4XU4175BFF000XXX

140…200 1000…2000 XT4NU4200BFF000XXX XT4SU4200BFF000XXX XT4HU4200BFF000XXX XT4LU4200BFF000XXX XT4VU4200BFF000XXX XT4XU4200BFF000XXX

157.5…225 1125…2250 XT4NU4225BFF000XXX XT4SU4225BFF000XXX XT4HU4225BFF000XXX XT4LU4225BFF000XXX XT4VU4225BFF000XXX XT4XU4225BFF000XXX

175…250 1250…2500 XT4NU4250BFF000XXX XT4SU4250BFF000XXX XT4HU4250BFF000XXX XT4LU4250BFF000XXX XT4VU4250BFF000XXX XT4XU4250BFF000XXX

XT4 250A MCP (MA) - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Magnetic trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

H

65kA

Catalog number

Type In

I

3

MCP 25 75…275 XT4HU3025MFF000XXX

50 150…550 XT4HU3050MFF000XXX

80 400…800 XT4HU3080MFF000XXX

100 500…7000 XT4HU3100MFF000XXX

110 550…1100 XT4HU3110MFF000XXX

125 625…1250 XT4HU3125MFF000XXX

150 750…1500 XT4HU3150MFF000XXX

175 875…1750 XT4HU3175MFF000XXX

200 1000…2000 XT4HU3200MFF000XXX

225 1125…2250 XT4HU3225MFF000XXX

250 1250…2500 XT4HU3250MFF000XXX

7

7/16 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

XT4 250A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Ekip electronic

trip units

Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

L

100kA

Catalog number

V

150kA

Catalog number

Type In

Ekip LS/I 40 XT4NU3040EFF000XXX XT4SU3040EFF000XXX XT4HU3040EFF000XXX XT4LU3040EFF000XXX XT4VU3040EFF000XXX

60 XT4NU3060EFF000XXX XT4SU3060EFF000XXX XT4HU3060EFF000XXX XT4LU3060EFF000XXX XT4VU3060EFF000XXX

100 XT4NU3100EFF000XXX XT4SU3100EFF000XXX XT4HU3100EFF000XXX XT4LU3100EFF000XXX XT4VU3100EFF000XXX

150 XT4NU3150EFF000XXX XT4SU3150EFF000XXX XT4HU3150EFF000XXX XT4LU3150EFF000XXX XT4VU3150EFF000XXX

225 XT4NU3225EFF000XXX XT4SU3225EFF000XXX XT4HU3225EFF000XXX XT4LU3225EFF000XXX XT4VU3225EFF000XXX

250 XT4NU3250EFF000XXX XT4SU3250EFF000XXX XT4HU3250EFF000XXX XT4LU3250EFF000XXX XT4VU3250EFF000XXX

Ekip LSI 40 XT4NU3040FFF000XXX XT4SU3040FFF000XXX XT4HU3040FFF000XXX XT4LU3040FFF000XXX XT4VU3040FFF000XXX

60 XT4NU3060FFF000XXX XT4SU3060FFF000XXX XT4HU3060FFF000XXX XT4LU3060FFF000XXX XT4VU3060FFF000XXX

100 XT4NU3100FFF000XXX XT4SU3100FFF000XXX XT4HU3100FFF000XXX XT4LU3100FFF000XXX XT4VU3100FFF000XXX

150 XT4NU3150FFF000XXX XT4SU3150FFF000XXX XT4HU3150FFF000XXX XT4LU3150FFF000XXX XT4VU3150FFF000XXX

225 XT4NU3225FFF000XXX XT4SU3225FFF000XXX XT4HU3225FFF000XXX XT4LU3225FFF000XXX XT4VU3225FFF000XXX

250 XT4NU3250FFF000XXX XT4SU3250FFF000XXX XT4HU3250FFF000XXX XT4LU3250FFF000XXX XT4VU3250FFF000XXX

Ekip LSIG 40 XT4NU3040GFF000XXX XT4SU3040GFF000XXX XT4HU3040GFF000XXX XT4LU3040GFF000XXX XT4VU3040GFF000XXX

60 XT4NU3060GFF000XXX XT4SU3060GFF000XXX XT4HU3060GFF000XXX XT4LU3060GFF000XXX XT4VU3060GFF000XXX

100 XT4NU3100GFF000XXX XT4SU3100GFF000XXX XT4HU3100GFF000XXX XT4LU3100GFF000XXX XT4VU3100GFF000XXX

150 XT4NU3150GFF000XXX XT4SU3150GFF000XXX XT4HU3150GFF000XXX XT4LU3150GFF000XXX XT4VU3150GFF000XXX

225 XT4NU3225GFF000XXX XT4SU3225GFF000XXX XT4HU3225GFF000XXX XT4LU3225GFF000XXX XT4VU3225GFF000XXX

250 XT4NU3250GFF000XXX XT4SU3250GFF000XXX XT4HU3250GFF000XXX XT4LU3250GFF000XXX XT4VU3250GFF000XXX

Ekip E-LSIG 40 XT4NU3040HFF000XXX XT4SU3040HFF000XXX XT4HU3040HFF000XXX XT4LU3040HFF000XXX XT4VU3040HFF000XXX

60 XT4NU3060HFF000XXX XT4SU3060HFF000XXX XT4HU3060HFF000XXX XT4LU3060HFF000XXX XT4VU3060HFF000XXX

100 XT4NU3100HFF000XXX XT4SU3100HFF000XXX XT4HU3100HFF000XXX XT4LU3100HFF000XXX XT4VU3100HFF000XXX

150 XT4NU3150HFF000XXX XT4SU3150HFF000XXX XT4HU3150HFF000XXX XT4LU3150HFF000XXX XT4VU3150HFF000XXX

225 XT4NU3225HFF000XXX XT4SU3225HFF000XXX XT4HU3225HFF000XXX XT4LU3225HFF000XXX XT4VU3225HFF000XXX

250 XT4NU3250HFF000XXX XT4SU3250HFF000XXX XT4HU3250HFF000XXX XT4LU3250HFF000XXX XT4VU3250HFF000XXX

Ekip I 40 XT4NU3040JFF000XXX XT4SU3040JFF000XXX XT4HU3040JFF000XXX XT4LU3040JFF000XXX XT4VU3040JFF000XXX

60 XT4NU3060JFF000XXX XT4SU3060JFF000XXX XT4HU3060JFF000XXX XT4LU3060JFF000XXX XT4VU3060JFF000XXX

100 XT4NU3100JFF000XXX XT4SU3100JFF000XXX XT4HU3100JFF000XXX XT4LU3100JFF000XXX XT4VU3100JFF000XXX

150 XT4NU3150JFF000XXX XT4SU3150JFF000XXX XT4HU3150JFF000XXX XT4LU3150JFF000XXX XT4VU3150JFF000XXX

225 XT4NU3225JFF000XXX XT4SU3225JFF000XXX XT4HU3225JFF000XXX XT4LU3225JFF000XXX XT4VU3225JFF000XXX

250 XT4NU3250JFF000XXX XT4SU3250JFF000XXX XT4HU3250JFF000XXX XT4LU3250JFF000XXX XT4VU3250JFF000XXX

Ekip M-LIU 40 --XT4HU3040LFF000XXX --

60 --XT4HU3060LFF000XXX --

100 --XT4HU3100LFF000XXX --

150 --XT4HU3150LFF000XXX --

Ordering information for XT4 UL/CSA

Circuit breakers

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/17

XT4 250A Ekip - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

Ekip electronic

trip units

Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

L

100kA

Catalog number

V

150kA

Catalog number

Type In

Ekip LS/I 40 XT4NU4040EFF000XXX XT4SU4040EFF000XXX XT4HU4040EFF000XXX XT4LU4040EFF000XXX XT4VU4040EFF000XXX

60 XT4NU4060EFF000XXX XT4SU4060EFF000XXX XT4HU4060EFF000XXX XT4LU4060EFF000XXX XT4VU4060EFF000XXX

100 XT4NU4100EFF000XXX XT4SU4100EFF000XXX XT4HU4100EFF000XXX XT4LU4100EFF000XXX XT4VU4100EFF000XXX

150 XT4NU4150EFF000XXX XT4SU4150EFF000XXX XT4HU4150EFF000XXX XT4LU4150EFF000XXX XT4VU4150EFF000XXX

225 XT4NU4225EFF000XXX XT4SU4225EFF000XXX XT4HU4225EFF000XXX XT4LU4225EFF000XXX XT4VU4225EFF000XXX

250 XT4NU4250EFF000XXX XT4SU4250EFF000XXX XT4HU4250EFF000XXX XT4LU4250EFF000XXX XT4VU4250EFF000XXX

Ekip LSI 40 XT4NU4040FFF000XXX XT4SU4040FFF000XXX XT4HU4040FFF000XXX XT4LU4040FFF000XXX XT4VU4040FFF000XXX

60 XT4NU4060FFF000XXX XT4SU4060FFF000XXX XT4HU4060FFF000XXX XT4LU4060FFF000XXX XT4VU4060FFF000XXX

100 XT4NU4100FFF000XXX XT4SU4100FFF000XXX XT4HU4100FFF000XXX XT4LU4100FFF000XXX XT4VU4100FFF000XXX

150 XT4NU4150FFF000XXX XT4SU4150FFF000XXX XT4HU4150FFF000XXX XT4LU4150FFF000XXX XT4VU4150FFF000XXX

225 XT4NU4225FFF000XXX XT4SU4225FFF000XXX XT4HU4225FFF000XXX XT4LU4225FFF000XXX XT4VU4225FFF000XXX

250 XT4NU4250FFF000XXX XT4SU4250FFF000XXX XT4HU4250FFF000XXX XT4LU4250FFF000XXX XT4VU4250FFF000XXX

Ekip LSIG 40 XT4NU4040GFF000XXX XT4SU4040GFF000XXX XT4HU4040GFF000XXX XT4LU4040GFF000XXX XT4VU4040GFF000XXX

60 XT4NU4060GFF000XXX XT4SU4060GFF000XXX XT4HU4060GFF000XXX XT4LU4060GFF000XXX XT4VU4060GFF000XXX

100 XT4NU4100GFF000XXX XT4SU4100GFF000XXX XT4HU4100GFF000XXX XT4LU4100GFF000XXX XT4VU4100GFF000XXX

150 XT4NU4150GFF000XXX XT4SU4150GFF000XXX XT4HU4150GFF000XXX XT4LU4150GFF000XXX XT4VU4150GFF000XXX

225 XT4NU4225GFF000XXX XT4SU4225GFF000XXX XT4HU4225GFF000XXX XT4LU4225GFF000XXX XT4VU4225GFF000XXX

250 XT4NU4250GFF000XXX XT4SU4250GFF000XXX XT4HU4250GFF000XXX XT4LU4250GFF000XXX XT4VU4250GFF000XXX

Ekip E-LSIG 40 XT4NU4040HFF000XXX XT4SU4040HFF000XXX XT4HU4040HFF000XXX XT4LU4040HFF000XXX XT4VU4040HFF000XXX

60 XT4NU4060HFF000XXX XT4SU4060HFF000XXX XT4HU4060HFF000XXX XT4LU4060HFF000XXX XT4VU4060HFF000XXX

100 XT4NU4100HFF000XXX XT4SU4100HFF000XXX XT4HU4100HFF000XXX XT4LU4100HFF000XXX XT4VU4100HFF000XXX

150 XT4NU4150HFF000XXX XT4SU4150HFF000XXX XT4HU4150HFF000XXX XT4LU4150HFF000XXX XT4VU4150HFF000XXX

225 XT4NU4225HFF000XXX XT4SU4225HFF000XXX XT4HU4225HFF000XXX XT4LU4225HFF000XXX XT4VU4225HFF000XXX

250 XT4NU4250HFF000XXX XT4SU4250HFF000XXX XT4HU4250HFF000XXX XT4LU4250HFF000XXX XT4VU4250HFF000XXX

Ekip I 40 XT4NU4040JFF000XXX XT4SU4040JFF000XXX XT4HU4040JFF000XXX XT4LU4040JFF000XXX XT4VU4040JFF000XXX

60 XT4NU4060JFF000XXX XT4SU4060JFF000XXX XT4HU4060JFF000XXX XT4LU4060JFF000XXX XT4VU4060JFF000XXX

100 XT4NU4100JFF000XXX XT4SU4100JFF000XXX XT4HU4100JFF000XXX XT4LU4100JFF000XXX XT4VU4100JFF000XXX

150 XT4NU4150JFF000XXX XT4SU4150JFF000XXX XT4HU4150JFF000XXX XT4LU4150JFF000XXX XT4VU4150JFF000XXX

225 XT4NU4225JFF000XXX XT4SU4225JFF000XXX XT4HU4225JFF000XXX XT4LU4225JFF000XXX XT4VU4225JFF000XXX

250 XT4NU4250JFF000XXX XT4SU4250JFF000XXX XT4HU4250JFF000XXX XT4LU4250JFF000XXX XT4VU4250JFF000XXX

XT4 250A switch - Fixed (F) - 3 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

L

100kA

Catalog number

V

150kA

Catalog number

Type In

Mag. Override

XT4-D 250 2500 XT4NU3250DFF000XXX XT4SU3250DFF000XXX XT4HU3250DFF000XXX XT4LU3250DFF000XXX XT4VU3250DFF000XXX

XT4 250A switch - Fixed (F) - 4 poles - Front terminals (F) - UL/CSA

No trip unit Int Rtng

(480 V)

N

25kA

Catalog number

S

35kA

Catalog number

H

65kA

Catalog number

L

100kA

Catalog number

V

150kA

Catalog number

Type In

Mag. Override

XT4-D 250 2500 XT4NU4250DFF000XXX XT4SU4250DFF000XXX XT4HU4250DFF000XXX XT4LU4250DFF000XXX XT4VU4250DFF000XXX

7

7/18 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Fixed parts, conversion kits and accessories for ﬁxed parts

Fixed part of plug-in (P)

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Kit P FP EF

KXT1PFPEF-3 KXT1PFPEF-4 KXT2PFPEF-3 KXT2PFPEF-4 KXT3PFPEF-3 KXT3PFPEF-4 KXT4PFPEF-3 KXT4PFPEF-4

Kit P FP HR/VR

(1)

KXT1EPFPHR-3 KXT1EPFPHR-4 KXT2EPFPHR-3 KXT2EPFPHR-4 KXT3EPFPHR-3 KXT3EPFPHR-4 KXT4EPFPHR-3 KXT4EPFPHR-4

(1)IEC rated only. Terminals are factory-mounted in the horizontal position (HR).

Terminals for the fixed parts(1)

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

EF-Front extended

terminals

KXT1EEFFP-3 KXT1EEFFP-4 KXT2EEFFP-3 KXT2EEFFP-4 KXT3EEFFP-3 KXT3EEFFP-4 KXT3EEFFP-3 KXT3EEFFP-4

R-Rear terminals

HR/VR

KXT1ERFP-3 KXT1ERFP-4 KXT2ERFP-3 KXT2ERFP-4 KXTEERFP-3 KXTEERFP-4 KXTEERFP-3 KXTEERFP-4

PS - Rear phase

separators

90mm/3.54in

KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4 KXTAEPB90-3 KXTAEPB90-4

(1)IEC rated only.

Conversion kit of the circuit breaker from fixed into moving part of plug-in

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

P MP kit

KXT1PMP-3 KXT1PMP-4 KXT2PMP-3 KXT2PMP-4 KXT3PMP-3 –KXT4PMP-3 KXT4PMP-4

Conversion kit of the circuit breaker from fixed into moving part of withdrawable

XT2 XT4

Type

3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

W MP kit

KXT2WMP-3 KXT2WMP-4 KXT4WMP-3 KXT4WMP-4

Fixed part of withdrawable (W)

XT2 XT4

Type

3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Kit W FP EF

KXT2WFPEF-3 KXT2WFPEF-4 KXT4WFPEF-3 KXT4WFPEF-4

Kit W FP HR/VR

(1)

KXT2EWFPHR-3 KXT2EWFPHR-4 KXT4EWFPHR-3 KXT4EWFPHR-4

(1)IEC rated only. Terminals are factory-mounted in the horizontal position (HR).

Fixed part of

plug-in

Conversion kit

Fixed part of

withdrawable

Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA

Accessories

EF terminals

for fixed part

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/19

Adapter for mounting the terminals of the fixed circuit breaker on the fixed part

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

ADP adapter for fixed

parts

(2 pieces)

KXT1ADP-3 KXT1ADP-4 KXT2ADP-3 KXT2ADP-4 KXT3EADP-3 KXT3EADP-4 KXT4ADP-3 KXT4ADP-4

Note: when using ADP with ES/MC terminals, also order “Kit F Front Terminals”

Conversion kit of RC Sel from plug-in to withdrawable

(1)

XT2 XT4

Type

4P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number

W MP RC Sel 4P kit

KXT2WFPEF-4 KXT4EWMPRC-4

(1)IEC rated only.

Conversion kit of RC Sel from fixed to plug-in

(1)

XT2 XT4

Type

4P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number

P MP RC Sel 4P kit

KXT2EPMPRC-4 KXT4EPMPRC-4

(1)IEC rated only.

Key lock for fixed part of withdrawable(1)

XT2, XT4

Catalog number

KL-D key lock FP, different keys

KXTCEKLDFPW

KL-S key lock FP, same keys N.20005

KXTCEKLSFPW

(1)IEC rated only.

Ronis key lock for fixed part of withdrawable(1)

XT2, XT4

Catalog number

KL-D Ronis FP key lock, different keys

KXTCEKLDRonFPW

KL-S Ronis FP key lock, same type A keys

KXTCEKLSRonFPW

(1)IEC rated only.

Conversion kit of the fixed part from plug-in to withdrawable

XT2 XT4

Catalog number Catalog number

FP P>W kit

KXT2FPPtoFPW KXT4FPPtoFPW

Fixed part

adapter

Conversion kit

for turning a ﬁxed

circuit breaker into

the moving part

of a withdrawable

circuit breaker

Key lock/padlock

for fixed part

Ronis key lock/

padlock for

fixed part

Conversion

kit for turning

a ﬁxed circuit

breaker into the

moving part of

a plug-in circuit

breaker

7

7/20 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Service releases

Shunt opening trip - SOR

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 XT2, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Uncabled version

Catalog number Catalog number

SOR 12V DC

KXTASORA –

SOR 24-30V AC/DC

KXTASORB –

SOR 48-60V AC/DC

KXTASORC –

SOR 110-127V AC/110-125V DC

KXTASORD –

SOR 220-240V AC/220-250V DC

KXTASORE –

SOR 380-440V AC

KXTASORF –

SOR 480-525V AC

KXTASORG –

Cabled version

Catalog number Catalog number

SOR-C 12V DC

KXTASORCFPA KXTCSORCWA

SOR-C 24-30V AC/DC

KXTASORCFPB KXTCSORCWB

SOR-C 48-60V AC/DC

KXTASORCFPC KXTCSORCWC

SOR-C 110-127V AC/110-125V DC

KXTASORCFPD KXTCSORCWD

SOR-C 220-240V AC/220-250V DC

KXTASORCFPE KXTCSORCWE

SOR-C 380-440V AC

KXTASORCFPF KXTCSORCWF

SOR-C 480-525V AC

KXTASORCFPG KXTCSORCWG

Undervoltage release-UVR

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 XT2, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Uncabled version

Catalog number Catalog number

UVR 24-30V AC/DC

KXTAUVR1 –

UVR 48V AC/DC

KXTAUVR2 –

UVR 60V AC/DC

KXTAUVR3 –

UVR 110-127V AC/110-125V DC

KXTAUVR4 –

UVR 220-240V AC/220-250V DC

KXTAUVR5 –

UVR 380-440V AC

KXTAUVR6 –

UVR 480-525V AC

KXTAUVR7 –

Cabled version

Catalog number Catalog number

UVR-C 24-30V AC/DC

KXTAUVRCFP1 KXTCUVRCW1

UVR-C 48V AC/DC

KXTAUVRCFP2 KXTCUVRCW2

UVR-C 60V AC/DC

KXTAUVRCFP3 KXTCUVRCW3

UVR-C 110-127V AC/110-125V DC

KXTAUVRCFP4 KXTCUVRCW4

UVR-C 220-240V AC/220-250V DC

KXTAUVRCFP5 KXTCUVRCW5

UVR-C 380-440V AC

KXTAUVRCFP6 KXTCUVRCW6

UVR-C 480-525V AC

KXTAUVRCFP7 KXTCUVRCW7

Delay device for undervoltage release - UVD(1)

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in

Uncabled version

Catalog number

UVD 24-30V AC/DC

KT3UVD8

UVD 48-60V AC/DC

KT3UVD7

UVD 110-125V AC/DC

KT3UVD4

UVD 220-250V AC/DC

KT3UVD2

(1)IEC rated only.

SOR uncabled

SOR cabled

SOR for withdrawable

UVR uncabled

UVR cabled

UVR for withdrawable

Time delay device for

undervoltage release

Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA

Accessories

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/21

Connectors

Fourth pole connectors for withdrawable(1)

XT2, XT4

Type Catalog number

Connector 4th Pole SOR/PS-SOR

KXTCE3PINCONSOR

Connector 4th Pole UVR

KXTCE3PINCONUVR

(1)IEC rated only.

Fixed part socket-plug connector(1)

XT2, XT4

Type Catalog number

Socket-plug connector of moving part - 12 PINS

KXTCE12PINMPCON

Socket-plug connector of fixed part - 12 PINS

KXTCE12PINFPCON

(1)IEC rated only.

Socket plug connector on the panel(1)

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4

Type Catalog number

Socket-plug connector with 3 PINS

KXTAE3PINCON

Socket-plug connector with 6 PINS

KXTAE6PINCON

Socket-plug connector with 9 PINS

KXTAE9PINCON

Socket-plug connector with 15 PINS

KXTAE15PINCON

(1)IEC rated only.

Electrical signals

Auxillary contacts - AUX

XT1 XT3 XT2, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in Fixed/plug-in Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Uncabled version

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

AUX 250V

KXTAAUX –

AUX 24V DC

KXTAAUXD –

AUX S51 250V

––KXTCAXS51 –

AUX S51 24V DC

––KXTCAXDS51 –

Cabled version

AUX-C 3Q 250V Left

KXT1AXC3QL KXT3AXC3QL KXTCAXC3QL –

AUX-C 1Q + 1 SY 250V

KXTAAXCQSYFP KXTCAXCQSYW

AUX-C 2Q + 1 SY 250V

KXTAAXC2QSYFP –

AUX-C 3Q + 1 SY 250V

–KXTDAXC3QSYFP KXTCAXC3QSYW

AUX-C 3Q + 2 SY 250V

––KXTCAXC3Q2SYFP KXTCAXC3Q2SYW

AUX-C 2Q + 2 SY + 1S51 250V

––KXTCAXC2Q2SYS51FP KXTCAXC2Q2SYS51W

AUX-S51 250V

––KXTCAXCS51FP KXTCAXCS51W

AUX-C 1Q + 1SY 24V DC

KXTAAXCDQSYFP KXTCAXCDQSYW

AUX-C 3Q + 1SY 24V DC

–KXTDAXCD3QSYFP KXTCAXCD3QSYW

AUX-S51-C 24V DC

––KXTCAXDS51FP KXTCAXDS51W

AUX-C 1Q + 1SY 400V AC

––KXTCAXC4QSYFP KXTCAXC4QSYW

AUC-C 2Q 400V AC

––KXTCAXC42QFP KXTCAXC42QW

AUX uncabled

AUX cabled

AUX for

withdrawable

Socket-plug

panel connector

Fixed part socket-

plug connector

7

7/22 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

AUP - Auxiliary

position contacts

AUE - Early

auxiliary contacts

Motor operator

Early auxillary contacts - AUE

XT1,XT2,XT3, XT4 XT2, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Cabled version

Catalog number Catalog number

AUE - Two contacts in the rotary handle RHx (closed)

KXTAAUECLFP KXTCAUECLW

AUE - Two contacts in the rotary handle RHx (open)

KXTDAUEOPFP KXTCAUEOPW

Auxillary position contacts - AUP

XT1, XT3 XT2, XT4

Cabled version

Catalog number Catalog number

AUP-I - Four racked-in contacts 250V for plug-in circuit breaker

KXTAAUP250IN

AUP-I - Four racked-in contacts 24V DC for plug-in circuit breaker

KXTAAUP24IN

AUP-R - Two racked-out contacts 250V for withdrawable breaker

--- KXTCAUP250W

AUP-R - Two racked-out contacts 24V DC for withdrawable breaker

--- KXTCAUP24W

Electronic stored energy motor operator - MOE-E(1)

XT2, XT4

Catalog number

MOE-E 24V DC

KXTCEMOEE24

MOE-E 48-60V DC

KXTCEMOEE48-60

MOE-E 110-125V AC/DC

KXTCEMOEE110-125

MOE-E 220-250V AC/DC

KXTCEMOEE220-250

MOE-E 380-440V AC

KXTCEMOEE380-440

MOE-E 480-525V AC

KXTCEMOEE480-525

(1)IEC rated only.

Stored energy motor operator - MOE

XT2, XT4

Catalog number

MOE 24V DC

KXTCMOE24

MOE 48-60V DC

KXTCMOE48-60

MOE 110-125V AC/DC

KXTCMOE110-125

MOE 220-250V AC/DC

KXTCMOE220-250

MOE 380-440V AC

KXTCMOE380-440

MOE 480-525V AC

KXTCMOE480-525

Motor operators

Motor operators with direct action - MOD

XT1, XT3

Catalog number

MOD 24V DC

KXTBMOD24

MOD 48-60V DC

KXTBMOD48-60

MOD 110-125V AC/DC

KXTBMOD110-125

MOD 220-250V AC/DC

KXTBMOD220-250

MOD 380-440V AC

KXTBMOD280-440

MOD 480-525V AC

KXTBMOD480-525

MOE - Motor

operator

Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA

Accessories

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/23

Direct rotary handle

Extended rotary handle

Rotary handle operating mechanisms

Rotary handle operating mechanism

XT1, XT3 XT2, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

RHD Standard Direct Handle

KXTBRHDSTFP KXTCRHDSTFP KXTCRHDSTW

RHD Emergency Direct Handle

KXTBRHDEMFP KXTCRHDEMFP KXTCRHDEMW

RHE Standard Extended Handle

KXTBRHESTFP KXTCRHESTFP KXTCRHESTW

RHE Emergency Extended Handle

KXTBRHEEMFP KXTCRHEEMFP KXTCRHEEMW

RHE Standard Extended Handle with Padlock

(1)

KXTBRHESTFPPLK KXTCRHESTFPPLK KXTCRHESTWPLK

RHE Emergency Extended Handle with Padlock

(1)

KXTBRHEEMFPPLK KXTCRHEEMFPPLK KXTCRHEEMWPLK

RHS-L Standard Left Side Handle

KXTBRHSLSTFP KXTCRHSLSTFP –

RHS-L Emergency Left Side Handle

KXTBRHSLEMFP KXTCRHSLEMFP –

RHS-R Standard Right Side Handle

KXTBRHSRSTFP KXTCRHSRSTFP –

RHS-R Emergency Right Side Handle

KXTBRHSREMFP KXTCRHSREMFP –

Extended handle spare parts

RHE_B Base for Extended Handle

KXTBRHEBFP KXTCRHEBFP KXTCRHEBW

RHE_B Base for Extended Handle with Padlock

(1)

KXTBRHEBFPPLK KXTCRHEBFPPLK KXTCRHEBWPLK

RHE_S 500mm Shaft

(2)

KXTARHES500

RHE_H Standard Extended Handle

KXTARHEHST

RHE_H Emergency Extended Handle

KXTARHEHEM

LH Standard Large Handle, NEMA 1

KXTALHNDLST

LH Emergency Large Handle, NEMA 1

KXTALHNDLEM

Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 3R,12

OHB65J10B

Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 3R,12

(1)

OHY65J10B

Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 4,4X

(1)

OHB65L10B

Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 65mm, NEMA, 4,4X

(1)

OHY65L10B

Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 3R,12

OHB125J10B

Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 3R,12

(1)

OHY125J10B

Standard Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 4,4X

(1)

OHB125L10B

Emergency Pistol Handle with reset function, 125mm, NEMA, 4,4X

(1)

OHY125L10B

148mm Pistol Handle Shaft

(3)

OXP10X148

225mm Pistol Handle Shaft

(3)

OXP10X225

500mm Pistol Handle Shaft

(3)

OXP10X500

(1)Consult ABB for availability

(2)Shaft for use with handles beginning with KXT.

(3)Shafts for use with handles beginning with OH.

IP54 protection for transmitted rotary handle(1)

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in

Catalog number

IP54 protection for transmitted handle -RHE

KXTAERHEIP54

(1)IEC rated only.

Flange handle(1)

XT1 XT3 XT2 X T4

Type

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4)

KXT1N12FLHDL4 KXT3N12FLHDL4 KXT2N12FLHDL4 KXT4N12FLHDL4

Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4)

KXT1N12FLHDL6 KXT3N12FLHDL6 KXT2N12FLHDL6 KXT4N12FLHDL6

Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4)

KXT1N12FLHDL10 KXT3N12FLHDL10 KXT2N12FLHDL10 KXT4N12FLHDL10

Flange Handle + Mechanism + 4ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4, 4X)

KXT1N4FLHDL4 KXT3N4FLHDL4 KXT2N4FLHDL4 KXT4N4FLHDL4

Flange Handle + Mechanism + 6ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4, 4X)

KXT1N4FLHDL6 KXT3N4FLHDL6 KXT2N4FLHDL6 KXT4N4FLHDL6

Flange Handle + Mechanism + 10ft Cable (NEMA 1,3R, 12, 4, 4X)

KXT1N4FLHDL10 KXT3N4FLHDL10 KXT2N4FLHDL10 KXT4N4FLHDL10

Flange handle spare parts

Flange handle only (NEMA 1,3R,12,4)

KXTAN12FLHDL

Flange handle only (NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X)

KXTAN4XFLHDL

Flange handle hardware

KXTAFLHDLHW

Flange mounting hardware

KXTBFLMTHW KXTCFLMTHW

(1)Consult ABB for availability

IP54

7

7/24 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Fixed padlock

Key lock on the circuit

breaker

Key lock on the handle

Interlock

Key lock on the motor

Locks

Padlock on the circuit breaker

XT1, XT3 XT2, XT4

Type Catalog number Catalog number

PLL removable lock with padlocks in open position KXTBPLLREM –

PLL fixed lock with padlocks in open position KXTBPLLOP KXTCPLLOP

PLL fixed lock with padlocks in open/closed position KXTBPLLOPCL KXTCPLLOPCL

Key lock on the circuit breaker

XT1 XT3 XT2,XT4

Type Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

KLC Ronis key lock open, different keys, removable in open position KXT1KLCCBDIF KXT3KLCCBDIF KXTCKLCCBDIF

KLC Ronis key lock open, same type A keys, removable in open position KXT1KLCCBA KXT3KLCCBA KXTCKLCCBA

KLC Ronis key lock open, same type B keys, removable in open position KXT1KLCCBB KXT3KLCCBB KXTCKLCCBB

KLC Ronis key lock open, same type C keys, removable in open position KXT1KLCCBC KXT3KLCCBC KXTCKLCCBC

KLC Ronis key lock open, same type D keys, removable in open position KXT1KLCCBD KXT3KLCCBD KXTCKLCCBD

KLC Ronis key lock open/closed, different keys, removable in both positions KXT1KLCCBOPCL KXT3KLCCBOPCL KXTCKLCCBOPCL

Key lock on the rotary handle/Key lock on the front for locks

XT1,XT3 XT2,XT4

Type Catalog number Catalog number

RHL Ronis key lock open, different keys, RHx KXTARHLDIF

RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type A keys, RHx KXTARHLA

RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type B keys, RHx KXTARHLB

RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type C keys, RHx KXTARHLC

RHL Ronis key lock open, same Type D keys, RHx KXTARHLD

RHL Ronis key lock open/closed, different keys, RHx KXTARHLOPCL

RHL Ronis key lock open/closed, different keys, FLD –KXTCRHLFLD

Key lock on the motor(1)

XT1,XT3 XT2,XT4

Type Catalog number Catalog number

MOL-D Ronis key lock open, different keys KXTBEMOLDIF KXTCEMOLDIF

MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type A keys KXTBEMOLA KXTCEMOLA

MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type B keys KXTBEMOLB KXTCEMOLB

MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type C keys KXTBEMOLC KXTCEMOLC

MOL-S Ronis key lock open, same type D keys KXTBEMOLD KXTCEMOLD

MOL-M Key lock against manual operation –KXTCEMOLMO

(1)IEC rated only.

Sealable lock of thermal setting(1)

XT1,XT2,XT3,XT4

Type Catalog number

Lock on thermal setting for TMA or MA trip unit KXTAEAASEALREL

(1)IEC rated only.

Front for operating lever mechanism

XT2,XT4

Type Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Catalog number Catalog number

FLD front for operating lever mechnism KXTCFLDFP KXTCFLDW

Mechanical interlock

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type Fixed Plug-in Fixed Plug-in/

withdrawable

Fixed Plug-in Fixed Plug-in/

withdrawable

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Chassis MIR-H KXTAMIRHR

Chassis MIR-V KXTAMIRVR

Plate KXT1MIRPLF KXT1MIRPLP KXT2MIRPLF KXT2MIRPLPW KXT3MIRPLF KXT3MIRPLP KXT4MIRPLF KXT4MIRPLPW

Front for operating lever

mechanism

Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA

Accessories

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/25

DIN guide

RC Inst / RC Sel

Residual current devices

Residual current device(1)

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

RC Sel Low 220mm –KXT1ERCSEL200-4 ––––––

RC Inst KXT1ERCINST-3 KXT1ERCINST-4 ––KXT3ERCINST-3 KXT3ERCINST-4 – –

RC Sel KXT1ERCSEL-3 KXT1ERCSEL-4 –KXT2ERCSEL-4 KXT3ERCSEL-3 KXT3ERCSEL-4 –KXT4ERCSEL-4

RC B Type –– –––KXT3ERCB-4 – –

(1)IEC rated only.

Installation

Bracket for mounting onto DIN rail

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Type 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Catalog

number

Kit DIN50022

(1)

KXT1EDIN-3 KXT1EDIN-4 KXTCEDINPL KXT3EDIN-3 KXT3EDIN-4 KXTCEDINPL

Kit DIN50022 UL – – KXT2DIN-3 KXT2DIN-4 ––KXT4DIN-3 KXT4DIN-4

Kit DIN50022 XT1 + RC Low 220mm

(1)

–KXT1EDINRCSELPL ––––––

Kit DIN50022 XT1 + RC Sel/RC Inst

(1)

KXT1EDINRCPL ––––––

Kit DIN50022 XT3 + RC Sel/RC Inst

(1)

– – – – KXT3EDINRCPL – –

(1)IEC rated only.

Panel type residual current delay(1)

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4

Type Catalog number

RCQ020/A 115-230V AC KXTAERCQ230

RCQ020/A 415V AC KXTAERCQ415

Toroid closed Ø60mm KXTTET0R60

Toroid closed Ø110mm KXTTET0R110

Toroid closed Ø185mm KXTTET0R185

(1)IEC rated only.

7

7/26 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA

Accessories

Terminals, terminal covers and phase barriers

Insulating terminal covers

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Type 3p

Catalog

number

4p

Catalog

number

3p

Catalog

number

4p

Catalog

number

3p

Catalog

number

4p

Catalog

number

3p

Catalog

number

4p

Catalog

number

LTC low terminal covers

(1)

KXT1LTC-3 KXT1LTC-4 KXT2LTC-3 KXT2LTC-4 KXT3LTC-3 KXT3LTC-4 KXT4LTC-3 KXT4LTC-4

HTC high terminal covers KXT1HTC-3 KXT1HTC-4 KXT2HTC-3 KXT2HTC-4 KXT3HTC-3 KXT3HTC-4 KXT4HTC-3 KXT4HTC-4

(1)Rear terminals, IEC only.

Terminal cover

Phase barriers

XT1, XT3 XT2, XT4

Type 4 pcs

Catalog number

6 pcs

Catalog number

4 pcs

Catalog number

6 pcs

Catalog number

PB Height 25mm/0.98in KXTBPB25-3 KXTBPB25-4 KXTCPB25-3 KXTCPB25-4

PB Height 100mm/3.94in KXTBPB100-3 KXTBPB100-4 KXTCPB100-3 KXTCPB100-4

PB Height 200mm/7.87in KXTBPB200-3 KXTBPB200-4 KXTCPB200-3 KXTCPB200-4

Phase barriers

Sealable screws for terminal covers(1)

XT1 XT2 XT3 XT4

Type Catalog number

Kit with two sealable screws KXTAESSEAL

(1)IEC rated only.

Sealable screw

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/27

EF terminal

FCCu

terminal

Terminals

XT1 XT2

Type 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

F Front terminals KXT1F-3PC KXT1F-4PC KXT1F-6PC KXT1F-8PC KXT2F-3PC KXT2F-4PC KXT2F-6PC KXT2F-8PC

F Front terminals for MCP KXT1F3PCMCP –KXT1F6PCMCP –––––

EF Extended front terminals KXT1EF-3PC KXT1EF-4PC KXT1EF-6PC KXT1EF-8PC KXT2EF-3PC KXT2EF-4PC KXT2EF-6PC KXT2EF-8PC

ES Extended spread terminals KXT1ES-3PC KXT1ES-4PC KXT1ES-6PC KXT1ES-8PC KXT2ES-3PC KXT2ES-4PC KXT2ES-6PC KXT2ES-8PC

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 100A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…50mm

(2)(4)

––––––––

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 100A, 14-1/0

AWG, 1x2.5…50mm

(2)(4)

––––––––

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 110A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…50mm

(2)(4)

––––KXT2CUAL1-3PC KXT2CUAL1-4PC KXT2CUAL1-6PC KXT2CUAL1-8PC

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 225A, 4 AWG-300 kcmil,

1x35…150mm

(2)(4)

––––––––

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 225A,

4 AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35…150mm

(2)(4)

––––––––

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 250A, 250-350 kcmil,

1x12 0…18 5mm

(2)(4)

––––––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…

50mm

2

KXT1CU-3PC KXT1CU-4PC KXT1CU-6PC KXT1CU-8PC ––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables MCP, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x1.5…

50mm

2

KXT1CUMCP-3PC KXT1CUMCP-4PC KXT1CUMCP-6PC KXT1CUMCP-8PC ––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…

95mm

2

––--- –KXT2CU-3PC KXT2CU-4PC KXT2CU-6PC KXT2CU-8PC

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 10-250 AWG, 1x6…185mm

2

––––––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables, XT4X to 150A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…50mm

2 (3)

––––––––

MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x14-2 AWG,

6x2.5…35mm

2

KXT1MC-3PC KXT1MC-4PC KXT1MC-6PC KXT1MC-8PC KXT2MC-3PC KXT2MC-4PC KXT2MC-6PC KXT2MC-8PC

MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x12-2 AWG,

6x2.5…35mm

2

––––––––

R Rear adjustable terminals

(1)

KXT1ER-3PC KXT1ER-4PC KXT1ER-6PC KXT1ER-8PC KXT2ER-3PC KXT2ER-4PC KXT2ER-6PC KXT2ER-8PC

R-RC Rear terminals for residual current

(1)

–KXT1ERRC-4PC ––––––

FB Flexibar Terminals

(1)

KXT1EFB-3PC KXT1EFB-4PC KXT1EFB-6PC KXT1EFB-8PC KXT2EFB-3PC KXT2EFB-4PC KXT2EFB-6PC KXT2EFB-8PC

XT3 X T4

Type 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs 3pcs 4pcs 6pcs 8pcs

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

F Front terminals

KXT3F-3PC KXT3F-4PC KXT3F-6PC KXT3F-8PC KXT4F-3PC KXT4F-4PC KXT4F-6PC KXT4F-8PC

F Front terminals for MCP

––––––––

EF Extended front terminals

KXT3EF-3PC KXT3EF-4PC KXT3EF-6PC KXT3EF-8PC KXT4EF-3PC KXT4EF-4PC KXT4EF-6PC KXT4EF-8PC

ES Extended spread terminals

KXT3ES-3PC KXT3ES-4PC KXT3ES-6PC KXT3ES-8PC KXT4ES-3PC KXT4ES-4PC KXT4ES-6PC KXT4ES-8PC

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 100A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…50mm

2 (4)

KXT3CUAL1-3PC KXT3CUAL1-4PC KXT3CUAL1-6PC KXT3CUAL1-8PC KXT4CUAL1-3PC KXT4CUAL1-4PC KXT4CUAL1-6PC KXT4CUAL1-8PC

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 100A,

14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…50mm

2 (4)

KXT3CUAL1C-3PC KXT3CUAL1C-4PC ––KXT4CUAL1C-3PC KXT4CUAL1C-4PC – –

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 110A, 14-1/0 AWG, 1x2.5…

50mm

(2)(4)

––––––––

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 225A, 4 AWG-300

kcmil, 1x35…150mm

(2)(4)

KXT3CUAL2-3PC KXT3CUAL2-4PC KXT3CUAL2-6PC KXT3CUAL2-8PC KXT4CUAL2-3PC KXT4CUAL2-4PC KXT4CUAL2-6PC KXT4CUAL2-8PC

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables w/control tap 225A, 4

AWG-300 kcmil, 1x35…150mm

(2)(4)

KXT3CUAL2C-3PC KXT3CUAL2C-4PC ––KXT4CUAL2C-3PC KXT4CUAL2C-4PC – –

FC CuAl Terminals for CuAl cables 250A, 250-350 kcmil,

1x12 0…18 5mm

(2)(4)

––––KXT4CUAL3-3PC KXT4CUAL3-4PC KXT4CUAL3-6PC KXT4CUAL3-8PC

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…50mm

2

––––––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables MCP, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x1.5…50mm

2

––––––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 125A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…95mm

2

––––––––

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables 250A, 10-250 AWG,

1x6…185mm

2

KXT3CU-3PC KXT3CU-4PC KXT3CU-6PC KXT3CU-8PC KXT4CU-3PC KXT4CU-4PC KXT4CU-6PC KXT4CU-8PC

FC Cu Terminals for Cu cables, XT4X to 150A, 14-1/0 AWG,

1x2.5…50mm

2 (3)

––––KXT4XCU-3PC KXT4XCU-4PC – –

MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x14-2 AWG,

6x2.5…35mm

2

––––––––

MC Multi cable terminals for Cu cables, 6x12-2 AWG,

6x2.5…35mm

2

KXT3MC-3PC KXT3MC-4PC KXT3MC-6PC KXT3MC-8PC KXT4MC-3PC KXT4MC-4PC KXT4MC-6PC KXT4MC-8PC

R Rear adjustable terminals

(1)

KXT3ER-3PC KXT3ER-4PC KXT3ER-6PC KXT3ER-8PC KXT4ER-3PC KXT4ER-4PC KXT4ER-6PC KXT4ER-8PC

R-RC Rear terminals for residual current

(1)

–KXT3ERRC-4PC ––––––

FB Flexibar Terminals

(1)

KXT3EFB-3PC KXT3EFB-4PC KXT3EFB-6PC KXT3EFB-8PC KXT4EFB-3PC KXT4EFB-4PC KXT4EFB-6PC KXT4EFB-8PC

(1)IEC rated only.

(2)

Consult ABB for availability.

(3)

For use with the XT4 X version up to 150A only. Note: XT4 X from 175-250A uses the standard 250A CU lug.

(4)

Not available for XT4 X up to 150A.

Front

extended

spread

terminal - ES

Multi-cable

terminals

(MC)

7

7/28 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

Ekip Display

Ekip LED Meter

Ekip T&P unit

Accessories for electronic trip units

General electronic trip unit accessories(1)

XT2 XT4

Type Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Ekip Display KXTCEDISP

Ekip LED Meter KXTCELED

Ekip Comm KXTCECOMFP KXTCECOMW KXTCECOMFP KXTCECOMW

HMI030 interface on front of panel HMI030

PR212/CI contactor control unit ––1SDA050708R1

(1)IEC rated only.

Current sensor for external neutral(1)

XT2 XT4

Type

Catalog number Catalog number

CT external neutral of 10A KXT2ECT10

CT external neutral of 25A KXT2ECT25

CT external neutral of 40A KXT4ECT40

CT external neutral of 63A KXT2ECT63 KXT4ECT63

CT external neutral of 100A KXT2ECT100 KXT4ECT100

CT external neutral of 160A KXT2ECT160 KXT4ECT160

CT external neutral of 250A KXT4ECT250

(1)IEC rated only.

Test and configuration units(1)

XT2, XT4

Type

Catalog number

Ekip TT - Trip test unit ZEAEKPTT

Ekip T&P - Programming and test unit EKIP

(1)IEC rated only.

Connection kits

XT2, XT4

Type

Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Catalog number Catalog number

24V DC auxillary voltage kit for electronic trip units

(1)

KXTCECAUXFP KXTCECAUXW

External neutral connection kit KXTCECNEFP KXTCECNEW

(1)IEC rated only.

Ordering information for XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 UL/CSA

Accessories

7

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 7/29

Automatic transfer devices

ATS021-ATS022 Automatic transfer devices(1)

XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4

Catalog number

ATS021 ATS021

ATS022 ATS022

(1)IEC rated only.

Connectors for fixed part/moving part of withdrawable circuit breakers(1)

XT2, XT4

Catalog number

1 connector for with 2 pins for SOR/UVR up to 400V KXTCE2PINCONSOUV

1 connector with 3 pins for AUX up to 400V KXTCE3PINCONAUX

(1)IEC rated only.

Flanges for the compartment door (1)

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4

Type 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Small "optional"

flange for circuit

breaker

KXTAEFLASMFP

Large "standard"

flange for circuit

breaker

KXT1EFLAFP-3 KXT1EFLAFP-4 KXT2EFLAFP-3 KXT2EFLAFP-4 KXT3EFLAFP-3 KXT3EFLAFP-4 KXT4EFLAFP-3 KXT4EFLAFP-4

Flange for MOD KXTBEFLAMOD – – KXTBEFLAMOD – –

Flange for MOE/

MOE-E/FLD – – KXTCEFLAMOEFP – – KXTCEFLAMOEFP

Flange for direct

handle RHD KXTAEFLARHDFP

Flange for residual

current RC Sel/

RC Inst

KXT1EFLARCFP-3 KXT1EFLARCFP-4 – – KXT3EFLARCFP-3 KXT3EFLARCFP-4 – –

Flange for residual

current RC Sel

–––

KXT2EFLARCFP-4

–––

KXT4EFLARCFP-4

(1)IEC rated only.

Spare parts

Spare parts

XT1 XT2 XT3 X T4 XT2 X T4

Fixed/plug-in Withdrawable

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

SA RC Sel/RC Inst - opening solenoid for the residual

current device

(1)

KXT1ESARCFP KXT2ESARCFP KXT3ESARCFP KXT4ESARCFP KXT2ESARCW KXT4ESARCW

SA RC B Type - opening solenoid for the residual

current device

(1)

––KXT3ESARCFPB –––

AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 250V AC

(2)

KXTAAUXCFP KXTCEAUXCW

AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 24V DC

(2)

KXTAAUXCDFP KXTCEAUXCDW

AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 250V AC

600V

(2)

KXTAAUXCFPHD KXTCAUXCWHD

AUX-C - Loose cabled auxillary contact 24V DC

600V

(2)

KXTAAUXCDFPHD KXTCAUXCDWHD

(1)IEC rated only.

(2)Un-numbered cables.

Flanges for the compartment door for withdrawable versions (1)

XT2 XT4

Type 3P 4P 3P 4P

Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number Catalog number

Small "optional" flange for circuit breaker ––––

Large "standard" flange for circuit breaker ––––

Flange for MOD ––––

Flange for MOE/MOE-E/FLD KXTCEFLAMOEW

Flange for direct handle RHD KXTCEFLARHDW

Flange for residual current RC Sel/RC Inst ––––

Flange for residual current RC Sel –KXT2EFLARCW-4 –KXT4EFLARCW-4

(1)IEC rated only.

ATS021

Flange

Fixed part of

withdrawable

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/1

8

Glossary

Index

Circuit-breaker 8/2

Performance parameters 8/4

Releases and protections 8/6

Motor protection 8/9

Communication 8/10

Standards and regulations 8/11

Symbols 8/12

ABB SACE documentation 8/13

8/2 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

8

Glossary

Circuit breaker

G1.1 Circuit-breaker

Mechanical switching apparatus, able to close, carry and break currents in normal shortcircuit condition and also close, carry for a

specified time and break currents in specific abnormal circuit conditions such as that verified in case of short-circuit.

G1.2 Non-automatic circuit-breaker (switch-disconnector)

Mechanical switching device which, in the open position, complies with the specified requirements for the isolating function.

G1.3 Current-limiting circuit-breaker

Circuit-breaker with a break time short enough to prevent the short-circuit current from reaching the peak value it would

otherwise reach.

G1.4 Rate of contact wear

Percentage of contact wear. Indicatively shows the state of electrical life of the circuit-breaker contacts.

G1.5 Double insulation

All the circuit-breakers in the SACE Tmax XT family have double insulation between the active power parts and the front parts

of the apparatus where the operator works during normal plant service, so as to prevent the risk of contact with live parts. Each

electrical accessory is completely segregated from the power circuit, and particularly the control assembly, which is completely

isolated from the energised circuits. Moreover, the circuit-breaker has redundant insulation between both the internal live parts and

the connection terminal area. The distances between connection terminals are greater than those required by the IEC Standards

and conform to those established by the American regulations (UL 489 Standard).

G1.6 Positive operation

The operating lever always indicates the exact position of the circuit-breaker moving contacts:

− Red line (I): Closed position;

− Green line (O): Open position;

− Yellow-green line: Trip position, open following tripping by the releases or test pushbutton.

The signals are precise and reliable, in compliance with the requirements established by the IEC 60073 and IEC 60417-2

Standards. When the releases trip, the moving contacts automatically open and the lever moves to the Trip position; to reclose the

circuit-breaker the latter must be reset by pushing the operating lever from the trip position to the Open position. From this position

is possible re-closing the circuit-breaker. The circuit-breaker operating mechanism is the free trip type and acts regardless of the

pressure put on the lever or the speed of the operation.

G1.7 Isolation behaviour

Characteristic of a mechanical switching device which, in the open and trip position, carries out a disconnection function and

provides a sufficient insulating distance (distance between contacts) to guarantee safety.

G1.8 Electromagnetic compatibility

In accordance with the IEC 60947-2 Standard (Annex B + Annex F, European Directive N° 89/336) concerning EMC

electromagnetic compatibility, the Tmax family circuit-breakers used with electronic trip units and residual current releases are

guaranteed for operation in the presence of interference caused by:

− Electromagnetic equipment;

− Atmospheric disturbance (static) flowing through the electrical networks;

− Interference from radio waves;

− Electrostatic discharges.

Moreover, the circuit-breakers do not generate disturbe to the other electronic devices situated in the vicinity of the installation

site is generated.

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/3

8

G1.9 Tropicalization

All the Tmax XT series circuit-breakers can be used in the most critical environmental conditions defined by the following standards:

IEC 60721-2-1 (climatogram 8);

− IEC 60068-2-30;

− IEC 60068-2-2;

− IEC 60068-2-52.

Tropicalization is guaranteed by:

− Moulded-case made of synthetic resins reinforced with glass fiber;

− Rust-preventive treatment on the main metal parts;

− Fe/Zn galvanisation (UNI ISO 2081), protected by a conversion layer free of hexavalent chrome (in compliance with ROHS) with

the corrosion resistance guaranteed by ISO 452 class 2c;

− Application of anti-condensation protection for electronic trip units and relative accessories.

G1.10 Resistance to impact and vibrations

In compliance with IEC 60068-2-6 standards and with the regulations established by the most important classification bodies

(RINA, Det Norske Veritas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Germanischer Lloyd, ABS and the Russian Maritime

Register of Shipping), all the Tmax circuit-breakers are unaffected by mechanically and electromagnetically generated vibrations.

G1.11 Degree of protection (IP)

The IP degree of protection indicates the level of protection of a device against contacts with live parts and penetration of foreign

bodies of the liquid and solid type.

8/4 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

8

Glossary

Performance parameters

G2.1 Size

Term that indicates a group of circuit-breakers with phisical dimension common to a nominal current size (same poles number).

G2.2 Rated uninterrupted current (In)

The rated uninterrupted current for a circuit-breaker is the current value, that the circuitbreaker can carry during

uninterrupted service.

G2.3 Rated service current (Ie)

Current value defined by the manufacturer, which takes into account the rated service voltage at the rated frequency, the rated

service, the utilization category and the type of protective casing, if any.

G2.4 Rated service voltage (Ue)

The rated service voltage of a device is the voltage value which, along with the rated current value, determines the use of the

device itself and which the applicable tests and utilization category refer to.

G2.5 Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

The rated insulation voltage of a device is the voltage value to which the dielectric tests and surface insulation distances refer. In no

case may the rated service voltage value exceed the rated insulation voltage.

G2.6 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

Peak value of an impulse voltage of given shape and polarity that the device can withstand without faults under specified test

conditions and to which the insulation clearances refer.

G2.7 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu)

The rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity of a circuit-breaker is the value of the short-circuit current the circuit-breaker

is able to break twice (according to the O – t – CO cycle) at the corresponding rated operating voltage. The circuit-breaker is not

required to carry its rated current after the opening and closing cycle.

G2.8 Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics)

The rated service short-circuit breaking capacity of a circuit-breaker is the current value the circuit-breaker is able to break three

times according to a cycle of opening, pause and closing operations (O - t - CO - t - CO) at a given rated service voltage (Ue) and

at a given power factor. After this cycle, the circuit-breaker must be able to carry its rated current.

G2.9 Rated short-time withstand current (Icw)

The rated short-time withstand current is the current value the circuit-breaker can carry in the closed position for a short time under

specified conditions of service and behaviour. The circuit-breaker must be able to carry this current for as long as the established

delay time lasts so as to guarantee selectivity among circuit-breakers installed in series.

G2.10 Rated short-circuit making capacity (Icm)

The rated short-circuit making capacity of a device is the value, declared by the manufacturer, that coincides with the rated service

voltage, the rated frequency and with a specified alternating current power factor or direct current time constant. It is expressed as

the maximum peak value of the prospective current under specified conditions.

G2.11 Utilization category of circuit-breakers

The utilization category of a circuit-breaker must be established according to whether it is specifically designed to achieve

selectivity by means of an intentional delay or not, in relation to other devices installed in series on the load side, under short-circuit

conditions. It’s possible to distinguish two user classes:

Class A - Circuit-breakers not specifically designed for selectivity under short-circuit conditions in relation to other protection

devices installed in series on the load side, i.e. without intentional delay, applicable in short-circuit conditions and, therefore,

without specification of the short-time withstand current.

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/5

8

Class B - Circuit-breakers specifically designed for selectivity under short-circuit conditions in relation to other protection devices

installed in series on the load side, i.e. with an intentional delay (which can be adjusted), applicable under short-circuit conditions.

The shorttime withstand current is specified for these circuit-breakers (Icw). A circuit-breaker belongs to category B if its Icw value

exceeds:

− Between 12In and 5kA, whichever is higher, for In<2500A;

− 30kA for In>2500A.

G2.12 Utilization category of non-automatic circuit-breakers

The utilization category of non-automatic circuit-breakers establishes the type of condition of use.

It is identified by two letters, which indicate the type of circuit in which the device may be installed (AC for alternating current

and DC for direct current), a two-digit number for the type of load that can be controlled and an additional letter (A or B), which

indicates the operating frequency.

With reference to the utilization categories, the product Standard establishes the current values the switch-disconnector must be

able to break and interrupt under abnormal conditions. The utilization categories of non-automatic circuit-breakers are listed in the

table below:

Nature of

the current

Utilization categories

Utilization category Typical applications

Frequent

operation

Infrequent

operation

Alternating

current

AC-20A AC-20B Connection and disconnection under no-load conditions

AC-21A AC-21B Connection and disconnection under no-load conditions

AC-22A AC-22B Resistive load operation including moderate overloads

AC-23A AC-23B Mixed resistive and inductive load operation including moderate overloads

Direct

current

DC-20A DC-20B Operation of motors or other highly inductive loads

DC-21A DC-21B Operation of resistive loads including moderate overloads

DC-22A DC-22B Mixed resistive and inductive load operation including a moderate overload (e.g. motors with shunt)

DC-23A DC-23B Operation of highly inductive loads

Type of

current

Class Typical applications

AC AC-12 Control of resistive loads and electronic loads with insulation obtained by use of optoinsulators

AC-13 Control of electronic loads with insulation transformer

AC-14 Control of small electromagnetic loads (<72VA)

AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (>72VA)

DC DC-12 Control of resistive loads and electronic loads with insulation obtained by use of optoinsulators

DC-13 Control of electromagnets

DC-14 Control of electromagnetic loads with economiser resistors in the circuit

G2.13 Electrical life

The electrical life of a device indicates the number of on-load operating cycles and the resist ance of the contacts to electrical wear

under the conditions specified in the relative product Standard.

G2.14 Mechanical life

The mechanical life of a device indicates the number of no-load operating cycles (each operating cycle consists of a closing

and opening operation) the device is able to carry out without overhauls or replacement of mechanical parts (routine maintenance

is allowed).

G2.15 Dissipated power

This is the loss, caused by the joule effect, due to the electrical resistance of the circuit breaker poles; the energy lost is dissipated

in heat.

G2.16 Utilization categories for operating parts

The utilization categories given in the table are considered to be standard (CEI EN 60947-5-1).

8/6 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

8

Glossary

Releases and protections

G3.1 Release

Device, mechanically connected to a mechanical operating device, which frees the latching components and allows the operating

device to be opened or closed.

G3.2 Thermal magnetic trip unit

Thermal magnetic trip units use a bimetal and an electromagnet to detect respectively overloads and short-circuits. They are

suitable for protecting both alternating and direct current networks.

G3.3 Magnetic only trip unit

Device for protection against short-circuits which provides a higher magnetic trip threshold than the one available with a thermal

magnetic circuit-breaker. The magnetic only release is better able to deal with any problems concerning the particularly high current

the motor absorbs during the first instants of its starting phase.

G3.4 Electronic trip unit

Releases connected to current transformers (three or four, depending on the number of conductors to be protected) which,

installed inside the circuit-breaker, provide the double function of supplying the power able to operate the release correctly (self-

supply) and detecting the value of the current that passes through the live conductors. They are therefore

only compatible with alternating current networks. The signal from the transformers is processed by the electronic part

(microprocessor), which compares it with the threshold settings. When the signal exceeds the thresholds, circuitbreaker release

is controlled by means of an opening solenoid, which acts directly on the circuit-breaker control unit. If there is an auxiliary power

supply in addition to self-supply, the voltage value must be 24V DC ±20%.

G3.5 Residual current release

Device able to detect the earth fault current by means of a toroidal transformer which includes

all the live conductors, as well as the neutral if distributed.

Residual current releases can be used in conjunction with the circuit-breaker to obtain two

main functions in one single device:

− Protection against overloads and short-circuits;

− Protection against indirect contacts (voltage on conductive parts owing to loss of insulation).

G3.6 Magnetic protection

Protection against short-circuits with instantaneous trip.

G3.7 Thermal protection

Protection against overloads with inverse long-time delayed trip.

G3.8 Protection against Overloads (L)

Protection against overloads with long inverse time delay trip even with the trip curve established by the IEC 60255-3 Standard.

Used in coordination with fuses and medium voltage protections.

G3.9 Protection against instantaneous short-circuit (I)

Provides instantaneous protection against short-circuits.

G3.10 Protection against delayed short-circuit (S)

Provides protection against short-circuit currents with delayed intervention at fixed time or inverse short time. Thanks to the delay

setting, this device is particularly suitable when selective coordination must be achieved among the various different devices.

G3.11 Protection against earth faults (G)

Protection against earth faults with delayed fixed time of trip.

G3.12 Residual current protection (I∆n)

This function is particularly suitable when residual current protection is required for protection against indirect contacts.

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/7

8

G3.13 Protection of the neutral

Detection of overcurrents in the neutral conductor so as to break the phase conductors

(neutral protected but not isolated) or to break the neutral conductor itself (neutral protected

and isolated).

G3.14 Distribution systems

The distribution system establishes the status of the neutral in the power supply system and the method for connecting the

conductive part towards earth. The Italian standard, CEI 64-8/3 (which is aligned with the IEC 60364-3 international Standard),

classifies electrical systems with a combination of two letters. The first indicates the situation of the power supply system towards

earth:

− T direct earth connection of an alternating current point, generally the neutral;

− I earth insulation, or earth connection of a point, generally the neutral, by means of an

impedance.

The second letter gives the situation of the conductive parts of the electrical installation in

relation to the earth:

− T conductive parts directly earthed;

− N conductive parts connected to the earthing point of the power supply system.

Other letters may follow which indicate the arrangement of the neutral and protection conductors:

− S neutral and protection functions carried out by separate conductors;

− C neutral and protection functions carried out by a single conductor (PEN conductor).

The main distribution systems used are illustrated below with reference to these definitions.

G3.15 TT system

In the TT system, the neutral and conductive parts are connected to two electrically independent

earthing systems.

G3.16 TN system

In the TN system, the neutral is connected directly to the earth, while the conductive parts are connected to the same earthing

system as the neutral. The TN system is divided into three different types, depending on whether the neutral and protection

conductors are separate or not:

1. TN-S: the neutral conductor N and the protection conductor PE are separate

L1

L2

L3

N

RBRB

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

8/8 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

8

Glossary

Releases and protections

2. TN-C: the neutral and protection functions are combined in a single conductor called PEN

3. TN-C-S: the neutral and protection functions are partly combined in a single conductor called PEN and partly separate PE+N

Consult QT3: “Distribution systems and protection against indirect contacts and earth faults” for further details.

G3.17 IT system

IT system have no active parts directly earthed, but may have live parts connected to earth through high value impedance. All the

exposed-conductive-parts, separately or in group, are connected to an independent earth electrode.

L1

L2

L3

PEN

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

PEN

TN-C TN-S

L1

L2

L3

Rt

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/9

8

Glossary

Motor protection

G4.1 Protection against phase unbalance and phase loss (U)

Protection function which acts if unbalance between the current values of the individual phases protected by the circuit-breaker is

detected (according to IEC 60947 annex T).

G4.2 Rotor lock protection (R)

The function protects motor from possible damages caused by rotor stopping during functioning.

G4.3 Starting current

Is the current value which, in accordance with the CEI EN 60947-4-1 Standard, is assigned a value of about 7.2xIe. It represents

the current required by the motor during the starting phase, and which persists throughout the starting time.

G4.4 Starting time

This is the time the motor takes to reach its rated running speed. The starting time depends on the characteristics of the load the

motor must drive, and particularly on the type of motor.

G4.5 Operating class

The starting classes distinguish the thermal relays according to their trip curves. The following table (which refers to the most

common applications) lists the classes defined in the IEC60947-4-1 Standard.

Operating class Trip time Ti [s] for 7.2xIr Trip time Ti [s] for 7.2xIr (banda “E”)

2–Ti < 2

3–2 < Ti < 3

50.5 < Ti < 5 3 < Ti < 5

10A 2 < Ti < 10 –

10 4 < Ti < 10 5 < Ti < 10

20 6 < Ti < 20 10 < Ti < 20

30 Þ < Ti < 30 20 < Ti < 30

40 –30 < Ti < 40

Time Ti is the cold trip time of the thermal relay at 7.2 times the set current value. It is common practice to associate class 10 with

the normal starting type and class 30 with the heavy-duty starting type.

The other trip classes and trip time indicated under band “E”, have recently been introduced in a variant to the CEI EN 60947-4-1

Standard, and are characterised by a more restricted trip range due to raising the minimum non-trip time.

(*) The load characteristics which the motor must carry, the type of motor and the starting methods, are factors which affect the starting time and therefore selection of the thermal trip unit.

G4.6 Contactor

Mechanical operating device with a single stand-by position and non-manual operation able to make, carry and break currents

under normal circuit conditions, including overload operating conditions.

G4.7 Utilization category of the contactor

The Standard establishes different utilization categories for the contactor. Each category defines precise minimum performance

values (e.g. application range or rated breaking capacity) according to current, voltage, power factor or time constant values and

test conditions specified in the Standard.

G4.8 PTC

Thermostatic probe able to measure the internal temperature of an electric motor.

Consult QT7: The asynchronous three-phase motor, general information and ABB offer for coordinating the protections” for further details.

8/10 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

8

Glossary

Communication

G5.1 Communication protocol

Specification of standardized dialogue among several digital devices which exchange data. It is an operating mode based on the

structure or length of binary words that must be common to all the elements that exchange data. Communication without dialogue

protocol is not possible.

G5.2 Modbus RS485

This is a basic communication protocol, one of the most widespread standards in industrial automation and power distribution

spheres.

G5.3 Network

A network generically consists of nodes interconnected with communication lines:

− The node (an “intelligent” device able to dialogue with other devices) is the data transmission and/or reception point.

− The communication line is the element that connects two nodes and represents the direct path the information takes in order

to be transferred between two nodes. In practice, it is the physical means (coaxial cable, twisted telephone cable, optic fibre,

infrared rays) along which the information and data travel.

G5.4 Bus network

The bus network structure is based on a common transmitting means (usually a twisted cable or coaxial cable) for all the nodes

connected, therefore in parallel.

Consult QT9: “Communication with ABB circuit

breakers via Bus” for further details.

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/11

8

Glossary

Standards and regulations

G6.1 Standards

Technical specification approved by a recognised organisation with the task of defining the state-of-the-art characteristics

(dimensional, environmental, safety, etc.) of a product or service.

G6.2 Directive

Ensemble of rules which define the essential requirements regarding safety which the products must comply with in order to

guarantee user safety.

G6.3 Naval Register

A Body able to certify a product/service as conforming to the regulations/criteria fixed internationally by the International Maritime

Organization. The certification issued confirms that a ship is authorised to carry out the activity it was designed for.

G6.4 RoHS Directive

European Directive 2002/95/EC of 27 January 2003 (Decree Law 25 N° 151 of July 2005) aimed at eliminating or reducing the use

of dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. It requires manufacturers and companies to adapt to the relative

provisions and to compile a manufacturer’s declaration, without certification by third parties.

G6.5 CE marking

This is a mark that must be affixed to certain types of product by the manufacturer in order to self-certify correspondence (or

conformity) with the essential requirements for marketing and use of that product in the European Union. The law requires this mark

to be affixed on the product so that it can be marketed in the European Economic Area (EEA) member states.

8/12 SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA | US Technical Catalog

8

Symbols

Symbol Description

CB Circuit-breaker

PF Fixed part

PM Mobile part

F Version Circuit-breaker in fixed version

P Version Circuit-breaker in plug-in version

W Version Circuit-breaker in withdrawable version

FFront terminals

EF Front extended terminals

ES Front extended spread terminals

FCCuAl Terminal for copper/aluminium cables

FCCu Terminal for copper cables

R Rear terminals

HR/VR Rear flat vertical/horizontal terminals

FB Terminals for flexible busbars

MC Multi-cable terminal

HTC High terminal covers

LTC Low terminal covers

PS Phase separators

RHD Direct rotary handle

RHE Transmitted rotary handle

RHE-LH Transmitted rotary handle with wide handgrip

RHS Lateral rotary handle

FLD Front for locks

PLL Padlock device

KLC Key lock

SOR or YO Shunt opening release

PS-SOR or YO Permanent shunt opening release

UVR or YU Undervoltage release

UVD Time-delay device for undervoltage release

AUX Q Auxiliary contact in open/closed position

AUX SY Auxiliary contact tripped

AUX S51 Release tripped auxiliary contact

SA Opening solenoid of residual current device

AUP-I Plugged-in auxiliary position contacts

AUP-E Withdrawn auxiliary position contacts

AUE Early auxiliary contacts on the handle

MOD Direct action motor operator

MOE Stored energy motor operator

MOE-E Electronic motor operator

NE External neutral

RHX All the handles (RHD, RHE, RHE-UI, RHS)

3Q sx Left open/closed auxiliary contacts

24V 24V auxiliary voltage

AUE inside Early auxiliary contacts inside the circuit-breaker

US Technical Catalog | SACE Tmax XT UL/CSA 8/13

8

ABB SACE documentation

The technical documentation is available on-line on BOL web site http://bol.it.abb.com in

“Work tools - Technical guides” section:

− Technical Application Paper, volume 1 “Low voltage selectivity with ABB circuit-breakers”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 2 “MV/LV transformer substations: theory and example of short-circuit calculation”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 3 “Distribution system and protection against indirect contact and earth fault”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 4 “ABB circuit-breakers inside LV switchboards”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 5 “ABB circuit-breakers for direct current applications”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 6 “Arc-proof low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 7 “Three-phase asynchronous motors. Generalities and ABB proposals for the coordination

of protective devices”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 8 “ Power factor correction and harmonic filtering in electrical plants”

− Technical Application Paper, volume 9 “Bus communication with ABB circuit-breakers”

ABB

Electrification Products

8155 T&B Boulevard

Memphis, TN 38125

www.abb.us/lowvoltage

Customer Service: 800-816-7809

7:00 a.m. - 5:30 p.m., CST, Monday-Friday

elec_custserv@tnb.com

Technical Support: 888-385-1221, Option 1

7:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., CST, Monday-Friday

lvps.support@us.abb.com

We reserve the right to make technical changes or

modify the contents of this document without prior

notice. With regard to purchase orders and/or

contracts, the agreed particulars shall prevail. ABB

does not accept any responsibility whatsoever for

potential errors or possible lack of information in this

document. We reserve all rights in this document

and in the subject matter and illustrations contained

therein. Any reproduction, disclosure to third parties

or utilization of its contents – in whole or in parts – is

forbidden without prior written consent of ABB.

© Copyright 2016 ABB.

All Rights Reserved.

1SXU200095C0201, December 2016

Contact us